• 84000
  • The Collection
  • The Kangyur
  • Discourses
  • General Sūtra Section
  • Toh 340

This rendering does not include the entire published text

The full text is available to download as pdf at:
/translation/toh340.pdf

ལས་བརྒྱ་པ།

The Hundred Deeds
Part One

Karmaśataka
ལས་བརྒྱ་ཐམ་པ།
las brgya tham pa

Toh 340

Degé Kangyur, vol. 73 (mdo sde, ha), folios 1.b–309.a, and vol. 74 (mdo sde, a), folios 1.b–128.b

Imprint

84000 logo

Translated by Dr. Lozang Jamspal (International Buddhist College, Thailand) and Kaia Tara Fischer under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha

First published 2020

Current version v 1.3.38 (2025)

Generated by 84000 Reading Room v2.26.1

84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha is a global non-profit initiative to translate all the Buddha’s words into modern languages, and to make them available to everyone.

Logo for the license

This work is provided under the protection of a Creative Commons CC BY-NC-ND (Attribution - Non-commercial - No-derivatives) 3.0 copyright. It may be copied or printed for fair use, but only with full attribution, and not for commercial advantage or personal compensation. For full details, see the Creative Commons license.

Options for downloading this publication

This print version was generated at 12.48pm on Wednesday, 29th January 2025 from the online version of the text available on that date. If some time has elapsed since then, this version may have been superseded, as most of 84000’s published translations undergo significant updates from time to time. For the latest online version, with bilingual display, interactive glossary entries and notes, and a variety of further download options, please see
https://84000.co/translation/toh340.


co.

Table of Contents

ti. Title
im. Imprint
co. Contents
s. Summary
ac. Acknowledgements
i. Introduction
tr. The Translation
+ 10 chapters- 10 chapters
p. Prologue
1. Part One
+ 12 sections- 12 sections
· The Dog
· The Story of Little Eyes
· The Story of Pūraṇa
· The Person with a Curving Spine: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First Story about “The Person with a Curving Spine”
· The Second Story About “The Person with a Curving Spine”
· The Story of Udayin
· Victory Banner
· The Story of Kṣemā
· The Story of Maṇiprabha
· The Story of Jasmine
· Give It to Me!
· The Story of She Who Gathers
· The Tailor
2. Part Two
+ 15 sections- 15 sections
· The Chariot: Four Stories
+ 4 sections- 4 sections
· The First “Chariot” Story
· The Second “Chariot” Story
· The Third “Chariot” Story
· The Fourth “Chariot” Story
· The Story of Earnest
· The Story of Gopā
· The Story of Keśinī
· The Story of Lotus Color
· The Butcher
· The Story of Golden Color
· The Cowherds
· A Band of Friends
· The Story of Abhaya
· The Story of Lake of Jewels
· The Story of Wealth’s Delight
· The Bear: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First Story of the Bear
· The Second Story of the Bear
· The Story of Small Person with a Curving Spine
· The Rākṣasa
3. Part Three
+ 13 sections- 13 sections
· The Story of Kacaṅkalā
· The Story of Kaineya
· The Betrothal of the Bride: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Betrothal of the Bride” Story
· The Second “Betrothal of the Bride” Story
· Cuts: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Cut” Story
· The Second “Cut” Story
· Being Devoured
· The Story of Nandaka
· Chunks of Meat
· The One Who Thought He Saw His Son
· The Farmer
· Death
· A Story about Kokālika
· The Tired Man
· Morsel
4. Part Four
+ 11 sections- 11 sections
· The Story of Maitrībala
· The Dark Storm
· Ants: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Ant” Story
· The Second “Ant” Story
· The Lay of the Land
· The Story of Āraṇyaka
· The Elephant
· The Nāga (1)
· The Story of Siṃha
· The Schism in the Saṅgha
· The Dark Forest
· The One Who Heard
5. Part Five
+ 12 sections- 12 sections
· The Story of Virūpa
· The Story of Kṣemaṅkara
· The Young Untouchable
· The Story of Subhadra the Charioteer
· The Story of Sahadeva
· The Bull
· The Story of Good Compassion
· The Story of Fleshy
· The Story of Black
· The Story of Iṣudhara
· The Man Who Was Trampled
· The Story of Jackal
6. Part Six
+ 9 sections- 9 sections
· The Bird: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First Bird Story
· The Second Bird Story
· The Story of Majestic Body
· The Teacher
· A Story about Kāśyapa
· A Story about Ānanda
· The Story of Son of Grasping
· The Story of Subhadra the Mendicant
· The Worthy of Offerings Litany
· Latecomers to the Dharma: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Latecomer” Story
· The Second “Latecomer” Story
7. Part Seven
+ 10 sections- 10 sections
· The Story of Paṅgu
· Bhādra
· The Blind Man
· The Story of Nirgrantha Kāśyapa
· The Story of Foremost Kāśyapa
· The Story of Mounted on an Elephant
· The Story of Saraṇa
· The Mṛgavratins
· The Story of Candrā
· The Kinnara Spirits: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Kinnara” Story
· The Second “Kinnara” Story
8. Part Eight
+ 10 sections- 10 sections
· The Story of Pūrṇa
· The Sacrifice
· The Lazy Man
· A Story about Anāthapiṇḍada
· The Humble One
· Padmottama: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Padmottama” Story
· The Second “Padmottama” Story
· The Story of Sudarśana
· The Story of Ratnaśikhin
· Wealth
· The Story of Vijaya
9. Part Nine
+ 10 sections- 10 sections
· The Sons
· The Crevasse
· The Ransom
· The Attack
· Trapped
· The Partridge
· Father, or The Story of Sudarśana
· The Bandits
· The Piśācas
· The Story of Head of Indra
10. Part Ten
+ 10 sections- 10 sections
· Śakra
· The King
· The Hunter
· The Story of Deluded
· The Brahmin: Three Stories
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· The First “Brahmin” Story
· The Second “Brahmin” Story
· The Third “Brahmin” Story
· The Story of the Householder Govinda
· The Quarrel
· The Nāga (2)
· Two Stories about King Śibi
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First Story about King Śibi
· The Second Story of King Śibi
· Kauśāmbī
ab. Abbreviations
n. Notes
b. Bibliography
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· Source Texts
· Works Cited
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· Sanskrit Works
· Tibetan Works
· Secondary Sources
g. Glossary

s.

Summary

s.­1

The sūtra The Hundred Deeds, whose title could also be translated as The Hundred Karmas, is a collection of stories known as avadāna‍—a narrative genre widely represented in the Sanskrit Buddhist literature and its derivatives‍—comprising more than 120 individual texts. It includes narratives of Buddha Śākyamuni’s notable deeds and foundational teachings, the stories of other well-known Buddhist figures, and a variety of other tales featuring people from all walks of ancient Indian life and beings from all six realms of existence. The texts sometimes include stretches of verse. In the majority of the stories the Buddha’s purpose in recounting the past lives of one or more individuals is to make definitive statements about the karmic ripening of actions across multiple lifetimes, and the sūtra is perhaps the best known of the many works in the Kangyur on this theme.


ac.

Acknowledgements

ac.­1

Translated by Dr. Lozang Jamspal (International Buddhist College, Thailand) and Kaia Fischer of the Tibetan Classics Translators Guild of New York (TCTGNY). Introduction by Nathan Mitchell, with additional material by the 84000 editorial team.

ac.­2

Warm thanks to Dr. Tom Tillemans, Dr. John Canti, Dr. James Gentry, Adam Krug, Ven. Konchog Norbu, Janna White, and all the readers and editors at 84000, for their wisdom; to Huang Jing Rui, Amy Ang, and the entire administration and staff at 84000, for their compassion; to readers Dr. Irene Cannon-Geary, Dr. Natalie M. Griffin, Tom Griffin, Norman Guberman, Margot Jarrett, Dr. David Kittay, Dr. Susan Landesman, Megan Mook, and Dr. Toy-Fung Tung, as well as to every member of TCTGNY, for their diligence and sincerity; to Caithlin De Marrais, Tinka Harvard, Laren McClung, and Erin Sperry, for their adept revisions to passages of verse; to Dr. Paul Hackett, for his linguistic and technical expertise; to Dr. Tenzin Robert Thurman and the late Prof. Dr. Michael Hahn, for their insight; to Dr. Lauran Hartley, for her capable assistance in researching the introduction; to Dr. Donald J. LaRocca, for his thoughtful clarification of terms pertaining to arms and armor; and to Jennifer E. Fischer, for her generosity in formatting the translation.

ac.­3

Special thanks to Ven. Wei Wu and all of the students, faculty, and staff of the International Buddhist College, Thailand, for their warm welcome of the senior translator Dr. Jamspal, and to Cynthia H. Wong, for her kindheartedness toward the junior translator Kaia Fischer.

ac.­4

Through the devoted attention of all may the Buddhadharma smile upon us for countless ages, safeguarded by knowledge of the classical Tibetan language.

The translation was completed under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.


ac.­5

Work on this translation was rendered possible by the generous donations of a number of sponsors: Zhou Tian Yu, Chen Yi Qin, Irene Tillman, Archie Kao and Zhou Xun; 恒基伟业投资发展集团有限公司,李英、李杰、李明、李一全家; Thirty, Twenty and family; and Ye Kong, Helen Han, Karen Kong and family. Their help is most gratefully acknowledged.


i.

Introduction

i.­1

The Hundred Deeds1 is a collection of stories or avadāna, a narrative genre widely represented in the Sanskrit Buddhist literature and its derivatives. The term avadāna can be analyzed and understood in several ways.2 One common interpretation is “legend,” but that understanding is perhaps too rigid, as well as too romantic, for what could be described as religious or spiritual biography.3 The general intention of avadāna literature is to elicit faith and devotion in the reader through an object lesson in karmic cause and effect: how, for example, a noble act motivated by faith and devotion toward the Three Jewels (Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha), or toward another object of veneration, yields a good result, while the result of an ignoble act is dreadful. Historically, the specific functions of avadāna literature were to propagate Buddhism and to provide inspiration and preliminary education in the Dharma, particularly for laypersons and the recently ordained.4 It can still perform these functions today.


Text Body

The Translation
The Hundred Deeds

p.

Prologue

[V73] [F.1.b] [B1]


p.­1

I prostrate to the All-Knowing One.

p.­2
Listen well, for I have heard
Of a doorway whence we may discern
The world-guru, Gone to Bliss,
Who wishes nothing but our benefit,
As he parcels out a full account
To those who wandered in, confused,
From the vast, bleak wood of wrongful views.
His sacred speech, so sound and sweet‍—
This sūtra‍—is The Hundred Deeds.
p.­3
A General Outline of the Text
Part One: “The Dog,” and Other Stories
Part Two: “The Chariot,” and Other Stories
Part Three: “The Story of Kacaṅkalā,” and Other Stories
Part Four: “The Story of Maitrībala,” and Other Stories
Part Five: “The Story of Virūpa,” and Other Stories
Part Six: “The Bird,” and Other Stories
Part Seven: “The Story of Paṅgu,” and Other Stories
Part Eight: “The Story of Pūrṇa,” and Other Stories
Part Nine: “The Sons,” and Other Stories
Part Ten: “Śakra,” and Other Stories

1.

Part One

1.­1
1. The Dog
2. The Story of Little Eyes
3. The Story of Pūraṇa
4. The Person with a Curving Spine: Two Stories
5. The Story of Udayin
6. Victory Banner
7. The Story of Kṣemā
8. The Story of Maṇiprabha
9. The Story of Jasmine
10. Give It to Me!
11. The Story of She Who Gathers
12. The Tailor

The Dog

1.­2

[F.2.a] When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī there lived a certain householder, prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s‍—who was fond of philosophical extremists.

1.­3

When the time came for him to marry he took a wife, and they enjoyed themselves and coupled. As they enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived. After nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful, with glowing, golden skin, a well-rounded head, long arms, a broad brow, a fine and prominent nose, and eyebrows that met. At the elaborate feast celebrating his birth they named him according to their clan.

1.­4

They reared him on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and he flourished like a lotus in a lake. Once he was able to walk, his father brought home a little puppy for him to play with. Any time the puppy saw philosophical extremists, she would run and bite at them, sometimes tearing their robes. But when she saw Buddhist monastics she would trot up, lick their feet, and circumambulate them clockwise while wagging her tail.

1.­5

The buddhas, the blessed ones, teachers of the one path to be traversed, with mastery over wisdom and the two types of knowable objects, in command of the three kinds of sterling equanimity, fearless by means of the fourfold fearlessness, [F.2.b] freed from migration through the five destinies, keen in the six sense bases, practiced in the seven limbs of enlightenment, focused on the eight liberations, absorbed in the nine successive meditative absorptions, possessing all ten of the ten powers, whose proclamations are the great roaring of a perfect lion, by nature regard the world with their buddha eyes six times throughout the day and night‍—three times by day and three times by night.

1.­6

These are their thoughts as they look out in wisdom: “Who is in decline? Who will flourish? Who is destitute? Who is in a dreadful state? Who is being harmed? Who is destitute, in a dreadful state, and being harmed? Who is veering toward the lower realms? Who is descending through the lower realms? Who has descended to the lower realms? Whom shall I pull up from the lower realms, and establish in the resultant state of heaven and liberation? Whom, mired in misdeeds, shall I lift up by the hand?27 Whom, lacking the seven jewels of the noble ones, shall I lead to command of the seven jewels of the noble ones? Whom, not having produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to produce them? Whom, having already produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to ripen their roots of virtue? Whom, having already ripened their roots of virtue, shall I slice open with the blade of wisdom? For whom shall I cause this world, adorned with a buddha’s presence, to be fruitful?”28

1.­7
The ocean, home of creatures fierce,
Could fail to send its tides on time.
But when the time has come to tame
Their offspring, buddhas never fail.
1.­8

Just as the buddhas, the blessed ones, regard the world with their buddha eyes six times throughout the day and night‍—three times by day and three times by night‍—so too the great disciples of the buddhas regard the world with disciples’ eyes six times throughout the day and night‍—three times by day and three times by night. When Venerable Śāriputra regarded the world with his disciple’s eyes, he knew that the time had come to tame the householder and his retinue. In the morning he donned his lower garment and Dharma robes, and, carrying his alms bowl, he went for alms in Śrāvastī. [F.3.a]

1.­9

As he went for alms, Śāriputra eventually came to the home of that householder. As soon as the dog saw him from a distance, she jumped up and ran right up to Śāriputra, just as she had with the other monks. She very respectfully licked his feet and circumambulated him three times while wagging her tail.

1.­10

The householder saw all this and thought, “My! This one has fallen so low as to possess the body of a dog. If even she thinks to pay him such esteem, then surely this monk is a great being. I should invite this monk and offer him food.” Reflecting in this way he approached Venerable Śāriputra, bowed down at Śāriputra’s feet, and said, “Lord Śāriputra, whatever food you need, please take it here.” Venerable Śāriputra assented by his silence.

1.­11

Understanding that by his silence Venerable Śāriputra had given his assent, the householder then prepared a seat for Venerable Śāriputra and said, “Venerable Śāriputra, please sit upon the seat that I have prepared,” whereupon Venerable Śāriputra sat on the seat prepared for him.

1.­12

Once the householder knew that Venerable Śāriputra was comfortably seated, by his own hand he contented him with many good, wholesome foods, proffering all that he wished. After he had contented him with many different kinds of good, wholesome foods by his own hand, and had proffered all that he wished, once he knew that Venerable Śāriputra had finished eating and that his bowl had been taken away and his hands washed, he sat before him to listen to the Dharma.

1.­13

Venerable Śāriputra directly apprehended the thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperament, and nature of the householder and his retinue, and taught them the Dharma accordingly.

1.­14

When they heard it, the householder and his retinue destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, [F.3.b] and manifested the resultant state of stream entry. Having seen the truths,29 they went for refuge and took the fundamental precepts. After Venerable Śāriputra had instructed, encouraged, inspired, and delighted the householder with a discourse on the Dharma, he rose from his seat and departed.

1.­15

Having seen the truths, the householder began to give gifts and make merit such that his home became like an open well for those in need. The householder invited Śāriputra to take food at his home again and again. Venerable Śāriputra and the householder would give food to the dog, and the householder would sit before Venerable Śāriputra to listen to the Dharma. The dog too would sit down before Venerable Śāriputra and listen to the Dharma. The householder reflected, “Such good things I have realized, and all on account of this dog!” Realizing this, he took very good care of her.

1.­16

One day the dog fell ill, and Śāriputra said to her, “And so it is, child: All conditioned things are impermanent. All conditioned things are suffering. All phenomena are selfless. Nirvāṇa is peace. Let your mind be filled with joy at the thought of me, and you may even be released from rebirth in the animal realm.” With that, Venerable Śāriputra departed.

1.­17

Not long after he had gone, the dog died, filled with joy at the thought of Venerable Śāriputra. After she died, she took rebirth in the same house, in the womb of the householder’s foremost wife.

When the dog died, Venerable Śāriputra returned to the house, where the householder informed him, “Lord Śāriputra, our dog has passed away.”

1.­18

“Keep the dog’s body in a secluded place,” Venerable Śāriputra instructed, “for those bones will be of benefit to her later on.” [F.4.a]

“As you wish, Lord Śāriputra,” said the householder, and the householder put the dog’s dead body in a place where no one would see it.

1.­19

After nine or ten months had passed, the householder’s wife gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful, with glowing, golden skin and a well-rounded head, long arms, a broad brow, a fine and prominent nose, and eyebrows that met. At the elaborate feast celebrating her birth they named her according to their clan. They reared her on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and she flourished like a lotus in a lake.

1.­20

When she had grown, Venerable Śāriputra told her, “Child, sit and listen to the Dharma,” but she had become arrogant on account of her well-proportioned shape and youthfulness, and was so distracted that she was unable to listen to the Dharma. One day Venerable Śāriputra recognized how to uncover her potential. He set the bones of the dog in front of her, and blessed the young woman in such a way that she remembered her former lives.

1.­21

Recalling her former lives, the young woman was overcome with grief and thought, “Look at the difficult task Noble Śāriputra has done for me! Thanks to him I have been freed from the realms of animal birth.” At this thought she was filled with happiness, and sat before Venerable Śāriputra to listen to the Dharma.

1.­22

Then Venerable Śāriputra, directly apprehending her thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperament, and nature, taught her the Dharma accordingly. Hearing it, the young woman destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where she sat.

1.­23

Having seen the truths, she rose from her seat, drew down the right shoulder of her upper garment, bowed to Venerable Śāriputra with her palms together, [F.4.b] and implored him, “Lord Śāriputra, if permitted, I wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete my novitiate, and achieve full ordination. I too wish to practice the holy life in the presence of the Blessed One.”

1.­24

Venerable Śāriputra told her parents of her faith and then presented her to Mahā­prajāpatī, who led her to go forth as a novice, ordained her, and gave her instruction. Casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, she manifested arhatship. As an arhat, free of the attachments of the three realms, her mind regarded gold no differently than filth, and the palms of her hands as like space itself. She became cool like wet sandalwood. Her insight crushed ignorance like an eggshell. She achieved the insights, superknowledges, and discriminations. She had no regard for worldly profit, passion, or acclaim. She became an object of offering, veneration, and respectful address by Indra, Upendra, and the other gods.

1.­25

Now an arhat, she remembered Venerable Śāriputra’s previous kindness and approached him again and again, prostrating herself at his feet and saying, “Thanks to Noble Śāriputra, I was freed from the realms of animal birth and achieved great virtues. It is all due to the difficult task the noble one has done for me.”

1.­26

Many monks overheard her saying this over and over again, and immediately asked Venerable Śāriputra, “Venerable Śāriputra, what is this nun thinking, saying this over and over again?”

“Did you see the puppy at the householder’s home?” Venerable Śāriputra asked.

“Yes, Lord Śāriputra, we did,” they replied.

1.­27

“The very same one died filled with joy at the thought of me and was reborn in the home of that householder. [F.5.a] Now that she remembers her former lives, she speaks these words to me to acknowledge that previous kindness.”

1.­28

The monks inquired of the Blessed One, “Lord, what was the action this nun performed that ripened into her birth as a dog? What did she do after she died and took rebirth as a human being that she pleased and did not displease the Blessed One, went forth in the Blessed One’s doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship?”

1.­29

The Blessed One replied, “Monks, it was partly her past actions, and it is partly her present actions as well.”

“Lord, what action did she take in the past?”

1.­30

“Monks, in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as twenty thousand years and the tathāgata, the arhat, the totally and completely awakened buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Kāśyapa was in the world, there lived a certain householder in the city of Vārāṇasī.

1.­31

“One day a child was born to him who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. As she grew up she gained faith in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa and asked her parents if she could go forth. Once she had gone forth, she studied the Tripiṭaka and became a proponent of the Dharma with all the eloquence of her wisdom and freedom.

1.­32

“Having acquired provisions of clothing, food, bedding, a seat, and medicines for the sick, she thought, ‘How wonderful! With all the profit and acclaim I’ve gained, I can see to the welfare of fellow practitioners of the holy life.’ And she served the twofold saṅgha30 in accordance with the Dharma.

1.­33

“One day when she was busy, she [F.5.b] asked for help from a group of nuns who were on the paths of learning and no more to learn. They replied, ‘We cannot abandon our virtuous works to accomplish your task.’

1.­34

“When she heard this she bristled with fury. Seething, the nun shouted at them, ‘You’re like dogs! All I do is look after you and fill your stomachs‍—can you not help me for even a moment?’

1.­35

“Thereupon the nuns thought, ‘It’s not right for this emotionally afflicted person, so abased, to circle in saṃsāra and meet with great suffering.’ Reflecting in this way, they thought, ‘We have to help her,’ and asked, ‘Do you know who we are? And do you know who you yourself are?’

“ ‘I know,’ she replied, ‘that you have gone forth, as have I.’

1.­36

“The nuns responded, ‘Though as your elder sisters we have gone forth as you have, you are an ordinary person, bound by every fetter, whereas we have accomplished our task. So acknowledge your mistake as such. Otherwise you are certain to roam in saṃsāra and meet with great suffering.’

“Hearing their words, the nun was flooded with regret, and with renewed vigor she offered her respectful service to the twofold saṅgha and practiced pure conduct all her life.

1.­37

“At the time of her death, she prayed, ‘Oh, but by the root of virtue of my having gone forth in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, my lifetime of practicing pure conduct, and the service I rendered in accord with the Dharma, wherever I am born, may it be into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth. May I be well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. May I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. [F.6.a] Going forth in his doctrine alone, may I cast away all afflictive emotions and manifest arhatship. May I not meet with the results of the act of speaking harshly to those fellow practitioners of the holy life.’

1.­38

“O monks, what do you think? The one who was that nun then is now this nun. The ripening of the act of speaking harshly to those fellow practitioners of the holy life caused her to be reborn as a dog for five hundred lifetimes. At the time of her death she prayed, ‘Wherever I am born, may it be into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth. May I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. Going forth in his doctrine alone, may I cast away all afflictive emotions and manifest arhatship.’ And that action ripened such that she was born into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth.

1.­39

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that she has pleased me, not displeased me, go forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship. These were her past actions.

1.­40

“You may ask, ‘What are her present actions?’ Born as a dog, she was filled with joy at the thought of Śāriputra. Because of this she took birth among humans. These are her present actions.”

The Story of Little Eyes

1.­41

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī there lived a certain householder, prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, [F.6.b] endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s. When the time came for him to marry he took a wife, and as they enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived. After nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. At the elaborate feast celebrating his birth they named him according to their clan.

1.­42

They reared him on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and once he was able to walk, his father brought home a puppy and gave it to the child to play with. The child taught the puppy how to eat, and when the puppy had grown, he went out to the road and many others fed him as well.

1.­43

The buddhas, the blessed ones, teachers of the one path to be traversed, with mastery over wisdom and the two types of knowable objects, in command of the three kinds of sterling equanimity, fearless by means of the fourfold fearlessness, freed from migration through the five destinies, keen in the six sense bases, practiced in the seven limbs of enlightenment, focused on the eight liberations, absorbed in the nine successive meditative absorptions, possessing all ten of the ten powers, whose proclamations are the great roaring of a perfect lion, by nature regard the world with their buddha eyes six times throughout the day and night‍—three times by day and three times by night.

1.­44

These are their thoughts as they look out in wisdom: “Who is in decline? Who will flourish? Who is destitute? Who is in a dreadful state? Who is being harmed? Who is destitute, in a dreadful state, and being harmed? Who is veering toward the lower realms? Who is descending through the lower realms? Who has descended to the lower realms? Whom shall I pull up from the lower realms, and establish in the resultant state of heaven and liberation? Whom, mired in misdeeds, shall I lift up by the hand? Whom, lacking the seven jewels of the noble ones, [F.7.a] shall I lead to command of the seven jewels of the noble ones? Whom, not having produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to produce them? Whom, having already produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to ripen their roots of virtue? Whom, having already ripened their roots of virtue, shall I slice open with the blade of wisdom? For whom shall I cause this world, adorned with a buddha’s presence, to be fruitful?”

1.­45
The ocean, home of creatures fierce,
Could fail to send its tides on time.
But when the time has come to tame
Their offspring, buddhas never fail.
1.­46

Just as the blessed buddhas regard the world with their buddha eyes six times throughout the day and night‍—three times by day and three times by night‍—so too the great listeners regard the world with their listener’s eyes six times throughout the day and night‍—three times by day and three times by night. When Venerable Śāriputra regarded the world with his listener’s eyes, he knew that the time had come to tame the householder and his retinue.

1.­47

In the morning he donned his lower garment and Dharma robes, and, carrying his alms bowl, he went for alms in Śrāvastī. As he went for alms, Venerable Śāriputra eventually came to the home of that householder. The dog caught sight of Venerable Śāriputra, ran with all his might, bit him, and tore his Dharma robes. The householder saw this and immediately stopped the dog. When he had washed Venerable Śāriputra’s wounds and wrapped them with cloth, he bowed down at his feet and implored him, “Lord Śāriputra, please take your food here.” Venerable Śāriputra assented to the householder by his silence.

1.­48

Understanding that by his silence Venerable Śāriputra had given his assent, the householder then prepared a seat for him and said, “Venerable Śāriputra, please sit upon the seat that I have prepared,” and Venerable Śāriputra [F.7.b] sat on the seat prepared for him. Once the householder knew that Venerable Śāriputra was comfortably seated, by his own hand he contented him with many good, wholesome foods, proffering all that he wished.

1.­49

After the householder had contented him with many different kinds of good, wholesome foods by his own hand, and had proffered all that he wished, Venerable Śāriputra partook of the day’s meal and gave his remaining food to the dog. When he had finished eating it, the dog looked up at Venerable Śāriputra’s face. Once the householder knew that Venerable Śāriputra had finished eating and that his bowl had been taken away and his hands washed, he sat before him to listen to the Dharma.

1.­50

Venerable Śāriputra directly apprehended the thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperament, and nature of the householder and his retinue, and taught them the Dharma accordingly. After hearing it, the householder and his retinue destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where they sat. Having seen the truths, they went for refuge and took the fundamental precepts.

1.­51

“Lord Śāriputra,” said the householder, “for as long as I live, please accept from me your provisions of clothing, food, bedding, seat, and medicines to cure the sick.”

Śāriputra replied, “There are other householders I must help as well. Please allow me to go.” At this, he rose from his seat and departed.

1.­52

After the householder had seen the truths, gone for refuge, and taken the fundamental precepts, he began to give gifts and make merit. From time to time he would also extend an invitation to Venerable Śāriputra and make food for him. After eating, Venerable Śāriputra would give the remaining food to the dog.

1.­53

The dog was very happy with Venerable Śāriputra. He was so happy that whenever Venerable [F.8.a] Śāriputra came to the house, he greeted him, licked his feet, and circumambulated him three times while wagging his tail. Whenever Venerable Śāriputra came to give a Dharma talk and the time came for him to leave, the dog escorted him a little distance, then circumambulated him three times before he went away.

1.­54

One day Venerable Śāriputra came to the house again, took his food, and gave a Dharma talk to the householder. As he was departing, the dog followed him outside onto the main road, licked his feet, and circumambulated him three times while wagging his tail. As the dog was returning to the house, some other dogs tore him apart, killing him. He died filled with joy at the thought of the elder monk Śāriputra, transmigrated, and took rebirth in the same house, in the womb of the householder’s wife.

1.­55

Venerable Śāriputra knew just how the dog had been killed by the other dogs after they had parted. He contemplated where the dog would take rebirth, and saw that it would be in the same house, in the womb of the householder’s wife. Upon seeing this, out of love for the dog he went to the householder’s home alone, without attendants.

1.­56

The householder saw that Venerable Śāriputra was alone, without companions or attendants, and he inquired, “Noble one, why have you come here alone, without companions or attendants? Noble one, is there no one at all who could attend you?”

“Where shall we find attendants, if one such as yourself does not grant them to us?” replied Venerable Śāriputra.

1.­57

The householder said to him, “Lord Śāriputra, my wife has conceived, so if we have a son, noble one, I shall offer him to you as an attendant.”

“The virtuous [F.8.b] keep their promises,” said Venerable Śāriputra. Having spoken thus, Venerable Śāriputra departed.

1.­58

After nine or ten months had passed, the householder’s wife gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful, though his eyes were small. At the elaborate feast celebrating his birth they asked, “What name should we give this child?” And they named him, saying, “Since the child’s eyes are small, his name will be Little Eyes.”

1.­59

They reared young Little Eyes on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and he flourished like a lotus in a lake. As he grew up he studied letters, tallying, and arithmetic; the study of seals, lending, deposits, and commerce;31 and the examination of cloth, jewels, gems, incense, medicine, elephants, horses, and arms and armor. He became skilled in writing, skilled at reading, learned, decisive, industrious, a master of the eight types of examination.

1.­60

One day Venerable Śāriputra saw that the time had come for Little Eyes to go forth. In the morning he donned his lower garment and Dharma robes, and, carrying his alms bowl, he went for alms in Śrāvastī. As he went for alms, he eventually came to the householder’s home, and there sat on the seat prepared for him.

1.­61

After he had taken his seat, Venerable Śāriputra reminded the householder, “Householder, before this child was born you granted him to me as an attendant. The virtuous keep their promises, do they not? Didn’t you yourself make such a promise?”

1.­62

“Yes, noble one, I did make just such a promise,” the householder replied, and he took the child by his two hands, offered him to Venerable Śāriputra, and told him, “Child, before you were born, I offered you to the noble one. [F.9.a] Therefore go, and be an attendant of the noble one.”

The child said, “This will be of benefit to me,” and with those words he followed Venerable Śāriputra away.

1.­63

Venerable Śāriputra brought the child to the monastery, where he led him to go forth as a novice and instructed him. Still in his novitiate, the child cast away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, and manifested arhatship. As an arhat, free from the attachments of the three realms, his mind regarded gold no differently than filth, and the palms of his hands as like space itself. He became cool like wet sandalwood. His insight crushed ignorance like an eggshell. He achieved the insights, superknowledges, and discriminations. He had no regard for worldly profit, passion, or acclaim. He became an object of offering, veneration, and respectful address by Indra, Upendra, and the other gods.

1.­64

One time after he had attained arhatship, he saw scars on Venerable Śāriputra’s feet as he was anointing them and asked, “Preceptor, how did you get these scars?”

“Child,” Venerable Śāriputra told him, “think on how I got these scars.”

1.­65

“I see it was I who bit him in a previous life as a dog,” thought the novice. “And I see the life from which I died, transmigrated, and took rebirth as a dog.” He saw that he had died and taken rebirth as that dog, and he also saw that for five hundred lifetimes he had died as a dog, transmigrated, and taken rebirth only as a dog.

1.­66

He thought, “Had my preceptor not thought of me, where would I have taken rebirth in the future when I died there and transmigrated?” Reflecting in this way, he saw himself taking birth again as that very dog. In the same way he saw himself for five hundred future lives [F.9.b] dying, transmigrating, and taking birth over and over only as a dog.

1.­67

“It was he who saved me from falling so low!” he thought further. “By establishing me in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa,32 my preceptor undertook a difficult task for me, over and over again. What method is there to repay the kindness of one’s preceptor, other than service and respect? When I take full ordination I won’t be able to offer such service‍—but oh! By remaining a novice for as long as I live I can continue to serve him respectfully.”

1.­68

With this in mind, he said to Venerable Śāriputra, “Preceptor, for as long as I live I shall serve my preceptor with respect,” and Śāriputra replied, “Do as you wish, my child.”

One day the monks asked him, “Little Eyes, why don’t you take full ordination?”

1.­69

“I must repay the kindness of my preceptor,” he told them. “By remaining a novice for as long as I live, I shall be able to serve him respectfully.”

“What particular kindness did your preceptor do for you?” they asked.

1.­70

He told the monks the story in detail, whereupon the monks inquired of the Blessed Buddha, “Lord, what action did Little Eyes take that ripened into his birth as a dog, such that, if Venerable Śāriputra had not thought of him, he would have taken rebirth only as a dog for five hundred lifetimes, and what action did he take that once he had died as a dog he transmigrated and took birth once again as a human into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth? What action did he take that he pleased the Blessed One, did not displease him, went forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship? What action did he take that ripened into his having small eyes?”

1.­71

“Monks,” explained [F.10.a] the Blessed One, “Little Eyes committed and accumulated the actions himself at a previous time. Monks, the actions that he committed and accumulated did not ripen into the external element of earth. They did not ripen into the element of water, nor the element of fire, nor the element of wind. The actions he committed and accumulated, both virtuous and nonvirtuous, ripened into nothing but his own aggregates, sense bases, and constituent elements.

1.­72
“When the time arrives‍—even if
A hundred eons pass‍—
Fruit is born of every act
That sentient beings amass.
1.­73

“Monks, in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as twenty thousand years and the tathāgata, the arhat, the totally and completely awakened buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Kāśyapa was in the world, there lived in the city of Vārāṇasī a certain householder, prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s.

1.­74

“One day his wife conceived, and after nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. When he grew up he found faith in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, and after asking for his parents’ permission, went forth.

1.­75

“Once he had gone forth, he studied the Tripiṭaka and became a proponent of the Dharma with all the eloquence of his wisdom and freedom. Having acquired provisions of clothing, food, bedding, a seat, and medicines for the sick, he thought to himself, ‘How wonderful! With all the profit and acclaim I’ve gained, I can see to the welfare of fellow practitioners of the holy life.’ [F.10.b] And he served the twofold saṅgha in accordance with the Dharma.

1.­76

“One evening, one of his duties, that of serving the evening drink, fell instead to an arhat monk. After distributing the evening drink to the saṅgha, the arhat was weary, so he went to his quarters, crossed his legs, and sat down.

“The evening drink still needed to be served to the benefactors, who began to ask the other monks, ‘Whose turn is it today to serve the evening drink?’

1.­77

“They replied that today it was the monk so-and-so’s turn. The one who was normally appointed to serve them, seething, closed his eyes as if asleep and said, ‘It’s the one whose eyes are like this‍—I’ll find him!’

1.­78

“Having said this, he went to the arhat and said, ‘Lord, for your sake I’ve pleased all our benefactors and patrons, and respectfully served your every need. Now that you’ve enjoyed all I’ve given you in faith, do you come home to sit and sleep like a dog?’

1.­79

“Thereupon the arhat thought, ‘It’s not right for this emotionally afflicted person, who has become so abased, to circle in saṃsāra and meet with great suffering.’ Reflecting in this way, he thought, ‘I have to help him.’

1.­80

“With this thought he said to the monk, ‘Lord, do you know who I am? And do you know who you yourself are?’

“ ‘I know that you have gone forth,’ he replied, ‘as have I.’

1.­81

“ ‘Though we two are like brothers in having gone forth,’ the arhat said, ‘you are an ordinary person, bound by every fetter, whereas I am an arhat, liberated from every fetter. You’ve spoken harshly to me. You must acknowledge your mistake. Otherwise you are certain to roam in saṃsāra and meet with great suffering.’

1.­82

“Hearing his words, the monk was flooded with great regret. [F.11.a] He bowed down at the monk’s feet, asked his forgiveness, and with renewed vigor offered his respectful service to the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha. All his life, he practiced pure conduct and served the saṅgha in accord with the Dharma.

1.­83

“At the time of his death, he prayed, ‘Oh, but by the root of virtue of my having gone forth in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, my practice of pure conduct all my life, and the service I rendered in accord with the Dharma, wherever I am born, may it be into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth! May I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. Going forth in his doctrine alone, may I cast away all afflictive emotions and manifest arhatship. May I not meet with the results of the wrongful act of speaking harshly to fellow practitioners of the holy life.’

1.­84

“O monks, what do you think? The one who was of service then is now the novice Little Eyes. The act of speaking harshly to the arhat ripened such that for five hundred lifetimes he took rebirth as a dog, and had the monk Śāriputra not thought of him, he would have taken rebirth only as a dog for five hundred more lifetimes.

1.­85

“The act of becoming angry, closing his eyes in imitation of the arhat, and saying, ‘It’s the one whose eyes are like this‍—I’ll find him!’ ripened into his birth as a human being whose eyes were just like that. The act of praying at that time, ‘By this root of virtue, wherever I am born, may it be into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth. May I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa [F.11.b] to be the next blessed buddha. Going forth in his doctrine alone, may I cast away all afflictive emotions and manifest arhatship,’ ripened such that he was born into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth.

1.­86

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that he has pleased me, not displeased me, go forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship.”

The Story of Pūraṇa

1.­87

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there lived a certain householder, prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s. When the time came for him to marry he took a wife, and they enjoyed themselves and coupled. But even though they enjoyed themselves and coupled, they had no children.

1.­88

They desired a son, so the householder supplicated the gods. He prayed to Paśupati, Varuṇa, Kubera, Śakra, Brahmā, and the rest, and to the deities of the pleasure groves, the forest deities, the deities of the crossroads, the deities of forks in the road, the deities who receive strewn oblations, the deities of his inherited tradition, and the deities who are in constant attendance of righteous persons.

1.­89

While it is often said that praying to deities can cause a boy or a girl to be born, this is not true. If children could be made just by praying, every family would have them a thousand times over, like a universal monarch. [F.12.a]33 In fact, there are three circumstances that allow for the birth of a child: a child is born when (1) lust arises in the parents and they have intercourse, (2) the mother still has her menstrual cycle and is approached by a gandharva, and (3) the gandharva’s mind is either attached or angry.

1.­90

Still, the householder remained intent on his prayers, and a great being took birth in his wife’s womb who was well renowned and had gained his final birth, had the good fortune to soon be liberated due to gathering the accumulations, had his sights set on nirvāṇa and had turned away from saṃsāra, had no desire for the states of rebirth in cyclic existence, and who had now assumed his final body.

1.­91

A woman wise in nature possesses five extraordinary abilities. She knows (1) whether a man is attracted to her, (2) the time of her menstrual cycle, (3) that she has conceived, (4) from whom she has conceived, and (5) whether the child is a boy or a girl, for if it is a baby boy it will stay on the right side of the womb, and if it is a girl it will stay on the left side of the womb.34

1.­92

When the householder’s wife conceived a child, she was overjoyed and told her husband, “My lord, I have conceived a boy. He is staying on the right side of my womb, so rejoice, for it is sure to be a boy!”

1.­93

At this the householder too was very happy. He puffed out his chest, put his right hand in the air, and expressed his joy, saying, “I shall see the face of the son for whom I have prayed for so long! May everything be right with my son, may nothing go wrong with him, and may he carry on my work! As I care for him, may he care for me in return! May he enjoy my inheritance! May my lineage endure for a long time! [F.12.b]35 And after our passing, when we die, may he give gifts, be they great or small, and make merit! When he does, may he dedicate the merit thus: ‘Wherever these two are born, may this go to them!’ ”

1.­94

Now that he knew his wife was pregnant, he ensconced her on the upper levels of their house in order to care for the baby. He provided her with what she needed for winter in the winter, what she needed for summer in the summer, with food that was not too bitter, too sour, too salty, too sweet, too spicy, or too astringent as instructed by the healer, and he served her food that was not bitter, sour, salty, spicy, sweet, or astringent. He draped her body with garlands and strings of precious stones, and he moved her from divan to divan and seat to seat like a goddess through a joyous garden, never letting her descend to the ground, and never letting her hear an unpleasant word even for a moment.

1.­95

The blessed buddhas, teachers of the one path to be traversed, with mastery over wisdom and the two types of knowable objects, in command of the three kinds of sterling equanimity, fearless by means of the fourfold fearlessness, freed from migration through the five destinies, keen in the six sense bases, practiced in the seven limbs of enlightenment, focused on the eight liberations, absorbed in the nine successive meditative absorptions, possessing all ten of the ten powers, whose proclamations are the great roaring of a perfect lion, by nature regard the world with their buddha eyes six times throughout the day and night‍—three times by day and three times by night.

1.­96

These are their thoughts as they look out in wisdom: “Who is in decline? Who will flourish? Who is destitute? Who is in a dreadful state? Who is being harmed? Who is destitute, in a dreadful state, and being harmed? Who is veering toward the lower realms? Who is descending through the lower realms? Who has descended to the lower realms? [F.13.a] Whom shall I pull up from the lower realms, and establish in the resultant state of heaven and liberation? Whom, mired in misdeeds, shall I lift up by the hand? Whom, lacking the seven jewels of the noble ones, shall I lead to command of the seven jewels of the noble ones? Whom, not having produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to produce them? Whom, having already produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to ripen their roots of virtue? Whom, having already ripened their roots of virtue, shall I slice open with the blade of wisdom? For whom shall I cause this world, adorned with a buddha’s presence, to be fruitful?”

1.­97
The ocean, home of creatures fierce,
Could fail to send its tides on time.
But when the time has come to tame
Their offspring, buddhas never fail.
1.­98

Just as the blessed buddhas regard the world with their buddha eyes six times throughout the day and night‍—three times by day and three times by night‍—so too the great listeners regard the world with their listener’s eyes six times throughout the day and night‍—three times by day and three times by night.

1.­99

When Venerable Aniruddha regarded the world with his listener’s eyes, he saw a being who was in his final birth taking birth in the home of that householder, and he thought, “Who will tame this being? Will he be tamed by the Buddha, or will he be tamed instead by the listeners?” Then he saw that it was he himself who would tame him and went to the house.

1.­100

He gave Dharma teachings to the householder from time to time, and that led the householder to remain steadfast in perfect faith, to take refuge, and to maintain the fundamental precepts. He inspired him to give gifts and to share what they had, and in no time at all his home became [F.13.b] like an open well for those in need.

1.­101

To strengthen the parents’ resolve, one day Venerable Aniruddha went to the house alone, without companions or attendants. The householder saw that Venerable Aniruddha was alone, without companions or attendants, and asked, “Noble one, why have you come here alone, without companions or attendants? Noble one, is there no one at all who could attend you?”

1.­102

“Where shall we find attendants, if one such as yourself does not grant them to us?” replied Venerable Aniruddha.

The householder said to him, “Lord Aniruddha, my wife has conceived, so if we have a son, noble one, I shall offer him to you as an attendant.”

“The virtuous keep their promises,” said Venerable Aniruddha. Having spoken thus, Venerable Aniruddha departed.

1.­103

After nine or ten months had passed, the householder’s wife gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful, with glowing, golden skin and a well-rounded head, long arms, a broad brow, a fine and prominent nose, and eyebrows that met. At the elaborate feast celebrating his birth they asked, “What name should we give this child?” And the householder named him, saying, “For so long I wondered when I would have a child, and for so long I prayed and prayed. Since this child has fulfilled my wish, his name will be Pūraṇa.”

1.­104

Baby Pūraṇa had eight nurses‍—two nurses to hold him in their laps, two wet nurses, two nurses to bathe him, and two nurses to play with him. [F.14.a] They raised him with a protection cord, and the eye of a peacock feather from the hand of Nārāyaṇa. They reared him on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and he flourished like a lotus in a lake.

1.­105

As he grew up he studied letters, tallying, and arithmetic; the study of seals, lending, deposits, and commerce; and the examination of cloth, jewels, gems, incense, medicine, elephants, horses, and arms and armor. He became skilled in writing, skilled at reading, learned, decisive, industrious, a master of the eight types of examination.

1.­106

One day Venerable Aniruddha saw that the time had come for the child to go forth. In the morning he donned his lower garment and Dharma robes, and, carrying his alms bowl, he went for alms in Śrāvastī. As he went for alms, eventually he came to the householder’s home, and there sat on the seat prepared for him.

1.­107

After he had taken his seat, Venerable Aniruddha reminded the householder, “Householder, before this child was born you granted him to me as an attendant. The virtuous keep their promises, do they not? Didn’t you yourself make such a promise?”

1.­108

“Yes, noble one, I did make just such a promise,” the householder replied. Having said this, he took the child by his two hands, offered him to Venerable Aniruddha, and told him, “Child, before you were born I offered you to the noble one. Therefore go, and be the noble one’s attendant.”

The child said, “This will be of benefit to me.” With those words the child followed Venerable Aniruddha away.

1.­109

Venerable Aniruddha brought the child to the monastery, where he led him to go forth as a novice, fully ordained him, [F.14.b] and instructed him. But despite his commitment to practice earnestly, foregoing sleep from dusk to dawn, the child did not achieve anything of significance. Then he fell ill.

1.­110

His parents heard that their child had taken ill, and as soon as they heard this they brought a healer to visit him, and went to the monastery carrying everything he needed. They provided for all his needs, but they could not cure him. They thought, “If we remain here at the monastery we will fall behind on all our work at home. We should bring the child home and care for him there.”

1.­111

They bowed down at Venerable Aniruddha’s feet and said, “Noble one, please know that if we stay here, we will fall behind on all our duties at home. We request your permission to bring our child back home, so we can tend to him there.”

1.­112

Venerable Aniruddha thought, “His parents and the people of their house will soon be established in the truths, for this monk will manifest arhatship there in the house.” With this in mind, Venerable Aniruddha said, “Do as you wish.”

1.­113

As soon as they heard this, the householders brought the monk back to their house and provided for all his needs according to the healer’s instructions. Right there in the house, disillusioned by his illness, the monk cast away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, and manifested arhatship.

1.­114

As an arhat he directly apprehended the thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperament, and nature of his two parents and the people of their house, and taught them the Dharma accordingly. Hearing it, the householders and their retinue [F.15.a] destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where they sat.

1.­115

After establishing his parents in the truth, he thought, “I have recollection of my former states‍—whence I died and transmigrated, and where I have taken rebirth. I see that from life to life I have died as a human being and taken rebirth as a human being, but I am always very ill, and my lifespan very short.

1.­116

“I have been an ordinary person,” he thought. “That’s why I’m undergoing such agonies. But now that I have done what was before me, what need do I have for such suffering? Let me enter the sphere of peace!”

1.­117

After reflecting in this way, he made a miraculous display of fire and light, rain and lightning, and passed beyond all sorrow into the realm of nirvāṇa without any remainder of the aggregates.

1.­118

After he passed into parinirvāṇa, his parents laid his body on a palanquin festooned with blue, yellow, red, and white cloth, but they were unable to lift it. They went and told this to Venerable Aniruddha, who reflected on this, and, knowing that the monk had prayed it would be so, went and informed the Blessed One.

1.­119

The Blessed One said, “Monks, don your Dharma robes, for we shall go and venerate that monk,” and set out for the householder’s home surrounded and escorted by an assembly of monks.

1.­120

Mahā­prajāpatī Gautamī also heard that such-and-such a householder’s child had go forth and passed into parinirvāṇa, [F.15.b] and that even the Blessed One had gone to venerate and pay homage to him. Knowing this, and remembering the child’s previous states, she also went to the householder’s home with five hundred attendants.

1.­121

The householder Anāthapiṇḍada and the queen’s attendants, the sages Datta and Purāṇa, also heard this. The lay vow holder Vaiśākhā and the lay vow holder Sujātā also heard that the child of such-and-such a one had go forth and passed into parinirvāṇa, and that even the Blessed One had gone to venerate and pay homage to him. Hearing this, they too went there with their attendants, bowed down at the feet of the Blessed One, and said, “We shall build the monk’s funeral pyre. The Blessed One need not trouble himself.” The Blessed One assented by his silence.

1.­122

Then householder Anāthapiṇḍada and the other lay vow holders, carrying the monk upon the palanquin, walked to the charnel grounds. The Blessed One and the other monks followed them, along with the many lay vow holders performing ritual veneration and eulogy. They bore the palanquin into the charnel ground, heaped together various types of incense, and lit the fire. They later extinguished the fire with milk, gathered up his bones, placed them in vessels, and built a reliquary stūpa there in the same place. They performed a great offering ritual at the stūpa and then sat before the Buddha to listen to the Dharma. The Blessed One gave a discourse on impermanence to all four retinues, then returned to the monastery.

1.­123

Then the monks inquired of the Blessed One, “What action did the monk Pūraṇa take that ripened into his birth into a family of great means, [F.16.a] prosperity, and wealth, and such that he became very ill?”

1.­124

“Monks,” explained the Blessed One, “Pūraṇa committed and accumulated the actions himself at a previous time. Monks, the actions that Pūraṇa committed and accumulated did not ripen into the external element of earth, the element of water, the element of fire, or the element of wind. The actions he committed and accumulated, both virtuous and nonvirtuous, ripened into nothing but his own aggregates, sense bases, and constituent elements.

1.­125
“When the time arrives‍—and even if
A hundred eons pass‍—
Fruit is born of every act
That sentient beings amass.
1.­126

“Monks, in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as forty thousand years, in the royal palace Śobhāvatī there was a brahmin named Agnidatta who was King Śobha’s minister. Agnidatta had two sons, one of whom, upon witnessing old age, sickness, and death, had gone to live in the forest. There, contemplating the thirty-seven wings of enlightenment, he attained unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment, and as the totally and completely awakened Buddha Krakucchanda, he acted for the benefit of beings by thrice turning the wheel of the Dharma in its twelve aspects. The other son indulged his desires. He became heedless, committed adultery with36 the wives of others, and killed beings. He would go hunting and kill many thousands of beings.

1.­127

“One day the totally and completely awakened Buddha Krakucchanda traveled to Śobhāvatī, and father and son were reunited. During his stay in Śobhāvatī he acted for the benefit of beings. He turned his younger brother [F.16.b] away from sin and established him in refuge and the fundamental precepts.

1.­128

“The brother went on to build a monastery that was complete in every respect. He offered it to Buddha Krakucchanda and the rest of the saṅgha of monks, provided for all their needs, and at the time of his death prayed, ‘By this root of virtue, wherever I am born, may it be into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth. May I please and not displease a great teacher such as this one. Going forth in his doctrine alone, may I cast away all afflictive emotions and manifest arhatship.’

1.­129

“O monks, what do you think? The one who was that young brahmin then is this very Pūraṇa. The act of massacring thousands of beings ripened such that wherever he was born, he was very ill and his life was very short. The act of building a monastery that was complete in every respect, offering it to Buddha Krakucchanda and the rest of the saṅgha of monks, providing for all their needs, and praying at the time of his death, ‘Wherever I am born, may it be into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth. May I please and not displease a teacher such as this one. May I achieve such great virtues as his!’ ripened such that wherever he was born, it was into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth, and such that he was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful.

1.­130

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Krakucchanda‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that he has pleased me, [F.17.a] not displeased me, gone forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship.”

1.­131

“What action ripened into his passing into nirvāṇa, and caused him to be venerated by the four retinues?”

“It came about by the power of his prayers,” replied the Blessed One.

1.­132

“When did he make these prayers?”

“Monks, in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as twenty thousand years and the tathāgata, the arhat, the totally and completely awakened buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Kāśyapa was in the world, there lived a certain householder in Vārāṇasī.

1.­133

“One day his wife conceived, and after nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. When he grew up he found faith in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, and, having made the request to his parents, went forth in the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa’s doctrine. He cast away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, and manifested arhatship.

1.­134

“After he attained arhatship, he thought, ‘I have done what was before me with this saṃsāric body. Let me enter the sphere of peace!’ Reflecting in this way, he made a miraculous display of fire and light, rain and lightning, and passed beyond all sorrow into the realm of nirvāṇa without any remainder of the aggregates.

1.­135

“His preceptor informed his parents, and his [F.17.b] parents and the preceptor performed an elaborate ritual veneration of his remains. His preceptor prayed, ‘By this root of virtue, wherever I am born, may it be into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth. May I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. May I achieve such great virtues. When I pass into nirvāṇa, may the Blessed One and all the four retinues venerate me.’

1.­136

“O monks, what do you think? The one who was that monk then is none other than this very Pūraṇa. The act of performing an elaborate ritual veneration of that arhat and praying ripened such that wherever he was born, it was into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth.

1.­137

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that he has pleased me, not displeased me, go forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship, and when he passed into nirvāṇa, all the four retinues venerated him.” [B2]37

The Person with a Curving Spine: Two Stories

The First Story about “The Person with a Curving Spine”

1.­138

When the Blessed One was in in Śrāvastī there lived a certain householder, prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s.

1.­139

When the time came for him to marry he took a wife, and they enjoyed themselves and coupled. [F.18.a] As they enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived, and after nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. At the elaborate feast celebrating his birth they named him according to their clan.

1.­140

They reared him on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and as he grew up he studied letters, tallying, and arithmetic; the study of seals, lending, deposits, and commerce; and the examination of cloth, jewels, gems, incense, medicine, elephants, horses, and arms and armor. He became skilled in writing, skilled at reading, learned, decisive, and industrious, a master of the eight types of examination.

1.­141

One day the child fell ill and his spine was made to curve by a disorder of his vital energies. As soon as they saw this condition his parents became very upset and though they brought healers and provided for all his needs, he could not be healed.

1.­142

The thought came to the householder, “No healer has been able to heal this child. But the objects of my veneration are so miraculous and powerful that if I pray to them now, they might be able to make my child’s back straight like before.” With this in mind he invited six teachers‍—Pūraṇa Kāśyapa and the rest‍—and by his own hand he contented them with many different kinds of good, wholesome food. Then he bowed down at their feet and beseeched them, “What could there be, past, present, or future, that does not come under your purview? My child’s spine has been made to curve by a disorder of his vital energies. I ask you, please heal my child.” But though they gave him mantras and medicines, they were not able to heal him. [F.18.b]

1.­143

The householder had a close friend, a Buddhist lay vow holder, who advised him, “My friend, why do you seek refuge in those who are not a refuge? Take refuge in the Blessed Buddha, and he will do all manner of good things for you.”

“What does he know?” the householder asked.

“He is omniscient. He knows everything,” replied the lay vow holder.

1.­144

When he heard this, the householder felt immense joy and approached the Blessed Buddha. When he arrived, he touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet and sat before him to listen to the Dharma. The Blessed One taught him the Dharma particularly suited to him, then sat in silence.

1.­145

Once the Blessed One had completed his teaching, the householder rose from his seat, drew down the right shoulder of his upper garment, and implored the Blessed One, “Please permit me to request that the Blessed One and the saṅgha of monks take your meal at my house tomorrow.” The Blessed One assented to the householder by his silence.

1.­146

Understanding that by his silence the Blessed One had given his assent, the householder then praised this assurance from the Blessed One, rejoiced, bowed down at his feet, and departed.

1.­147

After preparing many good, wholesome foods that night, in the morning the householder rose, prepared seats, filled the water pots, and set them out. Then he reminded the Blessed One that it was time for the midday meal by sending a message that said, “My lord, the midday meal is upon us. Know that the time has come, Blessed One, and your presence is requested.”

1.­148

That morning the Blessed One donned his lower garment and Dharma robes, [F.19.a] and, carrying his alms bowl, he set out surrounded and escorted by an assembly of monks.

1.­149

As they arrived at the householder’s reception room, the householder’s son saw the Blessed Buddha from a distance. The body of the Blessed Buddha, graced and resplendent with the thirty-two signs of a great person, looked like it was on fire, like a tongue of fire stoked with ghee, like a lamp set in a golden vessel, and like a pillar adorned with all manner of jewels. He was immaculate, clear-minded, and pure of heart.

1.­150

Upon seeing the Blessed Buddha, the householder’s son was filled with supreme joy, for beings who have gathered the roots of virtue to see a buddha for the first time experience such rapture as is not to be had even by those who practice calm abiding meditation for twelve years. Filled with such supreme joy at the sight of him, the child respectfully and deliberately stood up from his seat.

1.­151

No sooner had he risen from his seat than his curving spine became straight as before, and he was filled with even more joy toward the Blessed One. Full of joy, he approached him, touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet, kissed them, and said, “Blessed One, what a difficult task you have done for me! Sugata, what a difficult task you have done for me!”

1.­152

Then the Blessed One took his place on the seat prepared for him amid the saṅgha of monks. Once the householder knew that the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks were comfortably seated, by his own hand he contented them with many good, wholesome foods, [F.19.b] proffering all that they wished. Having by his own hand contented them with many different kinds of good, wholesome food, proffering all that they wished, once he knew that the Blessed One had finished eating and that his bowl had been taken away and his hands washed, he sat before the Blessed One to listen to the Dharma.

1.­153

The Blessed One directly apprehended the thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperament, and nature of the householder and his retinue, and taught them the Dharma accordingly. Hearing it, the householder, his retinue, and the child destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry. After the Blessed One had established them in the truths and instructed, encouraged, inspired, and delighted the householder with a discourse on the Dharma, he rose from his seat and departed.

1.­154

One day the young man thought, “The Blessed One has dispelled so many kinds of suffering and anguish, brought me so much happiness and bliss, cleared away so many of my sins and nonvirtues, and secured for me such virtues. Let me give up living at home and, in the presence of the Blessed One, go forth to practice the holy life.”

1.­155

Reflecting in this way, he asked for his parents’ permission and approached the Blessed One. He touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet, drew down the right shoulder of his upper garment, bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together, and made this request of him:

1.­156

“Lord, if appropriate, I wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken and achieve full ordination as a monk. In the presence of the Blessed One, I too wish to practice the holy life.” [F.20.a]

1.­157

“Come, join me, monk!” replied the Blessed One. “Practice the holy life.” As soon as the Blessed One had finished speaking there they stood, alms bowl and water pitcher in hand, with but a week’s worth of hair and beard, and with the deportment of a monk who had been ordained for one hundred years.38 As it is said:

1.­158
Garbed in robes, with shaven heads,
And senses stilled by Buddha’s will‍—
From the very moment the One Thus Gone
Spoke to them, saying, “Come, join me.”
1.­159

Thereupon the Blessed One instructed him, and, casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, he manifested arhatship. As an arhat, free from the attachments of the three realms, his mind regarded gold no differently than filth, and the palms of his hands as like space itself. He became cool like wet sandalwood. His insight crushed ignorance like an eggshell. He achieved the insights, superknowledges, and discriminations. He had no regard for worldly profit, passion, or acclaim. He became an object of offering, veneration, and respectful address by Indra, Upendra, and the other gods.

1.­160

The monks inquired of the Blessed One, “Lord, what action did he take that ripened into his birth into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth? What action did he take that ripened into his spine becoming curved, that after he entrusted himself to the Blessed One his spine became straight like before, and that he pleased the Blessed One, did not displease him, went forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship?” [F.20.b]

1.­161

“Monks,” the Blessed One recounted, “such are the actions that this monk committed and accumulated:

1.­162

“Monks, in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as twenty thousand years and the totally and completely awakened buddha endowed with perfect knowledge and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Kāśyapa was in the world, there lived a certain householder in the city of Vārāṇasī.

1.­163

“When the time came for him to marry he took a wife, and they enjoyed themselves and coupled. One day his wife conceived, and after nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to twins. At the elaborate feast celebrating their birth they named them according to their clan. They reared them on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and when the twins grew up, having found faith in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, they asked for their parents’ permission and went forth as novices in the Buddha Kāśyapa’s doctrine.

1.­164

“When he conferred full ordination on them, their preceptor asked, ‘Children, the doctrine of the Blessed One is carried upon two wheels. These two wheels are the wheel of meditation and the wheel of recitation. Which will the two of you undertake?’

1.­165

“ ‘For the time being we will put our efforts into recitation. Later we will meditate,’ they replied.

“Their preceptor responded, ‘Do as you please,’ and, for the time being, he had them recite.

1.­166

“The younger of the two was very wild inside, whereas the other was stable. One day after their recitation, as the stable, older one was sleeping, the wild one [F.21.a] dropped heavy objects on him over and over again, until he said, ‘Venerable one, please stop hurting me again and again!’ But the wild one did not heed his words. Instead he got angry. To hurt his brother he hefted a nearby brick and let it fall. Then the wild one, who had already attacked and bashed his brother with heavy objects, threw a brick at his back and broke the base of his spine, causing him tremendous pain.

1.­167

“Suddenly the younger one saw his brother’s body in tremendous pain, and it caused him great distress. He thought, ‘It was a mistake for me to do such a senseless thing.’ Feeling remorse, he brought healers, provided for all his needs, and tended to his elder brother’s condition. Before long his back had healed.

1.­168

“By the time the elder brother had healed, he had become disillusioned with saṃsāra. He thought, ‘What is the use of this body‍—it’s rotten to the core!’ Casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, he manifested arhatship.

1.­169

“The younger brother realized what his brother had accomplished, felt tremendous joy for him, and served him with respect. He likewise served the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha, practiced pure conduct all his life, and at the time of his death prayed, ‘While I may not have attained any great virtues, because I have offered such service to the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha, and practiced pure conduct all my life, by this root of virtue, wherever I am born, may it be into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth. May I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. [F.21.b] Going forth in his doctrine alone, may I cast away all afflictive emotions and manifest arhatship. And may the act of harming such a pure being not return to me. Should the results of that action ripen for me, may the Blessed One cure my injured body and mind.’

1.­170

“O monks, what do you think? The one who went forth in the teaching of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa then is none other than this monk. The act of breaking the base of his elder brother’s spine in anger ripened such that wherever he was born, his spine was broken. After that he prayed, ‘Should the results of that action ripen to me, may the Blessed One cure my injured body and mind.’ And so it is that I have now protected him from both of these injuries. The act of praying, ‘Wherever I am born, may it be into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth. May I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. Going forth in his doctrine alone, may I cast away all afflictive emotions and manifest arhatship,’ ripened such that wherever he was born, it was into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth.

1.­171

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that he has pleased me, not displeased me, [F.22.a] gone forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship.”

The Second Story About “The Person with a Curving Spine”

1.­172

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī there was a nun named Sthūlanandā who lived at a nunnery called The Royal Garden.

1.­173

One day she thought, “All of the elder sisters who are śrāvakās that have achieved miraculous powers use their powers to travel east to Videha, north to Kurava, west to Godānīya, and to the celestial realm of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. They travel to valleys that are prosperous, flourishing, happy, and well populated, where the harvest is good, and they return with many good, wholesome foods to eat.

1.­174

“If I attain such magical powers, I too will go from here east to Videha, north to Kurava, west to Godānīya, and to the celestial realm of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. And I will also travel to valleys that are prosperous, flourishing, happy, and well populated, where the harvest is good, and will return with many good, wholesome foods to eat. Let me too develop magical powers!”

1.­175

She continued, thinking, “Who is there that can show me how to perform miracles? I could pay a visit to the nuns, but they are very jealous, so they will not show me the path of miracles. It is difficult for our requests to reach the ears of the monks. If I can’t so much as speak to those staying at the monastery, how can I ask them to show me the path of miracles?

1.­176

“Ah! But if I go see the Band of Six‍—they are my relatives, and they always wish me well and pray that my aims will be fulfilled‍—they [F.22.b] can show me the path of miracles. What should I do? First I shall treat them well, and ply them with material things. After that I can make my request to them.”

1.­177

With this in mind, she extended an invitation to them, and by her own hand contented them with many good, wholesome foods, proffering all that they wished. Then she bowed down at their feet and said, “Noble ones, I wish to perform miracles, and you are accomplished in showing others the path of miracles. I request your instruction in the path of miracles. Through your power I shall begin to perform miracles.”

1.­178

The Band of Six asked her, “Sthūlanandā, have you not heard this verse?

‘Secret lore should not be shared;
Rather, take it to your grave.
Only barter lore for lore,
Great wealth, or reverent service.’
1.­179

“Nevertheless, if you wish to learn the practice of miracles from us, first you must host us for three months. Then to each of us you must give six different kinds of goods.”

She bowed down at their feet and said, “Please, instruct me in the path of miracles, and I will do this.”

1.­180

“Elder sister,” said the Band of Six, “first take care to make your body light. Then, with practice, one day you will have no difficulty with miracles.”

“What should I do to make my body light?” she asked.

1.­181

“For a while you have to eat very little,” they told her. “After that, on the first day, climb onto a small chair and jump down from it. The next day, stack two chairs and climb up on them and jump down. In the same way, from the third day on up to the seventh day, stack one chair upon another, then climb up and jump down. Then, in the same way, [F.23.a] leap from the second story of a building. At that time, due to your practice, your body will have become light, and after that, due to your practice, you will accomplish miracles.”

1.­182

As soon as she heard this, Sthūlanandā began to follow their instructions just as they had said. But on the seventh day, she climbed up on the stack of seven chairs, jumped down, and broke her hip.

1.­183

She said to the Band of Six, “Noble ones, look what happened to me. Now what should I do?”

“We showed you what we know,” replied the Band of Six. Once this method has made your body light, one day you will perform miracles without difficulty. The rest is up to you.”

1.­184

When she heard this she was consumed with fury, and she lashed out at all those who came to the nunnery. Brimming with malice, she drove them away from the nunnery with her insults.

1.­185

Those to whom she told her story scolded and blamed her. The monks heard it, and they inquired of the Blessed One, “Lord, tell us why Bhikṣuṇī Sthūlanandā abased herself for the sake of miraculous powers, acting as host for the three months of winter, even portioning out much of her alms and Dharma robes, but did not attain miraculous powers.”

1.­186

“Not only now,” the Blessed One explained, “but in times past as well, and in the same way, the Band of Six deceived the nun Sthūlanandā and she did not attain her goal. Listen well!

1.­187

“Monks, in times gone by, during King Brahmadatta’s reign in the city of Vārāṇasī, there were certain carpenters at work building for the king a palatial home on the grounds of the royal palace. They would [F.23.b] mark the crooked beams with a carpenter’s cord, then plane them down until they were straight.

1.­188

“One of the king’s treasurers was a woman with a crooked spine. As she was watching the carpenters mark and straighten all the crooked beams she thought, ‘These carpenters are highly skilled. If they can straighten such rough, crooked beams, they will surely be able to straighten my smooth body as well! How could they not?’

1.­189

“She went to them and asked, ‘Can you straighten my curving spine?’

“ ‘We can,’ they replied, ‘but you have to pay us in advance. Be host to us for three months. Then give us gifts of clothing and jewelry. After that we will straighten your curving spine.’

“ ‘As you wish,’ she said.

1.­190

“For three months she served them good, wholesome meals. On the last day, she gave them clothing and jewelry and said, ‘There, I have given you gifts. Now you must straighten my curving spine.’

1.­191

“ ‘Elder sister,’ they replied, ‘after we mark our crooked beams with a cord, we plane them down to straighten them. We can mark your back with a cord and pare it straight with an axe, if you can bear the pain.’

1.­192

“ ‘That technique will kill me. I won’t survive!’ she cried.

“ ‘That’s all we know,’ the carpenters replied. ‘The rest is up to you.’ She fell silent in embarrassment and dismay. To speak to anyone was more than she could bear.

1.­193

“O monks, what do you think? The one who was the old woman then is none other than Sthūlanandā. Those who [F.24.a] were the carpenters then are none other than the Band of Six. They deceived her then, and she did not accomplish her aims. Now they have deceived her once again, and she has not performed any miracles.”

The Story of Udayin

1.­194

When the Blessed One was in Rājagṛha, Venerable Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja, who had cast away all afflictions and manifested arhatship, thought, “The Blessed One has dispelled so many kinds of suffering and anguish, brought me many kinds of happiness and bliss, cleared away so many of my sins and nonvirtues, and secured for me such virtues. How could I repay the Blessed One’s kindness?”

1.­195

Then it occurred to him, “Anytime a buddha arises in the world, it is only to benefit beings. There’s no doubt that I too should act for the benefit of beings!” With this in mind, he wondered, “Whom might I tame?”

1.­196

He saw that he could tame many in Kauśāmbī, so after staying in Rājagṛha for as long as he liked, he donned his lower garment and Dharma robes, and, carrying his alms bowl, went to Kauśāmbī for alms. He eventually arrived at Kauśāmbī, where he stayed in the garden of the householder Ghoṣila.

1.­197

Now this monk was also a person of great merit, and was widely known for having gone from being a son of the royal family priest to being a monk. Many people in Kauśāmbī had heard that Noble Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja was traveling through the countryside and had now come to the city of Kauśāmbī, where he was staying in the garden of the householder Ghoṣila. Upon hearing this they gathered‍—group after group and elder after elder‍—and convened in Kauśāmbī.

1.­198

They approached Venerable Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja, and upon their arrival [F.24.b] they gathered together, bowed down at Venerable Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja’s feet, and sat before him to listen to the Dharma. Then Venerable Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja, directly apprehending their thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperaments, and natures, taught them the Dharma accordingly.

1.­199

As soon as they heard it, some of the inhabitants of Kauśāmbī who had gathered there generated heat. Some generated the peak, or generated the patience in accord with the truths, or generated the highest worldly dharma, or generated the attainment of seeing, right where they sat.

1.­200

Some manifested the resultant state of stream entry. Some manifested the resultant state of once-return. Some manifested the resultant state of non-return. Some went forth and manifested arhatship. Some sowed the seeds to become universal monarchs, some to become great universal monarchs, some to become Indra, some to become Brahmā, some for the enlightenment of the listeners, some for the enlightenment of the solitary buddhas, and some for unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment. Among the assembled, most found themselves drawn to the Buddha, intent on the Dharma, and favoring the Saṅgha.

1.­201

Having seen the truths, they rose from their seats, drew down the right shoulder of their upper garments, bowed toward Venerable Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja with palms pressed together, and beseeched him, “After we entrusted ourselves to you, noble one, you lifted us up from among the hell beings, animals, and anguished spirits. Leading us to live among the gods and humans, you dried up the ocean of blood and tears and led us over the mountain pass of bones to cast away all the afflictive emotions to which we have been accustomed since beginningless time. [F.25.a] Noble one, for as long as we live, please accept from us your provisions of clothing, food, bedding, a seat, and medicines for the sick.”

1.­202

“Friends,” replied Venerable Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja, “there are other householders I must help as well. Please allow me to go.” The inhabitants of Kauśāmbī who had gathered there rejoiced at what Venerable Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja had said to them, touched their heads to Venerable Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja’s feet, and departed.

1.­203

From time to time those who had seen the truths would visit Venerable Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja and listen to the Dharma. One day, as those living in Kauśāmbī were gathering together‍—group after group and elder after elder‍—King Udayin of Vatsa arrayed the four divisions of his army39 and set out to hunt deer.

1.­204

When King Udayin of Vatsa saw the assembly of those living in Kauśāmbī going to the garden of the householder Ghoṣila, he immediately asked his ministers, “Where are these country folk going?”

1.­205

“Deva,” the ministers replied, “the child of your family priest, the one called Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja, has cast aside the royal concerns of home and crown and gone forth. He has now made his way through the countryside to Kauśāmbī, where he is staying in the garden of the householder Ghoṣila. It is him they are traveling to see.”

1.­206

As soon as he heard this, the king declared, “For a long time he has pleased me and been dear to my heart, and it is my duty to pay tribute to a preceptor. I will also go to see him and pay him respect.”

1.­207

They went to the householder Ghoṣila’s garden, but the elder monk did not receive the king, nor did he so much as stand. When the king saw this, [F.25.b] he was instantly consumed with fury. Seething with anger, he paid respect to the elder monk and then departed.

1.­208

He said to his ministers, “Behold the renunciant Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja, the child of the country’s royal family priest! He saw me, but he would not receive me‍—he wouldn’t so much as stand!”

1.­209

To this his hateful ministers replied, “Deva, even though he saw you, he did not receive you, nor did he so much as stand! Such behavior is inappropriate.”

1.­210

The king was heartbroken about this, and it made him extremely unhappy. After hunting deer with his army, he returned to the area of the monastery in anger, thinking, “Now I am going to go see that monk again. When he sees me, if he does not receive me properly‍—if he does not so much as stand‍—I shall lop off his head and throw it away!” With this in mind, he entered the householder Ghoṣila’s garden.

1.­211

Now Venerable Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja heard that King Udayin of Vatsa was on the way to see him, and as soon as he did, he thought, “Why is King Udayin coming to see me again?” And he saw that the king was thinking, “If that monk fails to receive me properly upon sight‍—if he refuses even to stand‍—I shall lop off his head and toss it to the ground!”

1.­212

Knowing the king’s thoughts, he rose from meditation and took six steps to receive him. As soon as he did so, the king’s air of splendor disappeared and a fissure appeared in the earth. The king saw this and was immediately afraid.

1.­213

“This monk is a person of great miracles and great power,” he thought. “As I was approaching him with spiteful thoughts, through his power my splendor disappeared and the earth split open.”

1.­214

Sure of this, he approached Venerable Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja, bowed down at his feet, [F.26.a] and said, “Noble one, please forgive my childish, deluded, uncouth blunder.”

1.­215

“Great King, I forgive you, but you must ask forgiveness of your own mind,” the elder monk replied.

“Lord, won’t my kingdom fall now? Won’t I lose my life?” asked the king.

1.­216

“Never fear, Great King, never fear!” replied the elder monk. “Your kingdom will not fall, nor will you lose your life. However, Great King, my taking six steps to receive you will cause you to lose your kingdom for six months. Then, after six months have passed, you will regain your kingdom. Furthermore, Great King, you must feel joy toward me. For as soon as you feel joy toward me, you will prevent your fall into the earth, and your air of splendor will return.”

1.­217

As soon as he heard this, the king felt joy toward the elder monk, and as soon as he felt this joy, his air of splendor returned and the fissure in the earth closed up. At that moment the king again felt a surge of joy toward the elder monk. Filled with such joy, he touched his head to the elder monk’s feet and departed.

1.­218

One day King Udayin of Vatsa again arrayed the four divisions of his army and set out to hunt deer. They saw a deer and approached it, with the army on one side and the king on the other. But on his way through the wilderness the king was separated from his army and became disoriented.

1.­219

He wandered into a cattle pen and, not recognizing anyone or being recognized by anyone, he went mad, and remained there in the cattle pen for six months. His children, ministers, and attendants all went looking for him, but were unable to find him. They returned to the royal palace wondering, “What shall we do now if we don’t find him? Where will we go?” [F.26.b] And they sat in silence.40

1.­220

Six months later someone recognized the king and asked, “Deva, what are you doing here?”

1.­221

Coming to his senses, the king related to the cowherds all that had taken place. “Take heart, Deva,” the cowherds told him. “We shall bring you to the royal palace.” The cowherds set out for Kauśāmbī with the king traveling separately behind them.

1.­222

After six months had passed, a minister named The Son of Enveloped in the Darkness of Logic remembered which direction the king had gone, and thought, “We must search for him. If we find him alive, he will carry on his reign. If not‍—if something went wrong‍—then we shall put his child on the throne.”

1.­223

With this in mind, they organized the four divisions of the army. As they searched the villages, towns, cities, kingdom, and royal palaces, The Son of Enveloped in the Darkness of Logic saw King Udayin of Vatsa from a distance. Delighted to see him, he approached the king, inquired after his health, and asked him, “Deva, where did you go?” whereupon King Udayin of Vatsa related the story in detail.

1.­224

“Deva,” said The Son of Enveloped in the Darkness of Logic, “it is all just as Noble Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja prophesied.”

1.­225

Hearing this, the king felt a surge of joy toward the elder monk and thought, “For now let me put off returning to the city. I will go and pay respect to Noble Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja.”

1.­226

With this in mind he bypassed Kauśāmbī and went to the householder Ghoṣila’s garden. He traveled as far as he could by vehicle, then descended from his vehicle and continued to the garden on foot. There he approached Venerable Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja, [F.27.a] bowed down at his feet, and sat before him to listen to the Dharma. The elder monk taught him a Dharma particularly suited to him.

1.­227

When Venerable Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja had completed his discourse, King Udayin of Vatsa rose from his seat, drew down the right shoulder of his upper garment, bowed toward Venerable Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja with his palms together, and implored him, “Noble one, please permit me to request you and the saṅgha of monks to take your food at my house for seven days.”

1.­228

Venerable Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja assented by his silence. Understanding that by his silence Venerable Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja had given his assent, King Udayin of Vatsa rose from his seat, bowed down at Venerable Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja’s feet, and departed.

1.­229

Once he had contented Venerable Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja and his retinue with many good, wholesome foods for seven days, at the end of the last day he offered each of them a set of robes fashioned from cotton and then sat before them to listen to the Dharma. Venerable Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja instructed, encouraged, inspired, and delighted them with a discourse on the Dharma particularly suited to them. After he had instructed, encouraged, inspired, and delighted them, he rose from his seat and departed.

1.­230

One day the Blessed One, having stayed in Rājagṛha for as long as he liked, donned his Dharma robes, and, carrying his alms bowl, set out for Kauśāmbī, surrounded and escorted by an assembly of monks. He made his way through the countryside until he arrived in Kauśāmbī, where he stayed in the householder Ghoṣila’s garden. [F.27.b]

1.­231

King Udayin of Vatsa heard that the Blessed One was traveling through the country of Vatsa41 and had arrived in Kauśāmbī, where he was staying in the householder Ghoṣila’s garden. Hearing this, he approached the Blessed One, touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet, and took a seat at one side.

1.­232

Once King Udayin of Vatsa had taken a seat at one side, the Blessed One instructed, encouraged, inspired, and delighted him with a discourse on the Dharma. After he had instructed, encouraged, inspired, and delighted him with a discourse on the Dharma, he sat without speaking.

1.­233

Knowing that the Blessed One had completed his discourse, King Udayin of Vatsa then rose from his seat, drew down the right shoulder of his upper garment, bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together, and said, “Please permit me to provide the Blessed One and the rest of the saṅgha of monks with provisions of clothing, food, bedding, seats, and medicines for the sick for the three months of winter.” The Blessed One assented by his silence.

1.­234

Understanding that by his silence the Blessed One had given his assent, King Udayin of Vatsa then provided for all their needs there in the householder Ghoṣila’s garden. After respectfully providing for all the needs of the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks for three months, he offered the Blessed One very costly food on the last day. Then he offered each of the other monks a set of cotton robes, and they departed.

1.­235

From time to time he approached the Blessed One to listen to the Dharma. [F.28.a] After hearing the Dharma from the Blessed One, he always made a point of going to offer his respectful service to Venerable Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja. When the monks saw him, they became suspicious.

1.­236

“Why should this king make a point of going to offer such respectful service to Venerable Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja?” they wondered.

1.­237

Then they heard the story in detail. After they heard it, they asked the Blessed One, “Lord, tell us why King Udayin of Vatsa approached Venerable Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja with spiteful thoughts, which caused his air of splendor to disappear, and just as he was about to fall into a narrow fissure, his mind again became filled with joy and his splendor returned, and the narrow fissure closed up as well.”

1.­238

“Not only now, monks,” the Blessed One explained, “but this happened in times past as well, and in the same way, during King Meru’s reign in the city called Flourishing Rice. The kingdom was prosperous, flourishing, happy, and well populated. The harvest was good. Quarreling and arguments had ceased, there was no fighting or infighting, and there were no robbers, thieves, illness, or famine. Rice, sugarcane, cattle, and buffalo were plentiful. His was a reign in accord with the Dharma, and he treated the kingdom like a beloved only child.

1.­239

“When the time came for the king’s family priest to marry, he took a wife, and they enjoyed themselves and coupled. As they enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived, and after nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. At the elaborate feast celebrating his birth they named him according to their clan.

1.­240

“They reared him on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and as he grew up he studied letters, brahminical customs and conduct, the syllables oṁ and bho, [F.28.b] ritual purity, ritual actions, the collection of ashes, the holding of the ritual vase, the Ṛg Veda, the Yajur Veda, the Sāma Veda, the Atharva Veda, how to perform sacrificial rites, how to lead others in performing sacrificial rites, how to give and receive offerings, recitation, and recitation instruction. Trained in these procedures, he became a master of the six types of brahminical activities, and in time he mastered the eighteen sciences.

1.­241

“He came to see that his father administrated the affairs of the kingdom both righteously and unrighteously. Recognizing this he thought, ‘After my father dies, I shall rule the kingdom without a crown. Let me then give up living at home and go to live in the forest.’ Reflecting in this way, he asked for his parents’ permission and went to live in the forest. There he generated the four meditative states and the five superknowledges.

1.­242

“One day he went to the royal palace in the city of Flourishing Rice. Upon his arrival in the park his father fashioned him a hut of branches and leaves, and began to provide for all his needs. Many people would come from time to time to see him and to listen to the Dharma.

1.­243

“Then one day King Meru arrayed the four divisions of the army and set out to hunt deer. The king saw many people entering the park, and he asked, ‘Where are all these people going?’

1.­244

“ ‘Deva,’ his ministers replied, ‘the child of the royal family priest not only has gone forth, but is a person of great miracles and great power as well. They are all going to see him.’

1.­245

“Thereupon the king thought, ‘He pleases me and is dear to my heart, and it is my duty to pay tribute to a preceptor. I will also go and see him.’ The king went to see the sage. But upon seeing the king, the sage did not receive him, nor did he so much as stand.

1.­246

“When the king saw this, [F.29.a] he was suddenly consumed with fury. ‘This is the child of my family priest! When I arrive, he does not receive me‍—he does not so much as stand! I shall have his head!’ he thought, and no sooner had he thought this than the air of splendor surrounding the king’s body disappeared, and a fissure appeared in the earth and he began to sink into it.

1.­247

“Seeing this, the king was suddenly afraid. ‘This sage is a person of great miracles and great power,’ he thought. Reflecting on this, he was filled with great joy, and he bowed down at the sage’s feet and asked his forgiveness.

1.­248

“ ‘Great King,’ replied the sage, ‘though I forgive you, you must ask forgiveness of your own mind.’

“In fear the king asked the sage, ‘But, sage, won’t my kingdom fall now? Won’t I lose my life?’

1.­249

“ ‘Never fear, Great King, never fear!’ said the sage. ‘Your kingdom will not fall, and you will not lose your life. However, Great King, it is because of your spiteful thoughts toward me that your air of splendor disappeared and the earth cracked open. Great King, as soon as you again feel joy toward me, your air of splendor will return.’ As soon as he heard this, the king felt joy toward the sage, and as soon as he felt this joy, his air of splendor returned and the crack in the earth closed up.

1.­250

“O monks, what do you think? The one who was the sage then is none other than Venerable Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja. The one who was King Meru then is none other than King Udayin of Vatsa. At that time, as soon as he had spiteful thoughts toward the elder monk, his air of splendor disappeared and the earth cracked open, and as soon as he felt joy toward him, his aura of splendor returned and the fissure in the earth closed up. And again, recently he had spiteful thoughts toward him, his splendor disappeared, [F.29.b] and the earth cracked open. But no sooner did he feel joy toward him then his aura of splendor returned, and the crack in the earth closed up.”

Victory Banner

1.­251

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī there was a king named Brahmadatta who reigned in the city of Vārāṇasī. His kingdom was prosperous, flourishing, happy, and well populated. The harvest was good. Quarreling and arguments had ceased, there was no fighting or infighting, and there were no robbers, thieves, illness, or famine. Rice, sugarcane, cattle, and buffalo were plentiful. His was a reign in accord with the Dharma, and he treated the kingdom like a beloved only child.

1.­252

One day the queen conceived, and after nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. At the elaborate feast celebrating her birth they asked, “What name should we give this child?” And they named her, saying, “Since she is both the child of the king of Kāśi and very beautiful, her name will be Kāśisundarī (Beauty of Kāśi).”

1.­253

Kāśisundarī had eight nurses‍—two nurses to hold her in their laps, two wet nurses, two nurses to bathe her, and two nurses to play with her. These eight nurses reared her on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and she flourished like a lotus in a lake. As she grew up she became versed in the arts. She found faith in the doctrine of the Blessed One, and having asked for her parents’ permission, she offered her service to the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha.

1.­254

When she had grown people said, “This daughter of the king of Kāśi is well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful‍—in all the world there’s none like her,” and her fame spread far and wide.

1.­255

Now there were six neighboring kings who were shot with arrows of lust upon hearing this, [F.30.a] and they all sent envoys to Brahmadatta, the king of Kāśi, bearing the message, “Please give your daughter to me.”

1.­256

When he heard this, King Brahmadatta immediately sat and reflected. “If I give my daughter to one of them,” he thought, “the others will become my enemies. To whom then should I give her?” In light of this he did not want to give her to anyone.

1.­257

One day the six neighboring kings thought, “He will not give his daughter to any of us of his own free will. Therefore we must go and take her away by force.” With this in mind, on the same day they all armored the four divisions of their armies and went to Vārāṇasī, where they surrounded the entire perimeter of the city.

1.­258

Then King Brahmadatta, realizing that the enemy armies were a threat to him, climbed to the roof of the palace. There he sat and brooded with his cheek resting on his palm, wondering, “What shall I do now?” Kāśisundarī came to the roof of the palace, where she found her father sitting with his cheek resting on his palm, and asked him, “Father, why have you come to the roof of the palace to brood with your cheek resting on your palm?”

“It is because of you, my child,” said the king.

1.­259

“Is my appearance so poor, father?” the young woman asked. “Why should my father sit and brood because of me?”

“My child,” replied the king, “it is because your every limb is endowed with beauty that I sit and brood, and it is because of you that the six quarreling neighboring kings have arrayed the four divisions of their armies and advanced on Vārāṇasī, surrounding the city in siege.”

1.­260

“Can a daughter not choose a spouse for herself, father?” Kāśisundarī wondered.

“A daughter may choose,” said the king.

1.­261

“Father,” the young woman said, [F.30.b] “please permit me to choose my own spouse.”

“Oh child,” he replied, “please wait for me to inform the neighboring kings.”

1.­262

King Brahmadatta told the neighboring kings, “Kāśisundarī shall make her own choice regarding a spouse. Therefore I ask that you accept her decision.”

At this they all thought, “Kāśisundarī will not forsake one such as me to choose another,” and replied, “She will not err‍—let her choose her husband!”

1.­263

The envoys went and relayed this to King Brahmadatta, and he was very pleased to hear it. After he had replied to each in turn, they cut their thumbs and swore an oath. Then on a wide and suitable place, they all built multistory structures in a long row, in which each of them sat, surrounded by their retinues, on highly ornamented lion thrones.

1.­264

Kāśisundarī‍—astride a fine mount, attended by a band of young women, and hoisting a victory banner of colored cloth‍—emerged from Vārāṇasī into their midst. Then she faced Ṛṣivadana, cast her bridal bouquet in the direction of the Blessed One, and crying out, “I take refuge in the Blessed Buddha!” she oriented her chariot toward Ṛṣivadana.

1.­265

The kings and everyone in the great crowd realized to their astonishment that they had never seen so desirable a form as the fine one before them, and they trailed behind her, saying, “Let’s see what she does!”

1.­266

Kāśisundarī rode as far toward Ṛṣivadana as she could by vehicle, then descended from her vehicle and continued to the garden on foot. There she approached the Blessed One, touched her head to the feet of the Blessed One, [F.31.a] drew down the right shoulder of her upper garment, bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together, and requested, “Lord, if permitted I wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete my novitiate, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, I too wish to practice the holy life.” The Blessed One called Mahā­prajāpatī Gautamī, and Mahā­prajāpatī Gautamī led her to go forth as a novice, conferred on her full ordination, and instructed her.

1.­267

Casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, she manifested arhatship. As an arhat, free from the attachments of the three realms, her mind regarded gold no differently than filth, and the palms of her hands as like space itself. She became cool like wet sandalwood. Her insight crushed ignorance like an eggshell. She achieved the insights, superknowledges, and discriminations. She had no regard for worldly profit, passion, or acclaim. She became an object of offering, veneration, and respectful address by Indra, Upendra, and the other gods.

1.­268

The entire crowd of people was astonished, and all of them approached the Blessed One, touched their heads to the Blessed One’s feet, and sat before him to listen to the Dharma. The Blessed One taught them the Dharma particularly suited to them, and after they heard the Dharma from the Blessed One, each of them returned home.

1.­269

“Blessed One,” the monks asked, “what action did Kāśisundarī take that ripened into her birth into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth; that she was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful‍—an unmatched figure; [F.31.b] and that she pleased and did not displease the Blessed One, went forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship?”

“It came about by the power of her prayers,” the Blessed One replied.

1.­270

“Lord, where did she make these prayers?”

“Monks,” explained the Blessed One, “in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as twenty thousand years and the tathāgata, the arhat, the totally and completely awakened buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha Kāśyapa was in the world, there lived in the city of Vārāṇasī a certain householder, prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s.

1.­271

“When the time came for him to marry he took a wife, and they enjoyed themselves and coupled. As they enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived, and after nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. At the elaborate feast celebrating her birth they named her according to their clan. They reared her on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and she flourished like a lotus in a lake.

1.­272

“When she grew up, she found faith in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa. She asked for her parents’ permission, built a monastery that was complete in every respect, offered it to Buddha Kāśyapa and the rest of the saṅgha of monks, and provided for all their needs. Then she made another request of her parents and went forth as a novice in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa. Once she had gone forth, she studied the Tripiṭaka [F.32.a] and became a proponent of the Dharma with all the eloquence of her wisdom and freedom.

1.­273

“Thereupon she thought, ‘I have completed my studies. Now I will put my effort into meditation.’ She received instructions for contemplation, and through her earnest practice, foregoing sleep from dusk to dawn, she developed meditative stabilization on love and there practiced pure conduct all her life.

1.­274

“At the time of her death she prayed, ‘I have given gifts, made merit, gone forth in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, and practiced pure conduct all my life. By this root of virtue, wherever I am born, may it be into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth. May I be well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful‍—an unmatched figure. May I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. Going forth in his doctrine alone may I cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

1.­275

“O monks, what do you think? The one who went forth as a nun in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa then is now Kāśisundarī. At that time she gave gifts, made merit, went forth in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, and practiced pure conduct all her life.

1.­276

“At the time of her death she prayed, ‘Wherever I am born, may it be into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth. May I be well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful‍—an unmatched figure. May I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. Going forth in his doctrine alone may I cast away all afflictive emotions and [F.32.b] manifest arhatship.’ Those acts ripened such that she was born into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth and was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful‍—an unmatched figure.

1.­277

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that she has pleased me, not displeased me, gone forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship. And her development of meditative stabilization on love ripened such that wherever she was born, her beauty was unmatched.” [B3]

The Story of Kṣemā

1.­278

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, King Prasenajit reigned in the city of Śrāvastī and King Brahmadatta reigned in Vārāṇasī. The two did not agree with one another, and from time to time a great many people were killed. One day King Brahmadatta arrayed the four divisions of his army and advanced on the kingdom of Kośala, where they made camp and stayed on the banks of the Ajiravatī River.

1.­279

King Prasenajit heard that King Brahmadatta had arrayed the four divisions of his army and come to the city gates to wage war, so he arrayed the four divisions of his army too and set out to wage war against Brahmadatta, King of Kāśi. They too made camp and hunkered down on the banks of the Ajiravatī River. Many on each side were slaughtered while the two armies were stationed there. Both sides were formidable and resistant to assault, and so it continued, with neither side able to defeat the other.

1.­280

One day as they were hunkered down there, [F.33.a] a daughter was born to King Prasenajit who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. A son who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful had also been born to King Brahmadatta of Kāśi, so celebratory music resounded from both of their camps.

1.­281

Hearing the music coming from both sides, the kings asked, “What is all this celebratory music?”

King Brahmadatta’s ministers replied, “It is for the birth of King Prasenajit’s daughter, and for you, Deva, upon the arrival of your son,” and King Prasenajit’s ministers replied, “It is for you, Deva, upon the arrival of your daughter, and for the birth of King Brahmadatta’s son.”

1.­282

When they heard this, both were in good spirits, and thought, “We should not treat each other as enemies now that we have the means to become kin!”

King Brahmadatta sent an envoy to King Prasenajit with the message, “Please give your newborn daughter to my son in marriage.”

1.­283

King Prasenajit thought, “This will be a way to make friends with King Brahmadatta for the rest of my life,” and sent an envoy to King Brahmadatta with the response, “I shall comply with your wish.” The two asked forgiveness of one another and made friends. One sent a great wealth of clothing and finery for the girl, and the other sent much clothing and finery for the boy. As friends, the two now departed the region with their arms around each other’s shoulders.

1.­284

King Prasenajit thought, “Since the birth of my daughter, I am happy with King Brahmadatta,” so he named her Kṣemā (She Who Brings Happiness) at the elaborate feast celebrating her birth. They reared her on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and she flourished like a lotus in a lake. When she grew up she found faith in the doctrine of the Blessed Buddha, went for refuge and took the fundamental precepts, [F.33.b] made merit, and went continually to the nunnery to listen to the Dharma.

1.­285

So it was that one day she manifested the resultant state of non-return and attained miraculous powers. Endowed with great power and magical abilities, she achieved concentration on the eight liberations. She demonstrated the miracle of her magical abilities for her parents, and said, “Mother, Father, now that I have achieved these things, I cannot engage in sexual relations, so I am asking for your kind permission to go forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One.”

1.­286

“My child, we cannot allow this,” her parents said, “for we betrothed you as soon as you were born. We have already sent our word and set aside our dispute, but still‍—when the wedding party comes for you, you can make your request to the groom and go forth, should he agree.”

1.­287

Then King Prasenajit sent an envoy to King Brahmadatta with the message, “Our daughter Kṣemā wishes to go forth. We cannot stop her. Do not delay in making her a bride.”

King Brahmadatta likewise sent an envoy with the response, “I shall come on such-and-such a date. Start making preparations for her to be sent away as a bride.”

1.­288

When King Prasenajit heard this, he began making preparations to send her away as a bride. King Brahmadatta then sent his son with great riches and a great show of force, whereupon King Prasenajit respectfully led the delegation into Śrāvastī.

1.­289

Once the wedding delegation had been led in, an altar was erected and decorated with ornaments, and many people gathered there. They clad the young woman in every type of adornment and led her to her place at the decorated altar. Then the young man too was led to the decorated altar, and he turned and beckoned to young Kṣemā. Suddenly she rose up into the sky [F.34.a] and gave a miraculous display of fire and light, rain and lightning.

1.­290

When the young man and the many others saw this they experienced a surge of tremendous joy toward Kṣemā, and the young man thought, “How could she engage in sexual relations with me, now that she has attained such great virtues?”

1.­291

He called out to her, “Fine woman, come down! I’ll let you decide as you please!”

Kṣemā told him, “Lord, I cannot engage in sexual relations with you‍—please give your consent to my going forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One.”

1.­292

“Given,” the young man replied. Young Kṣemā immediately descended and gave a Dharma teaching to the people. Then she asked for her parents’ permission, went to the garden of Prince Jeta, approached the Blessed One, touched her head to the Blessed One’s feet, and requested, “Lord, if permitted I wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete my novitiate, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, I too wish to practice the holy life.” Thereupon the Blessed One presented her to Mahā­prajāpatī.

1.­293

Mahā­prajāpatī led her to go forth as a novice, conferred on her full ordination, and instructed her. Casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, she manifested arhatship. As an arhat, free from the attachments of the three realms, her mind regarded gold no differently than filth, and the palms of her hands as like space itself. She became cool like wet sandalwood. Her insight crushed ignorance like an eggshell. She achieved the insights, superknowledges, and discriminations. She had no regard for worldly profit, passion, or acclaim. Her state was such that Indra, [F.34.b] Upendra, and the other gods worshiped and venerated her and addressed her with respect, and the Blessed One commended her as foremost among the wise.

1.­294

After Kṣemā had gone forth in this way, the king’s son thought, “If even a woman can have such realizations of the Dharma, surely I can go forth in the Blessed One’s doctrine as well.” With this thought, he likewise asked for his parents’ permission, and, casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, he manifested arhatship.

1.­295

The monks asked the Blessed One, “Lord, what actions did young Kṣemā and the king’s son take that ripened into their births into families of great means, prosperity, and wealth; that they pleased and did not displease the Blessed One; and that they went forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship?”

“This happened due to the power of their prayers,” the Blessed One replied.

1.­296

“Lord, where did they make these prayers?”

“Monks,” explained the Blessed One, “in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as twenty thousand years and the tathāgata, the arhat, the totally and completely awakened buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Kāśyapa was in the world, there lived in the city of Vārāṇasī a certain householder, prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s.

1.­297

“When the time came for him to marry he took a wife, and they enjoyed themselves and coupled. Then one day they both found faith in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa and [F.35.a] said to one another, ‘Good spouse, seeing as we have neither sons nor daughters, after we die all that we have will become property of the king. So while we yet live, let us carry only that which we can take with us into the next life.’

1.­298

“The two spouses built a monastery that was complete in every respect, offered it to the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa and the rest of the saṅgha of monks, provided for all their needs, and served them with respect.

1.­299

“One day they had an idea and said, ‘Let us give up living at home to go forth in the teaching of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa.’ Casting away household affairs, they gave gifts and made merit, went forth as novices in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, and received full ordination.

1.­300

“They practiced pure conduct all their lives, and while they may not have attained any great virtues, at the time of their deaths they prayed, ‘While we may not have attained any great virtues, still we have gone forth in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, given gifts, made merit, and practiced pure conduct all our lives. By this root of virtue, wherever we are born, may it be into families of great means, prosperity, and wealth, and may we be well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. May we please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. May we go forth in his doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

1.­301

“O monks, what do you think? The two who were married then [F.35.b] are none other than Kṣemā and the king’s son. The acts of giving gifts, making merit, practicing pure conduct all their lives, and praying at the time of their deaths ripened such that wherever they were born, it was into families of great means, prosperity, and wealth, and they were well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful.

1.­302

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that they have pleased me, not displeased me, gone forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship.”

The Story of Maṇiprabha

1.­303

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī there was a young god named Maṇiprabha, who had hoops in his ears and necklaces around his neck, and whose body was graced with strings of precious stones. He had a luminous celestial mansion of exquisite, divine jewels. This exalted being of light filled the front of his long shirt with divine flowers‍—lotus, blue lotus, white water lily, and white lotus flowers‍—and when night had fallen he went to the garden of Prince Jeta in Śrāvastī to see the Blessed One. Upon his arrival, he scattered the divine blue lotus, lotus, white water lily, white lotus, and mandārava flowers over the Blessed One, touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet, and sat before him to listen to the Dharma.

1.­304

The Blessed One directly apprehended his thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperament, and nature, and taught him the Dharma accordingly. Hearing it, the young god destroyed the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection with the thunderbolt of wisdom, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where he sat. Having seen the truths, [F.36.a] he touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet, circumambulated him three times, and disappeared on the spot.

1.­305

When that happened, the monks, who were making continued, earnest, and sleepless efforts at dusk and dawn, noticed that the garden of Prince Jeta was suffused with a great light and wondered, “What was this? Last night, did Sahāṃpati Brahmā, or Śakra, King of the Gods‍—or perhaps the four great kings‍—come to offer respect to the Blessed One?”

1.­306

Thinking this, they asked the Blessed One, “Lord, last night, did Sahāṃpati Brahmā, or Śakra, King of the Gods‍—or perhaps the four great kings‍—come to see the Blessed One?”

1.­307

“Monks,” the Blessed One replied, “last night it was neither Sahāṃpati Brahmā, nor Śakra, King of the Gods, nor the four great kings who came to see me, but rather a young god named Maṇiprabha, a very exalted being of light with a luminous celestial mansion of exquisite, divine jewels, who came to see me and to offer his respect. I taught him the Dharma, and after he heard the Dharma from me he manifested the resultant state of stream entry. Having seen the truths, he went back to where he belongs.”

1.­308

“Lord, what action did Maṇiprabha take that ripened into his birth as a god, that he attained a luminous celestial mansion of exquisite, divine jewels, and that he pleased the Blessed One, and did not displease him?”

1.­309

“Monks,” explained the Blessed One, “Maṇiprabha committed and accumulated the actions himself at a previous time. The actions he committed and accumulated did not ripen into the external element of earth. They did not ripen into the element of water, nor the element of fire, nor the element of wind. The actions he committed and accumulated, both virtuous and nonvirtuous, [F.36.b] ripened into nothing but his own aggregates, sense bases, and constituent elements.

1.­310
“When the time arrives‍—and even if
A hundred eons pass‍—
Fruit is born of every act
That sentient beings amass.
1.­311

“Monks, in times past, in this fortunate age when people lived as long as twenty thousand years and the tathāgata, the arhat, the totally and completely awakened buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Kāśyapa was in the world, there lived in Vārāṇasī a certain householder, prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s.

1.­312

“That householder constructed a stūpa enshrining the hair and nail relics of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, and a monastery that was complete in every respect, and he provided for all the monastery’s needs. Even the rain gutters of the stūpa dangled with jewels, such that the monastery associated with it shone night and day. He offered the monastery to the Blessed Buddha Kāśyapa and the rest of the saṅgha of monks. He also offered his respectful service to the monks, and provided for all their needs. After going for refuge and maintaining the fundamental precepts all his life, he took birth among the gods, where he obtained a celestial mansion of exquisite jewels.

1.­313

“O monks, what do you think? The householder who at that time built the reliquary stūpa enshrining the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa and his teachings, and the monastery associated with it, and who hung jewels on the stūpa, is none other than the young god Maṇiprabha. The acts of building the reliquary stūpa and the associated monastery, complete in every respect, [F.37.a] offering them to the Blessed Buddha Kāśyapa and the rest of the saṅgha of monks, and hanging jewels on the stūpa ripened into his taking birth among the gods.

1.­314

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that he has pleased me and not displeased me.”

The Story of Jasmine

1.­315

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī there lived a certain householder, prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s. When the time came for him to marry he took a wife, and they enjoyed themselves and coupled.

1.­316

The householder had no heir and desired a son, so he supplicated the gods. He prayed to Paśupati, Varuṇa, Kubera, Śakra, Brahmā, and the rest, and to the deities of the pleasure groves, the forest deities, the deities of the crossroads, the deities of forks in the road, the deities who receive strewn oblations, the deities of his inherited tradition, and the deities who are in constant attendance of righteous persons.

1.­317

While it is often said that praying to deities can cause a boy or girl to be born, this is not true. If children could be made just by praying, every family would have them a thousand times over, like a universal monarch. In fact, there are three circumstances that allow for the birth of a child: a child is born when (1) lust arises in the parents and they have intercourse, (2) the mother still has her menstrual cycle and is approached by a gandharva, and (3) the gandharva’s mind is either attached or angry.

1.­318

Nevertheless, he remained intent on his prayers, and a great being [F.37.b] took birth in his wife’s womb who was well renowned and had gained his final birth, had the good fortune to soon be liberated due to gathering the accumulations, had his sights set on nirvāṇa and had turned away from saṃsāra, had no desire for the states of rebirth in cyclic existence, and who had now assumed his final body.

1.­319

A woman wise in nature possesses five extraordinary qualities. She knows (1) whether a man is attracted to her, (2) the time of her menstrual cycle, (3) that she has conceived, (4) from whom she has conceived, and (5) whether the child is a boy or a girl, for if it is a baby boy it will stay on the right side of the womb, and if it is a girl it will stay on the left side of the womb.

1.­320

When the householder’s wife conceived a child, she was overjoyed and told her husband, “My Lord, I have conceived a boy. He is staying on the right side of my womb, so rejoice, for it is sure to be a boy!”

1.­321

At this the householder too was very happy. He puffed out his chest, put his right hand in the air, and expressed his joy, saying, “I shall see the face of the son for whom I have prayed for so long! May everything be right with my son, may nothing go wrong with him, and may he carry on my work! As I care for him, may he care for me in return! May he enjoy my inheritance! May my lineage endure for a long time! And after our passing, when we die, may he give gifts, be they great or small, and make merit! When he does, may he dedicate the merit thus: ‘Wherever these two are born, may this go to them!’

1.­322

Now that he knew his wife was pregnant, he ensconced her on the upper levels of their house in order to care for the baby. He provided her with what she needed for winter in the winter, what she needed for summer in the summer, with food that was [F.38.a] not too bitter, too sour, too salty, too sweet, too spicy, or too astringent as instructed by the healer, and he served her food that was not bitter, sour, salty, sweet, spicy, or astringent. He draped her body with garlands and strings of precious stones, and he moved her from divan to divan and seat to seat like a goddess through a joyous garden, never letting her descend to the ground, never letting her hear an unpleasant word even for a moment.

1.­323

The blessed buddhas, teachers of the one path to be traversed, with mastery over wisdom and the two types of knowable objects, in command of the three kinds of sterling equanimity, fearless by means of the fourfold fearlessness, freed from migration through the five destinies, keen in the six sense bases, practiced in the seven limbs of enlightenment, focused on the eight liberations, absorbed in the nine successive meditative absorptions, possessing all ten of the ten powers, whose proclamations are the great roaring of a perfect lion, by nature regard the world with their buddha eyes six times throughout the day and night‍—three times by day and three times by night.

1.­324

These are their thoughts as they look out in wisdom: “Who is in decline? Who will flourish? Who is destitute? Who is in a dreadful state? Who is being harmed? Who is destitute, in a dreadful state, and being harmed? Who is veering toward the lower realms? Who is descending through the lower realms? Who has descended to the lower realms? Whom shall I pull up from the lower realms, and establish in the resultant state of heaven and liberation? Whom, mired in misdeeds, shall I lift up by the hand? Whom, lacking the seven jewels of the noble ones, shall I lead to command of the seven jewels of the noble ones? Whom, not having produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to produce them? Whom, having already produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to ripen their roots of virtue? [F.38.b] Whom, having already ripened their roots of virtue, shall I slice open with the blade of wisdom? For whom shall I cause this world, adorned with a buddha’s presence, to be fruitful?”

1.­325
The ocean, home of creatures fierce,
Could fail to send its tides on time.
But when the time has come to tame
Their offspring, buddhas never fail.
1.­326

Just as the blessed buddhas regard the world with their buddha eyes six times throughout the day and night‍—three times by day and three times by night‍—so too the great listeners regard the world with their listener’s eyes six times throughout the day and night‍—three times by day and three times by night.

1.­327

When Venerable Aniruddha regarded the world with his listener’s eyes, he saw a being who was in his final birth taking birth in the home of that householder, and thought, “Who will tame this being? Will he be tamed by the Buddha, or will he be tamed instead by the listeners?” Then he saw that it was he himself who would tame him, and since he was already42 a spiritual friend of the house, to strengthen the householder’s resolve, he went to the householder’s home alone, without companions or attendants.

1.­328

The householder saw that Venerable Aniruddha was alone, without companions or attendants, and he asked, “Noble one, why have you come here alone, without companions or attendants? Noble one, is there no one at all who could attend you?”

1.­329

“Where shall we find attendants, if one such as yourself does not grant them to us?” replied Venerable Aniruddha.

“Noble one,” said the householder, “my wife has conceived, so if we have a son, [F.39.a] I shall offer him to you as an attendant.” Venerable Aniruddha said, “The virtuous keep their promises,” and having spoken thus, he departed.

1.­330

After nine or ten months had passed, the householder’s wife gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful, and from all over whose body the fragrance of jasmine flowers arose, suffusing the entire house with the scent of jasmine. A rain of jasmine flowers fell all about the house as the child entered his mother’s womb and again at the time of his birth.

1.­331

At the elaborate feast celebrating his birth, when they were asked, “What name should we give this child?” they named him, saying, “Since a rain of jasmine flowers fell all about the house as the child entered his mother’s womb and again at the time of his birth, his name will be Jasmine.” They reared young Jasmine on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and he flourished like a lotus in a lake.

1.­332

As he grew up he studied letters, tallying, and arithmetic; the study of seals, lending, deposits, and commerce; and the examination of cloth, jewels, gems, incense, medicine, elephants, horses, and arms and armor. He became skilled in writing, skilled at reading, learned, decisive, and industrious, a master of the eight types of examination.

1.­333

One day Venerable Aniruddha saw that the time had come for the child to go forth. He went to the householder’s home and reminded him by saying, “Householder, before this child was born you granted him to me as an attendant. The virtuous keep their promises, do they not? Didn’t you yourself make such a promise?”

1.­334

“Yes, noble one,” the householder replied, “I did make just such a promise.” After he said this, he took the child by his hands, [F.39.b] offered him to Venerable Aniruddha, and told him, “My child, before you were born, I offered you to the noble one. Therefore go, and be an attendant of the noble one.”

1.­335

The child said, “This will be of benefit to me,” and with those words he followed Venerable Aniruddha away. After Venerable Aniruddha had instructed, encouraged, inspired, and delighted the householder with a discourse on the Dharma, he rose from his seat and departed.

1.­336

Having brought the child to the monastery, Venerable Aniruddha led him to go forth as a novice, conferred on him full ordination, and instructed him. Casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, he manifested arhatship. As an arhat, free from the attachments of the three realms, his mind regarded gold no differently than filth, and the palms of his hands as like space itself. He became cool like wet sandalwood. His insight crushed ignorance like an eggshell. He achieved the insights, superknowledges, and discriminations. He had no regard for worldly profit, passion, or acclaim. He became an object of offering, veneration, and respectful address by Indra, Upendra, and the other gods.

1.­337

He also achieved miraculous abilities and great power, such that he reached the concentrations, liberations, meditative stabilizations, and attainments. He could enter and emerge from equipoise quickly, passing from one meditation to the next in the time it takes to thread a needle, and re-emerging just as quickly.

1.­338

One day Venerable Jasmine thought, “The Blessed One has dispelled so many kinds of suffering and anguish, brought me many kinds of happiness and bliss, cleared away so many of my sins and nonvirtues, and secured for me such virtues. [F.40.a] How could I repay the Blessed One’s kindness? Anytime a buddha arises in the world, it is only to benefit beings, so surely I too should act for the benefit of beings!”

1.­339

Reflecting in this way, he wondered, “Whom might I tame?” He looked out, and right away he saw his two parents. Upon seeing them he thought, “But by what method can I tame them?” and he realized he could tame them with a display of miracles. So he disappeared from the garden of Prince Jeta and reappeared at his parents’ house, floating in midair before them. He made a miraculous display of fire and light, rain and lightning, then descended and took a seat.

1.­340

He taught his parents the Dharma particularly suited to them. Hearing it, the householders and their retinue destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where they sat. He led them to go for refuge and maintain the fundamental precepts. Having seen the truths, they gave gifts and made merit.

1.­341

The monks inquired of the Blessed One, “Lord, what action did Venerable Jasmine take that ripened into his birth into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth; that he was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful; that at his birth, the scent of jasmine flowers arose from all over his body; that as he entered the womb, a rain of jasmine flowers fell all about the house; and that he pleased the Blessed One, did not displease him, went forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship? [F.40.b] And his parents‍—what action did they take that, entrusting themselves to him completely, they pleased the Blessed One, and did not displease him?”

“It came about by the power of their prayers,” replied the Blessed One.

1.­342

“Lord, where did they make these prayers?”

“Monks,” the Blessed One explained, “in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as twenty thousand years and the tathāgata, the arhat, the totally and completely awakened buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Kāśyapa was in the world, there lived in Vārāṇasī a certain householder, prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s.

1.­343

“When the time came for him to marry he took a wife, and as they enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived. After nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful.

1.­344

“As he grew up he found faith in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa. He asked for his parents’ permission and went forth. After going forth, he studied the Tripiṭaka and became a proponent of the Dharma with all the eloquence of his wisdom and freedom. He led his parents to live a life of perfect faith, and to go for refuge and maintain the fundamental precepts, and he inspired them to give gifts and to share what they had.

1.­345

“One day he thought, ‘I have completed whatever educational duties were before me. Now let me serve the saṅgha!’ With this thought he called upon his parents, the brahmins, and others of faith, and they offered the saṅgha cooked rice, soup, drink, porridge, [F.41.a] and provisions such as clothing, food, bedding, seats, and medicines for the sick, and they offered them residences as well.

1.­346

“He anointed all the stūpas containing hair and nail relics with an unguent of sesame oil and fragrant ointments; offered rows of butter lamps, garlands of jasmine flowers, and parasols; and scattered loose jasmine petals over them.

1.­347

“Then he prayed, ‘By this root of virtue, wherever I am born, may it be into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth. May I be well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. From all over my body may the fragrance of jasmine flowers arise. As I enter my mother’s womb, may a rain of jasmine flowers also fall all about the house. May I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. Going forth in his doctrine alone may I cast away all afflictive emotions and manifest arhatship.

1.­348

“ ‘May I have a sharp intellect. May I attain the concentrations, liberations, meditative stabilization, and attainments. May I enter and emerge from equipoise quickly, passing from one meditation to the next in the time it takes to thread a needle, and re-emerging just as quickly.’

1.­349

As they saw him sitting there praying his parents asked, ‘Child, what prayers are you making?’

“ ‘I prayed like this…’ he told them, and related it all in detail.

1.­350

His parents said, ‘May you alone again become our son. May the two of us again become your parents. Entrusting ourselves to you completely, may we please and not displease the Blessed Buddha.’

1.­351

“O monks, what do you think? The one [F.41.b] who was that monk then is none other than Jasmine now. At that time he went forth in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa and rendered service in accord with the Dharma. He served the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha with respect, and the act of praying ripened such that wherever he was born it was into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth; he was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful; from all over his body the fragrance of jasmine flowers arose; and a rain of flowers fell all about the house as he entered his mother’s womb, and again at the time of his birth.

1.­352

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that he has pleased me, not displeased me, gone forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship; that his intellect became sharp; that that he reached the concentrations, liberations, meditative stabilizations, and attainments; and that he can enter and emerge from equipoise quickly, passing from one meditation to the next in the time it takes to thread a needle, and re-emerging just as quickly.

1.­353

“The ones who were his parents then are none other than his parents now. At that time they prayed, ‘Entrusting ourselves to you completely, may we please and not displease the king of the Śākyas,’ and now, entrusting themselves to him completely, they have pleased me, and not displeased me.”

Give It to Me!

1.­354

One morning when the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī he donned his lower garment and Dharma robes, and, carrying his alms bowl, went for alms. [F.42.a] A little brahmin child stood not far from the Blessed One and watched as a householder offered a laḍḍū treat of a hundred flavors, big enough to fill his stomach.

1.­355

When the brahmin child saw the laḍḍū treat, great craving arose in him for it, and he approached the Blessed One and said, “Hey Gautama, gimme that laḍḍū!”

The Blessed One answered the brahmin child, “Child, if you say, ‘I don’t need that laḍḍū treat,’ I’ll hand it over.”

1.­356

So he said to Gautama, “Hey Gautama, I don’t need that laḍḍū treat,” and the Blessed One handed the laḍḍū treat to him.

1.­357

At that time, not far from the Blessed One was sitting the householder Anāthapiṇḍada, who thought, “It won’t be possible for the Blessed One to take alms again today. There’s nowhere else, no other opportunity.”

1.­358

Realizing that there was no other place and no other opportunity for the Blessed One to take alms, he pulled the brahmin child aside and said, “Little brahmin, give that laḍḍū treat back to the Blessed One and I’ll give you five hundred gold coins.”

1.­359

“As you wish, householder,” the brahmin child said, and he put the laḍḍū treat back into the Blessed One’s alms bowl. The Blessed One finished his alms round and returned to the monastery. Meanwhile, the householder Anāthapiṇḍada brought the brahmin child home, gave him something to eat, and handed him the five hundred gold coins.

1.­360

The monks inquired of the Blessed One, “Lord, tell us why the Blessed One would not give the brahmin child the laḍḍū treat when he begged the Blessed One for it, but the Blessed One gave the laḍḍū treat to him after the child said, ‘Hey Gautama, I don’t need that laḍḍū treat,’ [F.42.b] .”

1.­361

“Monks,” explained the Blessed One, “for many thousands of lifetimes, that brahmin child frequently indulged, became addicted, and ended up wanting more. Thus I’ve lured him with a laḍḍū treat to turn him away from his preoccupation with acquiring things; that will be the sole cause of his going forth and giving up his aggregates.”

1.­362

“Lord, when will this brahmin child give up his aggregates?”

“Monks, in the future a totally and completely awakened Buddha named Mountain, who will far surpass the listeners and solitary buddhas, will emerge in the world. It is in his doctrine alone that, having obtained a human birth, he will go forth, cast away the afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.” [B4]

The Story of She Who Gathers

1.­363

When the Blessed One was in Rājagṛha, there was a king named Padmagarbha who reigned in Takṣaśīla. His kingdom was prosperous, flourishing, happy, and well populated. The harvest was good. Quarreling and arguments had ceased, there was no fighting or infighting, and there were no robbers, thieves, illness, or famine. Rice, sugarcane, cattle, and buffalo were plentiful. His was a reign in accord with the Dharma, and he treated the kingdom like a beloved only child.

1.­364

As he and the queen enjoyed themselves and coupled, the queen conceived, and her mind became filled with thoughts like, “If only I could debate the scriptural exegetes!” and other fervent wishes of that sort. When the king heard of this, he took her to the soothsayers.

1.­365

“Deva,” the soothsayers said, “she has such fervent wishes in her mind because the being in her womb [F.43.a] will understand all the treatises and defeat all scriptural exegetes.”

“Wise ones, what will happen if we can’t get this wish out of her mind?” asked the king.

“The heir born to you will have missing limbs,” the soothsayers replied.

1.­366

The king thought, “I can’t bear for my child to be born with missing limbs!” So he sat the queen behind a curtain, assembled all the scriptural exegetes, and, after appointing impartial observers, had them debate the scriptures with her.

1.­367

Once she had defeated all of the scriptural exegetes, her fervent desire subsided. After nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. At the elaborate feast celebrating her birth they asked, “What name should we give this child?” And they named her, saying, “Since her mother defeated all the other scriptural exegetes before a great gathering of people, the child’s name will be She Who Gathers.”

1.­368

Young She Who Gathers was raised by eight nurses‍—two nurses to hold her in their laps, two wet nurses, two nurses to bathe her, and two nurses to play with her. They raised her with a protection cord, and the eye of a peacock feather from the hand of Nārāyaṇa. They reared her on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and she flourished like a lotus in a lake.

1.­369

As she grew up, she sat behind a curtain in the royal palace and studied letters on her own. She perfected her reading skills, studied all the treatises on her own, and defeated all the scriptural exegetes in Takṣaśīla from behind the curtain.

1.­370

One day the king asked the young woman, “To whom should I give you in marriage?”

“Award me to any with the skill to defeat me in scriptural debate,” the young woman replied. [F.43.b]

1.­371

When the king heard this he thought, “She has such an ability to speak. I must not give her to one who is merely good looking, or of high caste, or great influence, but to one who can defeat her in debate, and none other.” After that, word spread quickly. As soon as they heard, all the scriptural exegetes from neighboring lands began to arrive, and the young woman defeated them all.

1.­372

In the south there lived a scriptural exegete named Riu who feared no text. He was well educated and knowledgeable, well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, beautiful, and had an excellent complexion. He heard that in Takṣaśīla, King Padmagarbha’s daughter had defeated all the scriptural exegetes, and he heard as well about the promise her father had made to them.

1.­373

Astounded to hear all this, he thought, “Let me go there and see for myself.” So with a retinue of five hundred he made his way through the villages, towns, forest settlements, and cities small and large, defeating all the other scriptural exegetes as he went, until eventually he arrived in Takṣaśīla.

1.­374

There he approached King Padmagarbha and said, “I heard that you, Deva, have a daughter who has defeated all the scriptural exegetes. As I have studied treatises under great masters myself, I too would like to converse with her.”

“As you wish,” the king replied.

1.­375

The king called together the scriptural exegetes, placed each of their philosophical texts before them, and the young woman took her place behind the curtain. But as soon as the young woman saw the scriptural exegete Riu‍—who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, beautiful, and excellently complected‍—an arrow of lust shot through her, and she thought, “I won’t find a spouse like this anywhere. He alone should be my [F.44.a] spouse. I want no one else,” and she allowed him to defeat her.

1.­376

Thereupon the king thought, “I promised that I would give my daughter to a capable debater‍—not to one who is merely good looking, of high caste, or of great influence, but to one who can defeat her in debate, and none other. This man is not only capable in debate, but he is also well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. I shall not find one better than him, nor will I find a more excellent scriptural exegete. I will not give her to anyone but him!” With this thought, he undertook all that custom required of him. The king gave the young woman to the man and appointed him to a great lordship.

1.­377

She Who Gathers and Riu enjoyed themselves and coupled. One day the young woman conceived, and after nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. At the elaborate feast celebrating his birth they asked, “What name should we give this child?” And they named him, saying, “Since the name of his clan is Kātyāyana, and he is the child of She Who Gathers, his name will be Kātyāyana Who Gathers.”

1.­378

They reared young Kātyāyana on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and he flourished like a lotus in a lake. As he grew up he studied letters, brahminical customs and conduct, the syllables oṃ and bho, ritual purity, ritual actions, the collection of ashes, holding the ritual vase, the Ṛg Veda, the Yajur Veda, the Sāma Veda, the Atharva Veda, how to perform sacrificial rites, how to lead others in performing sacrificial rites, how to give and receive offerings, recitation, and recitation instruction.

1.­379

Trained in these procedures, he became a master of the six types of brahminical activities, [F.44.b] and in time he mastered the eighteen sciences. At age sixteen he understood all the treatises and defeated all the scriptural exegetes. He started to feel arrogant and thought that in all Jambudvīpa not even one person was his equal, much less his superior, and this made him despise everyone.

1.­380

One day a lay vow holder said to him, “Child, don’t be haughty, arrogantly thinking that not even one person is your equal, much less your superior. Child, there was a young Śākya born in Magadha, about whom the brahmin soothsayers and augurs made this prediction:

1.­381

“ ‘If he remains here at home, he will become a universal monarch, but if he shaves his head and face and dons the colorful religious robes, and if he goes forth from home to live as a mendicant with nothing short of perfect faith, he will be renowned throughout the world as a tathāgata, an arhat, a totally and completely awakened buddha.’

1.­382

“Compared to the one who, as prophesied, shaved his head and face, donned the colorful religious robes, and with nothing short of perfect faith went forth from home to live as a mendicant‍—the Buddha, who has fully and completely awakened unto unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment‍—your form and wisdom are not even a thousandth, not even a hundred thousandth, not even a millionth or a billionth, not even an incalculably small fraction of his.”

1.­383

When the young man heard the name Buddha, a sound unlike any he had heard before, it gave him goosebumps, and he was eager to see him. So he asked for his parents’ permission, saying, “Mother, Father, I ask for your kind permission to travel to Magadha and practice the holy life in the presence of the Blessed One.”

1.­384

His parents thought, “We will not be able to stop him,” and knowing this to be the case, they said, “Join us. We both want to give up our householder duties and go with you to practice the holy life in the presence of the Blessed One.” [F.45.a] Having said this, they gave up their householder duties, gave gifts, made merit, and set out for Magadha.

1.­385

When they finally arrived in Rājagṛha and went to see the Blessed One, the young man and his parents saw him from a distance. His body, graced and resplendent with the thirty-two signs of a great person, looked like it was on fire, like flames stoked with ghee, like a lamp set in a golden vessel, and like a pillar adorned with all manner of jewels. He was immaculate, clear-minded, and pure of heart.

1.­386

The sight of the Blessed One filled them with supreme joy, for beings who have gathered the roots of virtue to see a buddha for the first time experience such rapture as is not to be had even by those who practice calm abiding meditation for twelve years. Seeing the Blessed Buddha in this way, they were filled with supreme joy, and they approached the Blessed One, touched their heads to his feet, and sat before him to listen to the Dharma.

1.­387

The Blessed One directly apprehended their thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperaments, and natures, and taught them the Dharma accordingly. Hearing it, they destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where they sat.

1.­388

Having seen the truths, they rose from their seats, drew down the right shoulder of their upper garments, bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together, and made this request: “Lord, if permitted we wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete our novitiates, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, [F.45.b] we too wish to practice the holy life.”

1.­389

The Blessed One led the father and son to go forth by saying “Come, monks!” and, conferring on them full ordination, instructed them. Casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, they manifested arhatship. As arhats, free from the attachments of the three realms, their minds regarded gold no differently than filth, and the palms of their hands as like space itself. They became cool like wet sandalwood. Their insight crushed ignorance like an eggshell. They achieved the insights, superknowledges, and discriminations. They had no regard for worldly profit, passion, or acclaim. They became objects of offering, veneration, and respectful address by Indra, Upendra, and the other gods.

1.­390

After that the Blessed One called Mahā­prajāpatī Gautamī. She led She Who Gathers to go forth as a novice, conferred on her full ordination and instructed her. Casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, she manifested arhatship.

1.­391

The monks asked the Blessed One, “Lord, what action did Kātyāyana Who Gathers take that ripened into his birth into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth; that he was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful; that he understood all the treatises, and defeated all the other scriptural exegetes; that he pleased the Blessed One and did not displease him; that he went forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, cast away the afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship; that his parents also became superior scriptural exegetes; and that, entrusting themselves to him, they pleased the Blessed One and did not displease him, went forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, cast away all afflictive emotions, and [F.46.a] manifested arhatship?”

“It came about by the power of their prayers,” replied the Blessed One.

1.­392

“Lord, where did they make these prayers?”

“Monks, in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as twenty thousand years and the tathāgata, the arhat, the totally and completely awakened buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Kāśyapa was in the world, there lived a certain brahmin in the city of Vārāṇasī.

1.­393

“When the time came for him to marry he took a wife. One day his wife conceived, and after nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. They reared him on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and he flourished like a lotus in a lake.

1.­394

“When he grew up he found faith in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa and asked for his parents’ permission, saying ‘Mother, Father, I ask for your kind permission to go forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One.’

1.­395

“His parents replied, ‘Son, you are the only child we have‍—beloved, delightful, dear, and agreeable‍—so there is no way we can allow this.’ But since they had no way to stop him, his parents consented, and he went forth as a novice in the teaching of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, and then received full ordination.

1.­396

“He studied the Tripiṭaka and became a proponent of the Dharma with all the eloquence of his wisdom and freedom. He acquired provisions of clothing, food, bedding, a seat, and medicines for the sick. He led his parents to live a life of perfect faith, as well as to go for refuge [F.46.b] and maintain the fundamental precepts, and he inspired them to give gifts and to share what they had.

1.­397

“One day he thought, ‘I have completed whatever duties were before me in terms of my education. Now I will serve the saṅgha in accord with the Dharma!’ With this thought he called together his parents and patrons and other donors, and after offering food to the Blessed Kāśyapa and the rest of the saṅgha of monks, he venerated a stūpa containing hair and nail relics, and prayed, ‘By this root of virtue, wherever I am born, may it be into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth. May I be well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful.’

1.­398

“Since the preceptor who had led him to go forth had himself understood all the treatises at sixteen years of age and defeated all the other scriptural exegetes, and since both his parents had likewise been supreme scriptural exegetes and defeated all the other scriptural exegetes, he also prayed, ‘Just as my preceptor understood all the treatises at sixteen years of age and defeated all the other scriptural exegetes, and just as both my parents were likewise supreme scriptural exegetes and defeated all the other scriptural exegetes, may I too understand all the treatises at sixteen years of age and defeat all the other scriptural exegetes, and may both my parents likewise become supreme scriptural exegetes.

1.­399

“ ‘May I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. Going forth in his doctrine alone may I cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

1.­400

“When his parents saw him sitting there praying, they asked, ‘Child, [F.47.a] what prayers are you making?’ and he told them what kind of prayers he was making, relating all in detail.

“His parents said, ‘May you alone be our son. May the two of us be your parents. Entrusting ourselves to you completely, may we please and not displease the Blessed Buddha. May we go forth in his doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

1.­401

“O monks, what do you think? The one who went forth in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa then is none other than Kātyāyana Who Gathers. Those who were his parents then are none other than his parents now. The act of giving gifts, making merit, and praying at that time ripened such that wherever he was born, it was into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth; that he was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful; and that he understood all the treatises and defeated all the other scriptural exegetes.

1.­402

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that he has pleased me, not displeased me, gone forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship.

1.­403

“At that time his parents prayed, ‘As your parents, may the two of us become supreme scriptural exegetes. Entrusting ourselves to you, may we please and not displease the Blessed Buddha,’ and so it is that those two have now become supreme scriptural exegetes, and entrusting themselves to him, they have pleased me and not [F.47.b] displeased me, gone forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship.”

The Tailor

1.­404

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there lived a certain householder. One day the householder’s wife conceived, and after nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was paraplegic and unable to walk. At the elaborate feast celebrating his birth they asked, “What name should we give this child?” And they named him, saying, “Since the child is one who moves about by crawling, his name will be Paṅgu.”43

1.­405

They reared young Paṅgu on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and when he had grown, his father thought, “What kind of work could my child perform while seated? Let me train him as a craftsman so he can earn his livelihood.” Then he thought, “Aha! My son should train as a tailor. Then he can earn his livelihood.” With this in mind he had his child learn tailoring, and indeed the young man became a great master of the trade.

1.­406

Meanwhile, another householder borrowed clothing and jewelry from another house for his wife to wear to a festival. When he brought them home, his wife put them on, got herself ready for the festival, and departed. Out of carelessness, she tore the fabric at its hem. She was afraid of her husband, so she didn’t let anyone see what she had done. By the time she returned home from the festival her husband had gone to another village and while he was gone, she brought the tailor to their house, latched the door so that no one would see him, and had him mend the torn hem.

1.­407

While the tailor was still in the house, her husband came home and began to call out and knock on the door. His wife recognized his voice and was scared stiff‍—not only because she had brought the tailor inside their house, but also on account of the torn hem. Terrified, she explained everything to the tailor, [F.48.a] stuck him in a basket, sealed it, and left him there. She opened the door and the householder entered. She fawned over him, brought him things, and then lay down with him.

1.­408

As they lay there, thieves broke into the house. Upon entering the upper level of the house, the first thing they picked up was the basket, and they thought, “This basket is sealed so tightly and is so heavy‍—it must be full of precious jewels! This will last us for seven generations. This alone will suffice; we won’t need anything else.”

1.­409

With this thought, they took only the basket and carried it off deep into the forest. As they were traveling, the moon rose and the man sitting inside the basket started to urinate. The urine seeped through the basket and began to leak out. The thieves thought, “As the moon rises, water drips from within‍—there must be a magic water crystal inside! We’re sure of it!” They were ecstatic.

1.­410

Supporting the basket with the last of their strength, they arrived at their destination deep in the forest, where the leader of the bandits and others among them asked, “What have you brought here in that basket?”

1.­411

“Be glad, boss,” they replied, “for today we bring an end to our poverty! Be glad, for today we have come upon a basket full of jewels!” The leader and the rest of the bandits likewise grew ecstatic and said, “Open the basket‍—let’s see what kinds of jewels are in there!” Unlatching the lid of the basket, they opened it and looked inside.

1.­412

There sat Paṅgu in the basket, just as he had been left. At the sight of him they thought, “We walked and walked, lugging this basket‍—this paṅgu made the whole night miserable.” They were anguished. Those who had stayed behind broke into hysterics, laughing at the bandits who had traveled through the night and saying, [F.48.b] “Oh, such misery! How miserable!”

1.­413

At about this time the householder’s wife awoke. When she got up, she walked through the house and saw that it had been broken into and the basket stolen. But the sight also gladdened her, and she spoke in verse, saying,

1.­414
“My house was broken into, my basket is gone,
I’m half delighted, half morose.
The thieves who bore it off into the trees
Are surely laughing, even as they weep.”
1.­415

The thieves who had stolen the basket grumbled angrily, saying, “So what if the paraplegic made us unhappy? Since we have to make a sacrifice to the yakṣa at any rate, we’ll just have to sacrifice him!” They spread a circle of cow dung before the yakṣa and set forth pots brimming with burning incense, flowers, and ritual offerings. Then they took up long, sharp knives, and set the man before the yakṣa to begin the ritual.

1.­416

The tailor realized that he was about to be sacrificed to a yakṣa. Terrified at the thought, he wondered, “To whom could I go for refuge, other than the Blessed One? Who else could save my precious life?” Thinking this, he made a silent prayer to the Blessed One: “Lord, Blessed One, if there is nothing past, present, or future that you do not see, know, or directly perceive, then heed me now, Blessed One, for I am in distress, desolate, and bereft. Protect me! Please save my precious life!”

1.­417

The blessed buddhas, teachers of the one path to be traversed, with mastery over wisdom and the two types of knowable objects, in command of the three kinds of sterling equanimity, fearless by means of the fourfold fearlessness, freed from migration through the five destinies, keen in the six sense bases, [F.49.a] practiced in the seven limbs of enlightenment, focused on the eight liberations, absorbed in the nine successive meditative absorptions, possessing all ten of the ten powers, whose proclamations are the great roaring of a perfect lion, by nature regard the world with their buddha eyes six times throughout the day and night‍—three times by day and three times by night.

1.­418

These are their thoughts as they look out in wisdom: “Who is in decline? Who will flourish? Who is destitute? Who is in a dreadful state? Who is being harmed? Who is destitute, in a dreadful state, and being harmed? Who is veering toward the lower realms? Who is descending through the lower realms? Who has descended to the lower realms? Whom shall I pull up from the lower realms, and establish in the resultant state of heaven and liberation? Whom, mired in misdeeds, shall I lift up by the hand? Whom, lacking the seven jewels of the noble ones, shall I lead to command of the seven jewels of the noble ones? Whom, not having produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to produce them? Whom, having already produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to ripen their roots of virtue? Whom, having already ripened their roots of virtue, shall I slice open with the blade of wisdom? For whom shall I cause this world, adorned with a buddha’s presence, to be fruitful?”

1.­419
The ocean, home of creatures fierce,
Could fail to send its tides on time.
But when the time has come to tame
Their offspring, buddhas never fail.
1.­420

When the Blessed One looked, he directly apprehended that the time had come to tame the paraplegic and the five hundred bandits, so he appeared there in divine dress in the form of the very deity they were propitiating.

The five hundred bandits marveled, “Our god has appeared to us in bodily form!” Their hair stood on end, and with their palms pressed together they hunkered down around him, saying, “Blessed One, what advice can you grant us?”

1.­421

The Blessed One replied, “I do not require human sacrifice, therefore give it up. If you wish for Dharma, give up your sacrifices and supplications, gather round, and I shall teach you the Dharma.” [F.49.b]

“We will do as you wish,” they said, and they and abandoned their sacrifice, touched their heads to the Blessed One’s feet, and sat before him to listen to the Dharma.

1.­422

The Blessed One directly apprehended the thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperament, and nature of Paṅgu and the bandits, and taught them the Dharma accordingly. Hearing it, the five hundred bandits destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where they sat. Paṅgu also manifested the resultant state of non-return.

1.­423

Once they had seen the truths, the Blessed One made his divine dress disappear, and sat before them in his own natural body. They beheld the Blessed One and were ecstatic. Full of joy, they rose from their seats, drew down the right shoulder of their upper garments, bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together, and made this request: “Lord, if permitted we wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete our novitiates, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, we too wish to practice the holy life.”

1.­424

The Blessed One replied to the bandits, saying, “Come, join me, monks! Practice the holy life.” As soon as the Blessed One had finished speaking there they stood, alms bowl and water pitcher in hand, with a week’s worth of hair and beard, and with the deportment of a monk who had been ordained for one hundred years. As it is stated,

1.­425
Garbed in robes, with shaven heads,
And senses stilled by Buddha’s will‍—
From the very moment the One Thus Gone
Spoke to them, saying, “Come, join me.”
1.­426

Then the Blessed One instructed them, and casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, they manifested arhatship. [F.50.a] As arhats, free from the attachments of the three realms, their minds regarded gold no differently than filth, and the palms of their hands as like space itself. They became cool like wet sandalwood. Their insight crushed ignorance like an eggshell. They achieved the insights, superknowledges, and discriminations. They had no regard for worldly profit, passion, or acclaim. They became objects of offering, veneration, and respectful address by Indra, Upendra, and the other gods.

1.­427

Paṅgu thought, “If my body weren’t like this,44 I too would go forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, in order to ford the floodwaters45 and escape my fetters with diligence, practice, and effort.” No sooner had he thought this than every facet of his body was completely whole and manifest,46 and he was especially filled with joy toward the Blessed One.

1.­428

Joyfully, he rose from his seat, drew down the right shoulder of his upper garment, and made this request of the Blessed One: “Lord, if permitted I wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete my novitiate, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, I too wish to practice the holy life.”

1.­429

The Blessed One led him to go forth as a novice by saying, “Come, monk! Practice the holy life,” then conferred on him full ordination and instructed him. Casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, he manifested arhatship.

1.­430

The monks asked the Blessed One, “Lord, what action did Paṅgu take that ripened into his becoming paraplegic? What action did he take that he pleased the Blessed One, did not displease him, went forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship?”

1.­431

“Monks,” the Blessed One explained, [F.50.b] “such are the actions that he committed and accumulated:

1.­432

“Monks, in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as twenty thousand years, and the totally and completely awakened Buddha endowed with perfect knowledge and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Kāśyapa was in the world, there lived a certain two householders in Vārāṇasī who were brothers.

1.­433

“One of them, upon hearing the Dharma from the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, manifested the resultant state of non-return, gave up his unwholesome ways, and devoted himself single-mindedly to wholesome activities.

1.­434

“His younger brother worked in the fields, and thought, ‘I have to deal with cold in winter and heat all summer, while he’s snug at home, enjoying his bliss.’ Irate, he spoke harshly to the non-returner: ‘While I have to deal with cold in winter and heat all summer and handle all the work, you spend your time at home like some paraplegic! Don’t you want to do anything at all?’

1.­435

“Then the non-returner thought, ‘My little brother is speaking so harshly to me. Let me be of help to him so that it doesn’t ruin him for good.’ With this thought, he made a display of miracles before him and said, ‘You must confess the mistake you’ve made by speaking harshly to me. Otherwise you are certain to roam in saṃsāra and meet with great suffering.’

1.­436

“As soon as he heard this, the younger brother was seized with regret. He bowed down at his brother’s feet, asked his forgiveness, and said, ‘I will give up living at home to go forth in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa.’

1.­437

“The non-returner told him, ‘Give up household affairs, and both of us will go forth.’

“ ‘Let’s do that,’ the brother replied. They gave up their household affairs and [F.51.a] both of them went forth in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa.

1.­438

“After the non-returner went forth, he cast away all afflictive emotions and manifested arhatship. The other brother went forth, and after practicing pure conduct all his life, at the time of his death, he prayed, ‘May I not meet with the results of the act of speaking harshly to such a pure being. Should it happen that the results of that action ripen to me, may I then feel a sense of renunciation, may that misfortune vanish, and may I be fortunate instead. While I may not have attained any great virtues, still I have gone forth and practiced pure conduct all my life. Therefore, may I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. Going forth in his doctrine alone may I cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

1.­439

“O monks, what do you think? The one who went forth in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa and became a monk then is none other than Paṅgu. At that time he spoke harshly to his elder brother, and wherever he was born, he was paraplegic. He felt regret, went forth, and after practicing the conduct leading to liberation all his life, at the time of his death prayed, ‘May I not meet with the results of the act of speaking harshly to such a pure being. Should that action ripen to me, then as soon as I feel a sense of renunciation, may that misfortune immediately vanish and may I be fortunate instead.’

1.­440

“Now he has felt a sense of renunciation, and immediately all his limbs have become complete. At that time he prayed, ‘May I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied [F.51.b] by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. Going forth in his doctrine alone may I cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

1.­441

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that he has pleased me, not displeased me, gone forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship.”

1.­442

The monks requested the Blessed One, “Lord, tell us why, after the five hundred bandits met the paraplegic tailor, they went forth, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship.”

1.­443

“Not only now, monks” the Blessed One explained, “but in times past as well, and in the same way, these five hundred bandits met this selfsame paraplegic tailor, went forth, and generated the four meditative states and the five superknowledges. Listen well!

1.­444

“Monks, in times past there were five hundred bandits who lived deep in the forest. They ransacked the mountain villages, carrying off much of their food and wealth. There was also a man who lived and dwelled deep in that forest, and the bandits captured him to sacrifice him to their yakṣa. There in the forest they spread a circle of cow dung before the yakṣa, and set forth offering pots and the man himself. Then they took up long, sharp knives and seated themselves before the yakṣa to begin the ritual.

1.­445

“Thereupon the man thought, ‘After they kill me, they are going to offer me as a sacrifice to the yakṣa.’ Terrified at the thought, he wondered, ‘To whom can I go for refuge? Who can save my precious life?’

1.­446

“Not far from there, on the mountain in an ascetic hermitage [F.52.a] there lived a certain sage. At that very moment the man thought of the sage, and with a faithful mind began praying to him: ‘Blessed One, if there is nothing past, present, or future that you do not see, know, or directly perceive, then heed me now, Blessed One, for I am in distress, desolate, and bereft. Protect me! Please save my precious life! Please, lift this burden from me!’ A god who was fond of the sage heard those thoughts and alerted him. As soon as he heard, the sage disappeared from his hermitage and arrived before the bandits.

1.­447

“When they saw the sage, the bandits were overcome with joy. Full of joy they said, ‘Sage, what advice can you grant us?’

“ ‘Release the man and sit before me, and I shall teach you the Dharma,’ said the sage.

1.­448

“ ‘We will do as the sage wishes,’ the bandits replied, and they released the man, bowed down at the sage’s feet, and sat before him to listen to the Dharma. After the sage taught the Dharma to them, both the man and the five hundred bandits went forth in his very presence, and generated the four meditative states and the five superknowledges.

1.­449

“O monks, what do you think? I myself was that sage then, and lived the life of a bodhisattva. The one who was that man then is this paraplegic tailor now. Those who were those five hundred bandits then are none other than these five hundred bandits. At that time, because of that man, they went forth and generated the four meditative states and the five superknowledges, and now too, because of this paraplegic tailor they have gone forth, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship.”

1.­450

This concludes Part One of “The Hundred Deeds.” [B5]


2.

Part Two

2.­1
1. The Chariot: Four Stories
2. The Story of Earnest
3. The Story of Gopā
4. The Story of Keśinī
5. The Story of Lotus Color
6. The Butcher
7. The Story of Golden Color [F.52.b]
8. The Cowherds
9. A Band of Friends
10. The Story of Abhaya
11. The Story of Lake of Jewels
12. The Story of Wealth’s Delight
13. The Bear: Two Stories
14. The Story of Small Person with a Curving Spine
15. The Rākṣasa

The Chariot: Four Stories

The First “Chariot” Story

2.­2

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there lived a certain brahmin who wished to perform a ritual offering, so he climbed onto his chariot and rode into Śrāvastī. That morning, when the Blessed One donned his lower garment and Dharma robes, and, carrying his alms bowl, went for alms in Śrāvastī, the brahmin was filled with joy, circumambulated the Blessed One, and departed. At that moment, the Blessed One smiled.

The Second “Chariot” Story

The Third “Chariot” Story

The Fourth “Chariot” Story

The Story of Earnest

The Story of Gopā

The Story of Keśinī

The Story of Lotus Color

The Butcher

The Story of Golden Color

The Cowherds

A Band of Friends

The Story of Abhaya

The Story of Lake of Jewels

The Story of Wealth’s Delight

The Bear: Two Stories

The First Story of the Bear

The Second Story of the Bear

The Story of Small Person with a Curving Spine

The Rākṣasa


3.

Part Three

3.­1
1. The Story of Kacaṅkalā
2. The Story of Kaineya
3. The Betrothal of the Bride: Two Stories
4. Cuts: Two Stories
5. Being Devoured
6. The Story of Nandaka
7. Chunks of Meat
8. The One Who Thought He Saw His Son
9. The Farmer
10. Death
11. A Story about Kokālika
12. The Tired Man
13. Morsel

The Story of Kacaṅkalā

3.­2

When the Blessed One was staying in Otalā Forest in Otalā, one morning he donned his lower garment and Dharma robes, and, carrying his alms bowl, went for alms in the villages of Otalā. At that time there was a certain woman who had taken a pot and gone out for water. From a distance, she saw that the Blessed One was beautiful, pleasing, his senses were at peace, his heart at peace, and his mind absolutely serene. He was as shining and radiant as a golden pillar.

The Story of Kaineya

The Betrothal of the Bride: Two Stories

The First “Betrothal of the Bride” Story

The Second “Betrothal of the Bride” Story

Cuts: Two Stories

The First “Cut” Story

The Second “Cut” Story

Being Devoured

The Story of Nandaka

Chunks of Meat

The One Who Thought He Saw His Son

The Farmer

Death

A Story about Kokālika

The Tired Man

Morsel


4.

Part Four

4.­1
1. The Story of Maitrībala
2. The Dark Storm
3. Ants: Two Stories [F.177.a]
4. The Lay of the Land108
5. The Story of Āraṇyaka
6. The Elephant
7. The Nāga (1)
8. The Story of Siṃha
9. The Schism in the Saṅgha
10. The Dark Forest
11. The One Who Heard

The Story of Maitrībala

4.­2

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, the following took place‍—providing a statement additional to the life story of Wealth’s Delight in explaining how the events of The Sūtra of the Setting in Motion of the Wheel of Dharma came about.109

The Dark Storm

Ants: Two Stories

The First “Ant” Story

The Second “Ant” Story

The Lay of the Land

The Story of Āraṇyaka

The Elephant

The Nāga (1)

The Story of Siṃha

The Schism in the Saṅgha

The Dark Forest

The One Who Heard


5.

Part Five

5.­1
1. The Story of Virūpa
2. The Story of Kṣemaṅkara
3. The Young Untouchable
4. The Story of Subhadra the Charioteer124
5. The Story of Sahadeva
6. The Bull
7. The Story of Good Compassion
8. The Story of Fleshy
9. The Story of Black
10. The Story of Iṣudhara
11. The Man Who Was Trampled
12. The Story of Jackal

The Story of Virūpa

5.­2

As the Blessed One was traveling through the countryside in the land of Garga, he came to Mount Śiśumāri and stayed there in the deer park in The Terrifying Forest. On Mount Śiśumāri there lived a certain householder, prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s. He took a wife of the same caste, and as they enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived. After nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was ugly in eighteen different ways. [F.205.a]

The Story of Kṣemaṅkara

The Young Untouchable

The Story of Subhadra the Charioteer

The Story of Sahadeva

The Bull

The Story of Good Compassion

The Story of Fleshy

The Story of Black

The Story of Iṣudhara

The Man Who Was Trampled

The Story of Jackal


6.

Part Six

6.­1
1. The Bird: Two Stories
2. The Story of Majestic Body
3. The Teacher
4. A Story about Kāśyapa
5. A Story about Ānanda
6. The Story of Son of Grasping
7. The Story of Subhadra the Mendicant150
8. The Worthy of Offerings Litany
9. Latecomers: Two Stories

The Bird: Two Stories

The First Bird Story

6.­2

Once, when the Blessed One was staying at Vulture Peak Mountain in Rājagṛha teaching the Dharma amid a company of hundreds, from Gandhamādana Mountain a certain peacock named Beautiful to See came gliding through the sky over the garden of Prince Jeta.151 The bird overheard the Blessed One teaching the Dharma as he sat amid the company of hundreds, which inspired him to descend to the earth and alight at the feet of the Blessed One.

The Second Bird Story

The Story of Majestic Body

The Teacher

A Story about Kāśyapa

A Story about Ānanda

The Story of Son of Grasping

The Story of Subhadra the Mendicant

The Worthy of Offerings Litany

Latecomers to the Dharma: Two Stories

The First “Latecomer” Story

The Second “Latecomer” Story


7.

Part Seven

7.­1
1. The Story of Paṅgu
2. Bhādra
3. The Blind Man
4. The Story of Nirgrantha Kāśyapa
5. The Story of Foremost Kāśyapa
6. The Story of Mounted on an Elephant
7. The Story of Saraṇa
8. The Mṛgavratins
9. The Story of Candrā
10. The Kinnara Spirits: Two Stories

The Story of Paṅgu

7.­2

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there lived a certain householder who, when the time came for him to marry, took a wife. As they enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived. After nine or ten months had passed she gave birth to a child. The upper part of the child’s body was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful, but the limbs of his lower body were incomplete.

Bhādra

The Blind Man

The Story of Nirgrantha Kāśyapa

The Story of Foremost Kāśyapa

The Story of Mounted on an Elephant

The Story of Saraṇa

The Mṛgavratins

The Story of Candrā

The Kinnara Spirits: Two Stories

The First “Kinnara” Story

The Second “Kinnara” Story


8.

Part Eight

8.­1
1. The Story of Pūrṇa
2. The Sacrifice
3. The Lazy Man
4. A Story about Anāthapiṇḍada
5. The Humble One
6. Padmottama: Two Stories178
7. The Story of Sudarśana
8. The Story of Ratnaśikhin179
9. Wealth
10. The Story of Vijaya180

The Story of Pūrṇa

8.­2

When the Blessed One was in in Rājagṛha, in a remote mountain village in a valley to the south there lived a certain great, high brahmin. He was prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s. He had a loving nature, was compassionate, loved beings like a parent loves their child, and cared deeply for all beings. His name was Pūrṇa.

The Sacrifice

The Lazy Man

A Story about Anāthapiṇḍada

The Humble One

Padmottama: Two Stories

The First “Padmottama” Story

The Second “Padmottama” Story

The Story of Sudarśana

The Story of Ratnaśikhin

Wealth

The Story of Vijaya


9.

Part Nine

9.­1
1. The Sons
2. The Crevasse
3. The Ransom
4. The Attack
5. Trapped
6. The Partridge
7. Father, or The Story of Sudarśana189
8. The Bandits
9. The Piśācas
10. The Story of Head of Indra

The Sons

9.­2

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there lived a certain brahmin. When the time came for him to marry he took a wife, and as they enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived. After nine or ten months had passed she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. At the elaborate feast celebrating his birth they named him according to their clan. They reared him on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids.

The Crevasse

The Ransom

The Attack

Trapped

The Partridge

Father, or The Story of Sudarśana

The Bandits

The Piśācas

The Story of Head of Indra


10.

Part Ten

10.­1
1. Śakra
2. The King
3. The Hunter
4. The Story of Deluded202 [F.73.a]
5. The Brahmin: Three Stories
6. The Story of the Householder Govinda
7. The Quarrel
8. The Nāga (2)
9. Two Stories about King203 Śibi
10. Kauśāmbī

Śakra

10.­2

Among the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three it is Śakra, King of the Gods, who reigns over the kingdom of the thirty-three gods. Five signs customarily appear when gods near the time of their death and transmigration: (1) Deities are illuminated from within, but at that time this light dwindles. (2) The clothing and ornaments of the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, as well as the branches of flowers and fruit that adorn their clothing, normally make very pleasant sounds when shaken by the wind, but at that time the sounds become unpleasant. (3) Deities’ clothing is soft to the touch, but at that time their clothing becomes very coarse. (4) No odor can cling to the body of a god, but at that time their bodies begin to reek. (5) Deities’ eyes never close, but at that time their eyes close.

The King

The Hunter

The Story of Deluded

The Brahmin: Three Stories

The First “Brahmin” Story

The Second “Brahmin” Story

The Third “Brahmin” Story

The Story of the Householder Govinda

The Quarrel

The Nāga (2)

Two Stories about King Śibi

The First Story about King Śibi

The Second Story of King Śibi

Kauśāmbī


ab.

Abbreviations

C Choné (co ne) Kangyur
D Degé (sde dge) Kangyur
H Lhasa Zhöl (lha sa zhol) Kangyur
J Lithang (li thang) Kangyur
K Kangxi Peking (pe) Kangyur
N Narthang (snar thang) Kangyur
S Stok Palace Manuscript (stog pho brang bris ma) Kangyur
U Urga (khu)
Y Yongle (g.yung lo) Kangyur

n.

Notes

n.­1
Although commonly referred to in later Tibetan works by the short form las brgya pa, the title appears in most Kangyurs as las brgya tham pa, and in both D and S as las brgya tham pa pa. The Sanskrit title is universally given as Karmaśataka, but in Kangyurs of predominantly Thempangma line this is variously prefixed: by paravarna in S, Shey, and some of the Bhutan Kangyurs; by parivarna in the Phukdrak (phug brag) Kangyur; by parivarṇa in the Ulaanbaatar Kangyur; and by paripūrna in the Hemis, Dolpo, and Namgyal Kangyurs and the Langdo collection, this last variant meaning “full” or “complete” being the one that seems to make most sense.
n.­2
See Sarkar (1981) pp. 46–49.
n.­3
Perhaps a better definition is that of Sastri (1960) p. 72: “The word avadāna signifies a ‘great religious or moral achievement as well as the history of a great achievement.’ ”
n.­4
See Rotman (2008) pp. 19–20.
n.­5
See Chutiwongs (1978) p. 139; Sarkar (1981) p. 45.
n.­6
“Le Karma-Çataka me parait-être l’œuvre d’une École qui a voulu avoir son recueil de « Cent Légendes » se différenciant de l’Avadāna-Çataka par certaines particularités. Les deux recueils appartiendraient à deux Écoles rivales, non ennemies.” Feer (1901) p. 60.
n.­7
Some shared episodes are almost verbatim, but show interesting differences (see, for example, n.­73 and n.­76) that might on further investigation throw light on the history of its translation.
n.­8
There is a Mongolian version, but like others of its kind it is almost certain to have been translated from the Tibetan. See Skilling (2001) p. 140, n23.
n.­27
The Tibetan nyes par spyod pa, “misdeeds,” might be a scribal error for nye bar spyod pa, “sense pleasures,” given that parallel Sanskrit source passages have kāma here.
n.­28
The translation of this stock passage is based on a very similar passage in the Avadānaśataka and the Divyāvadāna, as informed by Rotman’s rendering (2008, p. 225). The Sanskrit is as follows: ko hīyate, ko vardhate, kaḥ kṛcchraprāptaḥ kaḥ saṃkaṭaprāptaḥ, kaḥ saṃbādhaprāptaḥ kaḥ kṛcchrasaṃkaṭasambādhaprāptaḥ ko 'pāyaniṃnaḥ, ko 'pāyapravaṇaḥ ko 'pāyaprāgbhāraḥ kamahamapāyamārgādvyutthāpya svargaphale mokṣe ca pratiṣṭhāpayeyam kasya kāmapaṅkanimagnasya hastoddhāramanupradadyām kamāryadhanavirahitamāryadhanaiśvaryādhipatye pratiṣṭhāpayāmi kasyānavaropitāni kuśalamūlānyavaropayeyam kasyāvaropitāni paripācayeyam kasya pakvāni vimocayeyam, kasyājñānatimirapaṭalaparyavanaddhanetrasya jñānāñjanaśalākayā cakṣurviśodhayeyam /.
n.­29
In stock phrases like this the text alternates between “truths” in the plural and “truth” in the singular. Based on text-internal evidence we understand this to primarily refer to the “four truths of nobles beings,” so unless context dictates otherwise we have rendered it in the plural throughout.
n.­30
I.e., the saṅgha of the nuns and that of the monks.
n.­31
A portion of this passage and the others identical to it were translated with reference to similar passages in the Divyāvadāna. See Rotman (2008) p. 73; and Tatelman (2005) pp. 32–33, 110–11.
n.­32
“The unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa”; Tib. g.yung drung gi mthar thug pa grub pa dang bde ba’i mya ngan las ’das pa. The Tibetan phrase grub pa dang bde ba most likely renders the Sanskrit yogakṣema.
n.­33
At this point in the par phud printing of the Degé Kangyur available on the Buddhist Digital Resource Center site (W22084), vol. 73, F.162.a seems to have been mistakenly inserted in the place of F.12.a, though the English numbering (ostensibly done separately) is continuous. The mistakenly inserted folio is not translated here; its translation appears at the appropriate place later in the text. In D vol. 73, F.12.a is nowhere to be found; the missing portion translated here has therefore been taken from S vol. 80, F.17.a–18.a. The correct section of the text resumes in D after this one folio with vol. 73, F.12.b. This missing folio does not affect the Tibetan text seen in the Reading Room bilingual view, which was input from scans of a later printing free of this error.
n.­34
This list of five is translated in consultation with the Divyāvadāna, which has a nearly identical passage. Cf. Rotman (2008) pp. 39–41 and Tatelam (2005) p. 29.
n.­35
The par phud print of D (see n.­33) resumes here with F.12.b.
n.­36
“Committed adultery with”; Tib. byi byed pa. This term can also mean “raped.” It is unclear from the context which is intended.
n.­37
Throughout the text we have omitted reiterations of the full title that appear in the Tib. at the beginning of each bam po.
n.­38
This rendering is informed by the following Sanskrit phrase from the Avadānaśataka, which likely corresponds closely to the source text phrase for the Tibetan translation: ity uktamātre bhagavatā saptāhāvaropitair iva keśair dvādaśavarṣopasaṃpannasyeva bhikṣor īryāpathena pātrakarakavyagrahasto 'vasthitaḥ. Cf. Andy Rotman’s (2008, p. 88) translation of a very similar stock phrase. The sense, as Rotman notes (p. 406 n270), is that though newly gone forth they do not appear as novices, but as elder well-disciplined monks just prior to their weekly tonsure.
n.­39
“Four divisions of his army”; Rotman’s translation of the Divyāvadāna lists these as “the elephant corps, the cavalry, the chariot corps, and the infantry.” (2008) p. 128.
n.­40
“They sat in silence”; D: difficult to read. S: kha rog ste ’khod do.
n.­41
D pad ma here is most likely a corruption of bad sa (Vatsa), since pa and ba are easily confused in handwritten Tibetan manuscripts, and Y, J, K, N, C, and H all read sa’i instead of D (and S) ma’i.
n.­42
“Already”; D: sngan cad; S: sngan chad. This translation follows S. Rangjung Yeshe has an entry for the similar sngan chad med pa, “unprecedented.”
n.­43
Skt. paṅgu (Negi), “crawls about”; Tib. ’phye bo. The individual named Paṅgu in this story is not the same as the person with the same name whose story begins at 7.­2.
n.­44
The vinaya prohibits, among others, persons with certain disabilities from becoming bhikṣus or bhikṣuṇīs. See Miller (2018), chapter 6; see also Vinayakṣudrakavastu (Toh 6), D vol. 11, F.38.a–b (translation Jamspal and Fischer, forthcoming).
n.­45
“Ford the floodwaters”; Tib. chu bo rnams las brgal bar bya ba. A Buddhist idiom meaning “to overcome the afflictive emotions,” per Dr. Lozang Jamspal.
n.­46
“Manifest,” for Tib. rangs. We read this as a variant spelling of langs pa, “appear, arise, manifest, stand, wells up, comes up, and uplifts, p. of lang ba” (Ives Waldo).
n.­108
“The Lay of the Land,” for the Tib. spyod yul (Skt. gocara). The semantic range of this Skt. term makes it difficult to translate with one unique English equivalent. See variants in the story itself.
n.­109
The two parts of the narrative in The Story of Wealth’s Delight (2.­385 et seq. and 2.­430 et seq. above) recount respectively the “sūtra” (see below) itself, verbatim, and the Buddha’s explanation of his past relationship with the five monks who were his first disciples. The present story of Maitrībala is another episode in that past relationship. Note that the sūtra named in the text (chos kyi ’khor lo skor ba’i mdo, Skt. Dharmacakrapravartanasūtra) either refers to a sūtra that no longer exists as such, or is a general way of referring to that episode in the life of the Buddha as related in longer works. The sūtra with just that name in the Kangyur (Toh 31), and the Pali work from which it was translated, the Dhammacakkappavattana-sutta (Saṃyutta Nikāya 56), cover only part of the Buddha’s teaching to the monks, while the Kangyur sūtra called The Sūtra of the Wheel of Dharma (Dharmacakrasūtra, Toh 337) is an even shorter excerpt. See also n.­73 and n.­74.
n.­124
Note there is another story by the same name at 5.­97. The characters are apparently of no relation. We have chosen to differentiate the Eng. titles by appending “the charioteer” and “the mendicant” to their names, respectively.
n.­150
Note there is another story by the same name at 5.­97. We have chosen to differentiate the Eng. titles by appending “the charioteer” and “the mendicant” to their names, respectively.
n.­151
“Over the garden of Prince Jeta” should perhaps read “above Rājagṛha,” or “Vulture Peak Mountain,” since Rājagṛha is maybe 350 km from Vārāṇasī, where the garden of Prince Jeta is located. We surmise that this is a scribal error. S has the same reading. It is possible that the text is implying the peacock flew from Gandhamādana Mountain to Rājagṛha via Vārāṇasī, but this would be a rather circuitous route.
n.­178
Tib. pad ma yi bla ma. This is the title given in the contents section for this part; however, in the first story it is shortened to “Padma” (Tib. pad ma), and in the second story, it is shortened to Uttama. We have rendered all instances according to the title given in the contents section, Padmottama.
n.­179
Tib. rin chen gtsug tor can; Skt. Ratnaśikhin. In the contents section the title of this story is given as the Tib. rin chen gtsug tor, and here simply as rin po che, both of which we take as abbreviations for the Tib. rin chen gtsug tor can, given at the end of the story, and which we use to translate throughout.
n.­180
“Vijaya,” for the Tib. rnam par rgyal ba; title taken from the contents section, and reappears at the end of the story. At this point in the text, the title of the story is actually given as the Tib. stobs phrog, Skt. perhaps *Balaharī, Eng. perhaps “Steals Away Strength.” We have followed the contents section and rectified accordingly.
n.­189
“Father, or The Story of Sudarśana”; this title combines two different titles‍—the one given in the contents section (“The Story of Sudarśana”) and that given as a heading to the story itself (“Father”).
n.­202
S, N, and H read rmos pa: “Plowman.”
n.­203
Here the Tib. lacks “King.”

b.

Bibliography

Source Texts

las brgya tham pa (Karmaśataka). Toh 340, Degé Kangyur vol. 73 (mdo sde, ha), folios 1.b–309.a, and vol. 74 (mdo sde, a), folios 1.b–128.b.

las brgya tham pa. bka’ ’gyur (dpe bsdur ma) [Comparative Edition of the Kangyur], krung go’i bod rig pa zhib ‘jug ste gnas kyi bka’ bstan dpe sdur khang (The Tibetan Tripitaka Collation Bureau of the China Tibetology Research Center). 108 volumes. Beijing: krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang (China Tibetology Publishing House), 2006–2009, vol. 73, pp. 3–837, and vol. 74, pp. 3–398.

las brgya tham pa (Karmaśataka). Stok Palace Kangyur vol. 80 (mdo sde, dza), folios 2–825, and vol. 81 (mdo sde, a), folios 2–474.

Works Cited

Sanskrit Works

Gnoli, Raniero and Venkatacharya, T., ed. The Gilgit manuscript of the Saṅghabhedavastu: Being the 17th and last section of the Vinaya of the Mūlasarvāstivādin, Part I. Roma: Istituto Italiano per il Medio ed Estremo Oriente, 1977.

Vaidya, P. L., ed. Avadāna-Śataka. Darbhanga: Mithilā Institute of Post-Graduate Studies and Research in Sanskrit Learning, 1958.

Tibetan Works

Butön Rinchen Drup (bu ston rin chen grub). chos kyi ’byung gnas gsung rab rin po che’i gter mdzod. In: gsung ’bum (zhol par ma/ ldi lir bskyar par brgyab pa), vol 24 (ya), pp. 633–1055. New Delhi: International Academy of Indian Culture, 1965–1971. English translations: see Obermiller, and Stein and Zangpo, below.

Denkarma (pho brang stod thang ldan [/ lhan] dkar gyi chos ’gyur ro cog gi dkar chag). Degé Tengyur, vol. 206 (sna tshogs, jo), folios 294.b - 310.a.

chos kyi ’khor lo rab tu bskor ba’i mdo (Dharmacakrapravartanasūtra). Toh 31, Degé Kangyur vol. 45 (mdo sde, ka), folios 180b–83a.

dge slong ma’i so sor thar pa’i mdo (Bhikṣuṇī­prātimokṣa­sūtra). Toh 4, Degé Kangyur vol. 9 (’dul ba, ta), folios 1b–25a.

’dul ba’i mdo (Vinayasūtra). Toh 4117, Degé Tengyur vol. 261 (’dul ba, wu), folios 1a–100b.

so sor thar pa’i mdo (Prātimokṣasūtra). Toh 2, Degé Kangyur vol. 5 (’dul ba, ca), folios 1b–20a.

Secondary Sources

Ancient Tibet: Research Materials from the Yeshe De Project. Berkeley, CA: Dharma Publishing, 1986.

Angdu, Sonam. Tibeto-Sanskrit Lexographical Materials. Leh, Ladakh: Basgo Tongspon Publication, 1973.

Berzin, Alexander. “The Thirty-two Excellent Signs (Major Marks) of a Buddha’s Enlightening Body.” The Buddhist Archives of Dr. Alexander Berzin. Accessed February 2, 2013.

Obermiller, E., trans. The History of Buddhism in India and Tibet by Bu Ston (Chos-ḥbyung). Materialien zur Kunde des Buddhismus 13. Heidelberg: Institut für Buddhismus-Kunde, 1932. Reprinted Delhi: Sri Satguru Publications, 1986.

Burnouf, Eugène. Introduction to the History of Indian Buddhism. Translated by K. Buffetrille and Donald. S. Lopez, Jr. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2010.

Chandra, Lokesh. Tibetan-Sanskrit Dictionary. Kyōto-shi: Rinsen Shoten, 1982.

Chandra Das, Sarat. A Tibetan-English Dictionary, with Sanskrit Synonyms. Revised and edited by Graham Sandberg and A. William Heyde. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1991.

Chandrakīrti and Mikyo Dorje. The Moon of Wisdom: Chapter Six of Chandrakirti’s Entering the Middle Way. Translated by Ari Goldfield et al. Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications, 2005.

Chutiwongs, Nandana. “On the Jātaka reliefs at Cula Pathon Cetiya.” Journal of the Siam Society 66, no. 1 (1978): 133–51.

Duff, Tony. The Illuminator Tibetan-English Encyclopaedic Dictionary [computer software]. Kathmandu, Nepal: Padma Karpo Translation Committee.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee. The Play in Full. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2013.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee. The Sūtra of the Wheel of Dharma. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2018.

Edgerton, Franklin. Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit Grammar and Dictionary (Volume II: Dictionary). New Haven: Yale University Press, 1953.

Feer, M. Léon. “Le Karma-Çataka.” Journal Asiatique 17 (1901): 53–100, 257–315, 410–86.

Gampopa. The Jewel Ornament of Liberation: The Wish-Fulfilling Gem of the Noble Teachings. Translated by Khenpo Konchog Gyaltsen Rinpoche. Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications, 1998.

Gö Lotsāwa. The Blue Annals. Translated by George N. Roerich. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass Publishers Private Limited, 1996.

Herrmann-Pfandt, Adelheid. Die lHan kar ma. Ein früher Katalog der ins Tibetische. übersetzten buddhistischen Texte. Kritische Neuausgabe mit Einleitung und Materialien. Vol. 367 of Philosphisch-Historische Klasse Denkschriften. Vienna: Verlag der Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, 2009.

Horner, I.B., trans. The Book of Discipline (Vinaya-Piṭaka), Vol. I (Suttavibhaṅga). Sacred Books of the Buddhists, Vol. X. London: Humphrey Milford, Oxford University Press, 1938.

Horner, I.B., trans. The Book of Discipline (Vinaya-Piṭaka), Vol. IV (Mahā­vagga). Sacred Books of the Buddhists, Vol. XIV. London: Humphrey Milford, Oxford University Press, 1951.

Jamspal, Lozang. “The Thirty-Seven Wings of Enlightenment.” Lecture conducted at International Buddhist College, Pak Thong Chai, Nakhon Ratchasima, Thailand, September 10, 2012.

Lancaster, Lewis R. The Korean Buddhist Canon: A Descriptive Catalogue. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1979.

Lessing, F.D. and A. Wayman. Introduction to the Buddhist Tantric Systems. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1983.

The Mahā­bhārata I: The Book of the Beginning. Edited and translated by Van Buitenen, J.A.B. University of Chicago Press, 1973.

Malalasekera, Gunapala Piyasena. Dictionary of Pāli Proper Names. Melksham, UK: Pali Text Society, 1937–1938/1997. Accessed February 2, 2013.

Martin, Dan. Tibetan–English Dictionary [computer software]. Kathmandu, Nepal: Rangjung Yeshe Institute.

Miller, Robert. The Chapter on Going Forth (Pravrajyāvastu, Toh 1-1). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2018.

Miller, Robert. The Chapter on a Schism in the Saṅgha (Saṅghabhedavastu, Toh 1-17). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, forthcoming.

Monier-Williams, Sir Monier. A Sanskṛit-English dictionary: etymologically and philologically arranged with special reference to Greek, Latin, Gothic, German, Anglo-Saxon, and other cognate Indo-European languages. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1888.

Nāgārjuna. Nāgārjuna’s Letter: Nāgārjuna’s Letter to a Friend. Translated by Lobsang Therchin and Artimus B. Engel. Reprint edition, Dharamsala: Library of Tibetan Works & Archives, 1995.

National Disability Authority. Appropriate Terms to Use. Retrieved November 20, 2017.

Nattier, Jan. Once Upon a Future Time: Studies in a Buddhist Prophecy of Decline. Berkeley, CA: Asian Humanities Press, 1991.

Negi, J. S. Tibetan-Sanskrit Dictionary, vols. 1–16. Sarnath, India: Dictionary Unit, Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Studies, 2003.

Przyluski, Jean, and Marcelle Lalou. “Récits populaires et contes bouddhiques.” Journal Asiatique 228 (1936): 177–91.

Rangjung Yeshe and Erik Pema Kunsang. Tibetan–English Dictionary [computer software]. Kathmandu, Nepal: Rangjung Yeshe Institute.

Ray, Reginald. Buddhist Saints in India. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1994.

Rigzin, Tsepak. Tibetan-English Dictionary of Buddhist Terminology. Dharamsala: LTWA, 2008.

Rotman, Andy, trans. Divine Stories: Divyāvadāna Part 1. Boston: Wisdom Publications, 2008.

Sarkar, Sadhanchandra. A Study on the Jātakas and the Avadānas: Critical and Comparative, vol. 1. Calcutta: Saraswat Library, 1981.

Sastri, Gaurinath. A Concise History of Classical Sanskrit Literature. London: Oxford University Press, 1960.

Skilling, Peter. “Theravādin Literature in Tibetan Translation.” Journal of the Pali Text Society, vol. XIX (1993), pp 69–201.

Skilling, Peter. “From bKa’ bstan bcos to bKa’ ’gyur and bsTan ’gyur.” In Transmission of the Tibetan Canon. Edited by Helmut Eimer, 87–112. Vienna: Verlag der Österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 1997.

Skilling, Peter. “Eṣā Agrā: Images of Nuns in (Mūla-)Sarvāstivādin Literature.” Journal of the International Association of Buddhist Studies 24, no. 2 (2001): 135–56.

Speyer, J. S., ed. Avadānaçataka: A Century of Edifying Tales Belonging to the Hīnayāna, vol. 2. First Indian edition. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass Publishers Private Limited, 1992.

Sørensen, Per K., trans. The Mirror Illuminating the Royal Genealogies. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 1994.

Stein, Lisa, and Ngawang Zangpo (trs.). Butön’s History of Buddhism in India and its Spread to Tibet: A Treasury of Priceless Scripture. Boston: Snow Lion, 2013.

Tatelman, J., trans. and ed. The Heavenly Exploits: Buddhist Biographies from the Divyavadana, vol. 1. New York: New York University Press JJC Foundation, 2005.

The Tibetan and Himalayan Library: THL Tibetan to English Translation Tool. Accessed February 2, 2013.

“Universal Monarch.” Rigpa Wiki. Accessed February 2, 2013.

Waldo, Ives. Tibetan–English Dictionary [computer software]. Kathmandu, Nepal: Rangjung Yeshe Institute.

Winternitz, Maurice. History of Indian Literature, vol. 2. Translated and revised by B. Jha. Delhi: Bharatiya Vidya Prakashan, 1987.


g.

Glossary

Types of attestation for names and terms of the corresponding source language

AS

Attested in source text

This term is attested in a manuscript used as a source for this translation.

AO

Attested in other text

This term is attested in other manuscripts with a parallel or similar context.

AD

Attested in dictionary

This term is attested in dictionaries matching Tibetan to the corresponding language.

AA

Approximate attestation

The attestation of this name is approximate. It is based on other names where the relationship between the Tibetan and source language is attested in dictionaries or other manuscripts.

RP

Reconstruction from Tibetan phonetic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the Tibetan phonetic rendering of the term.

RS

Reconstruction from Tibetan semantic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the semantics of the Tibetan translation.

SU

Source unspecified

This term has been supplied from an unspecified source, which most often is a widely trusted dictionary.

g.­1

Abhaya

Wylie:
  • ’jigs med
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • abhaya

A future solitary buddha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­363
g.­2

Abodes of the Four Great Kings

Wylie:
  • rgyal chen bzhi’i ris
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་ཆེན་བཞིའི་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • cāturmahā­rājakāyika

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, lowest among the six heavens of the desire realm. Dwelling place of the four great kings, traditionally located on a terrace of Sumeru, just below the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 2.­410
  • 3.­52
  • 4.­132
  • 6.­282-283
  • g.­231
g.­3

absorption of neither discrimination nor non-discrimination

Wylie:
  • ’du shes min ’du shes med min gyi snyom ’jug
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་ཤེས་མིན་འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་མིན་གྱི་སྙོམ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñā

Fourth of the four types of formless meditative absorptions (caturārūpyasamāpatti, gzugs med snyoms ’jug bzhi) (Rigzin 369).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­140
  • 7.­201
g.­4

act

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

See “action.”

Located in 145 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­9
  • 1.­37-38
  • 1.­72
  • 1.­83-85
  • 1.­125
  • 1.­129
  • 1.­136
  • 1.­169-170
  • 1.­195
  • 1.­276
  • 1.­301
  • 1.­310
  • 1.­313
  • 1.­338
  • 1.­351
  • 1.­401
  • 1.­438-439
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­104-105
  • 2.­130
  • 2.­190-191
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­224
  • 2.­229-230
  • 2.­257
  • 2.­262
  • 2.­284
  • 2.­287
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­363
  • 2.­383
  • 2.­437
  • 2.­505
  • 2.­551
  • 2.­558-559
  • 2.­568-569
  • 2.­601
  • 2.­604
  • 2.­607
  • 3.­10
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­171
  • 3.­205
  • 3.­209-210
  • 3.­226-227
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­255
  • 3.­267
  • 3.­277
  • 3.­279
  • 3.­284
  • 3.­347
  • 3.­387
  • 4.­90
  • 4.­110
  • 4.­145
  • 4.­163-164
  • 4.­167
  • 4.­182
  • 4.­231
  • 5.­4
  • 5.­6
  • 5.­27-28
  • 5.­46
  • 5.­95
  • 5.­104
  • 5.­112
  • 5.­123
  • 5.­125
  • 5.­166-168
  • 5.­181
  • 5.­219
  • 5.­236
  • 5.­248
  • 5.­288
  • 5.­290
  • 5.­309
  • 5.­322
  • 5.­330-331
  • 5.­334
  • 6.­30-32
  • 6.­76
  • 6.­157
  • 6.­251
  • 6.­263
  • 6.­266
  • 6.­306
  • 6.­412
  • 6.­441
  • 7.­23-24
  • 7.­63-64
  • 7.­73
  • 7.­164
  • 7.­191
  • 7.­217-218
  • 7.­232
  • 8.­20
  • 8.­22
  • 8.­42
  • 8.­87
  • 9.­64
  • 9.­87
  • 9.­118
  • 9.­136
  • 9.­138
  • 10.­52-54
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­94
  • 10.­195
  • 10.­201-202
  • 10.­327
  • 10.­362
  • 10.­397
  • 10.­441
  • n.­243
  • g.­7
g.­7

action

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

Any volitional act, whether of body, speech, or mind. Also rendered here as “act,” “karma,” and “deed.”

Located in 239 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­7
  • 1.­28-29
  • 1.­38-40
  • 1.­70-71
  • 1.­123-124
  • 1.­131
  • 1.­160-161
  • 1.­169-170
  • 1.­269
  • 1.­295
  • 1.­308-309
  • 1.­341
  • 1.­391
  • 1.­430-431
  • 1.­438-439
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­85
  • 2.­97
  • 2.­107
  • 2.­109
  • 2.­112
  • 2.­142-143
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­176
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­194-195
  • 2.­204-208
  • 2.­216
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­225
  • 2.­255-256
  • 2.­259-261
  • 2.­285-286
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­363
  • 2.­377
  • 2.­508
  • 2.­511
  • 2.­521
  • 2.­525
  • 2.­532
  • 2.­534-535
  • 2.­537-538
  • 2.­545-546
  • 2.­548-550
  • 2.­588
  • 2.­603
  • 3.­10-11
  • 3.­44
  • 3.­54
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­118
  • 3.­146
  • 3.­192-193
  • 3.­198-199
  • 3.­211
  • 3.­215-218
  • 3.­222-224
  • 3.­226-228
  • 3.­232-234
  • 3.­237-238
  • 3.­244-245
  • 3.­249
  • 3.­260-261
  • 3.­265
  • 3.­267
  • 3.­279-280
  • 3.­303-304
  • 3.­307-308
  • 3.­319
  • 3.­329
  • 3.­357-358
  • 3.­385-386
  • 3.­396-397
  • 3.­401-402
  • 3.­406-407
  • 3.­414
  • 3.­427
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­107-108
  • 4.­111
  • 4.­151-152
  • 4.­158-159
  • 4.­161
  • 4.­165
  • 4.­180-181
  • 4.­188
  • 4.­194
  • 4.­199
  • 4.­221
  • 5.­14-15
  • 5.­22-23
  • 5.­65
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­116-117
  • 5.­163
  • 5.­202
  • 5.­249
  • 5.­251
  • 5.­276
  • 5.­286
  • 5.­320-321
  • 5.­332-333
  • 6.­10
  • 6.­26
  • 6.­28-29
  • 6.­72
  • 6.­112-115
  • 6.­264-265
  • 6.­268
  • 6.­299
  • 6.­303
  • 6.­305
  • 6.­409
  • 6.­435
  • 6.­438
  • 6.­501
  • 7.­15
  • 7.­21
  • 7.­23
  • 7.­57
  • 7.­67
  • 7.­108
  • 7.­110
  • 7.­129
  • 7.­133
  • 7.­155
  • 7.­209-210
  • 7.­228-229
  • 7.­246
  • 9.­53
  • 9.­85-86
  • 9.­88-89
  • 9.­99
  • 9.­130
  • 9.­156-157
  • 9.­159
  • 9.­161
  • 9.­175
  • 9.­181
  • 10.­87
  • 10.­190-194
  • 10.­201
  • 10.­214
  • 10.­248
  • 10.­275
  • 10.­318
  • 10.­361
  • 10.­451
  • 10.­453-454
  • n.­47
  • n.­62
  • n.­134
  • n.­147
  • g.­4
  • g.­121
  • g.­176
  • g.­270
  • g.­458
  • g.­478
  • g.­580
  • g.­585
g.­8

Adumā

Wylie:
  • a du ma
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་དུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • adumā
  • udumā

The name of the town where Kaineya lived; traditionally spelled Udumā, the rendering in The Hundred Deeds may be derived from the Pāli/Prakṛt form Ātumā.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­16
  • 3.­18
  • 3.­22
  • 3.­32
  • 3.­66
  • g.­146
  • g.­262
g.­10

afflictive emotion

Wylie:
  • nyon mongs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kleśa

Also called “delusions,” “afflictions,” or “addictive emotions,” these are mental states that produce turmoil and confusion and thus disturb mental peace and happiness (Rigzin 133).

Located in 359 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­37-39
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85-86
  • 1.­113
  • 1.­128
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­133
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­159-160
  • 1.­168-171
  • 1.­201
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­269
  • 1.­274
  • 1.­276-277
  • 1.­293-295
  • 1.­300
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­341
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­352
  • 1.­362
  • 1.­389-391
  • 1.­399-400
  • 1.­402-403
  • 1.­426
  • 1.­429-430
  • 1.­438
  • 1.­440-442
  • 1.­449
  • 2.­112
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­149-151
  • 2.­178-181
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­189-190
  • 2.­192-194
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­205
  • 2.­207-211
  • 2.­220
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­231-232
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­261-264
  • 2.­376-377
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570-571
  • 2.­607
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­11
  • 3.­13-15
  • 3.­51
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­90
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­101-104
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­117-118
  • 3.­120-124
  • 3.­145-146
  • 3.­149
  • 3.­151-153
  • 3.­211
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­280-282
  • 3.­302-303
  • 3.­305-307
  • 3.­323-324
  • 3.­330-331
  • 3.­340
  • 3.­344
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­38-40
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­91
  • 4.­157-158
  • 4.­165
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­199
  • 4.­201-203
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­221
  • 4.­229
  • 4.­232-233
  • 5.­21-22
  • 5.­29-31
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­65
  • 5.­67-69
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­92-96
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­115-117
  • 5.­121-122
  • 5.­124-125
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­151-153
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­162-163
  • 5.­167-169
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­183-185
  • 5.­195-196
  • 5.­201-202
  • 5.­207-210
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275-276
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­319-320
  • 5.­330
  • 5.­332
  • 6.­6-7
  • 6.­9-10
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­50-53
  • 6.­62
  • 6.­64-65
  • 6.­71-72
  • 6.­74
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­139-141
  • 6.­161
  • 6.­165
  • 6.­245-246
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­323
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­379
  • 6.­382-383
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­391-392
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­437-438
  • 6.­440-441
  • 6.­446-449
  • 6.­451
  • 6.­456
  • 6.­499-501
  • 6.­508
  • 6.­510
  • 7.­14-15
  • 7.­24
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­41-43
  • 7.­63
  • 7.­66-67
  • 7.­121
  • 7.­123-124
  • 7.­128-129
  • 7.­131-134
  • 7.­150
  • 7.­154-155
  • 7.­164
  • 7.­185
  • 7.­190
  • 7.­207
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­217-218
  • 7.­227-228
  • 7.­231
  • 7.­233-234
  • 7.­241
  • 7.­246
  • 7.­248
  • 7.­250
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­122
  • 8.­124
  • 9.­20
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­53
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­93
  • 9.­128
  • 9.­130
  • 9.­135
  • 9.­137
  • 9.­144
  • 9.­173-174
  • 10.­100
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­203
  • 10.­211
  • 10.­214
  • 10.­216-218
  • 10.­233-234
  • 10.­239-241
  • 10.­248
  • 10.­349
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­375-377
  • 10.­380
  • n.­45
  • n.­235
  • g.­9
  • g.­30
  • g.­34
  • g.­35
  • g.­50
  • g.­115
  • g.­117
  • g.­160
  • g.­161
  • g.­242
  • g.­552
  • g.­594
g.­11

Aggregates

Wylie:
  • phung po
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • skandha

In Buddhist philosophy, the five basic constituents upon which persons are conventionally designated. They are material forms, sensations, perceptions, formations, and consciousness.

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­71
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­309
  • 1.­361-362
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­286
  • 2.­415
  • 2.­428
  • 2.­546
  • 2.­550
  • 2.­607
  • 3.­386
  • 3.­415
  • 4.­181
  • 6.­145
  • 6.­337
  • 6.­339
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­376
  • 6.­390
  • 10.­182
  • 10.­194
  • 10.­272
  • 10.­276
  • n.­224
  • g.­108
  • g.­176
  • g.­354
  • g.­428
  • g.­506
g.­12

Agnidatta (father of Śiṣyaka)

Wylie:
  • mes sbyin
Tibetan:
  • མེས་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • agnidatta

A certain brahmin who in the future will be from the country of Pāṭaliputra, a master of the Vedas, and father of Śiṣyaka.

Not to be confused with Agnidatta (of Vārāṇasī), one of the magistrates of King Brahmadatta (past), nor with Agnidatta of the royal palace Śobhāvatī.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­155
  • g.­13
  • g.­14
  • g.­520
g.­13

Agnidatta (of Śobhāvatī)

Wylie:
  • me sbyin
Tibetan:
  • མེ་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • agnidatta

A certain brahmin of the royal palace Śobhāvatī during the time of Buddha Krakucchanda.

Not to be confused with Agnidatta of Vārāṇasī, nor with the Agnidatta (father of Śiṣyaka) prophesied to appear in the future, both of whose names are the slightly different Tib. mes sbyin.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­126
  • g.­12
  • g.­14
g.­14

Agnidatta (of Vārāṇasī)

Wylie:
  • mes sbyin
Tibetan:
  • མེས་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • agnidatta

One of King Brahmadatta’s magistrates, from Vārāṇasī. Father of Son of Fire and Tongue of Fire.

Not to be confused with Agnidatta (father of Śiṣyaka) prophesied to appear in the future, nor with Agnidatta of the royal palace Śobhāvatī.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­166
  • g.­12
  • g.­13
  • g.­528
  • g.­595
g.­16

Ajiravatī River

Wylie:
  • khang ldan
Tibetan:
  • ཁང་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • ajiravatī

The modern-day Rāptīnadī. L. Chandra gives Ajiravatī for the Tib. khyams ldan.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­278-279
  • 2.­83
  • 2.­86-87
  • 5.­33
  • 5.­313
g.­17

Ajita Keśakambala

Wylie:
  • mi ’pham skra’i la ba can
Tibetan:
  • མི་འཕམ་སྐྲའི་ལ་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • ajita keśakambala

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­56-57
  • 6.­344
  • n.­153
  • g.­430
g.­20

All-Knowing One

Wylie:
  • thams cad mkhyen pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvajña

An epithet of the buddhas. Salutation to the All-Knowing One at the beginning of a Buddhist text typically indicates its designation in the Vinaya Piṭaka.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • p.­1
g.­21

Amṛtā

Wylie:
  • bdud rtsi ma
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་རྩི་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • amṛtā

One of eight children, a daughter, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­22

Amṛtodana

Wylie:
  • bdud rtsi zas
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་རྩི་ཟས།
Sanskrit:
  • amṛtodana

One of eight children, a son, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­24

Ānanda

Wylie:
  • kun dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ānanda

A monk of the Buddha’s order, brother of Devadatta, who for twenty-five years served as the Buddha’s personal attendant. Second in the apostolic succession that carried on the Buddha’s teachings after his parinirvāṇa.

Located in 110 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­11
  • 2.­18-19
  • 2.­29
  • 2.­36-37
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­55-56
  • 2.­66
  • 2.­73-74
  • 2.­87
  • 2.­94-98
  • 2.­214-217
  • 2.­221
  • 2.­276
  • 2.­283-284
  • 2.­343-344
  • 2.­355
  • 2.­362-363
  • 2.­465
  • 2.­531
  • 2.­533-534
  • 2.­585-589
  • 4.­122
  • 4.­137
  • 4.­144-145
  • 5.­244
  • 6.­1
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­139-140
  • 6.­142
  • 6.­235-236
  • 6.­241
  • 6.­243-244
  • 6.­246
  • 6.­339-342
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­407-408
  • 6.­458
  • 6.­460
  • 6.­463-465
  • 6.­467-470
  • 6.­472
  • 6.­474-478
  • 6.­480-481
  • 6.­484
  • 6.­487-488
  • 6.­495
  • 7.­55-58
  • 8.­46-48
  • 8.­50
  • 9.­71
  • 10.­125-126
  • 10.­152
  • 10.­371
  • 10.­373-375
  • 10.­377-379
  • 10.­383
  • 10.­394
  • n.­173
  • n.­216
  • g.­128
  • g.­206
g.­25

Anāthapiṇḍada

Wylie:
  • mgon med zas sbyin
Tibetan:
  • མགོན་མེད་ཟས་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • anāthapiṇḍada

A wealthy householder of Śrāvastī renowned for his generosity, he spent a small fortune to purchase the garden of Prince Jeta, built a monastery there, and offered both to the Buddha.

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­121-122
  • 1.­357
  • 1.­359
  • 2.­217
  • 2.­219
  • 5.­188
  • 6.­55-56
  • 6.­442-445
  • 6.­447-448
  • 6.­450
  • 8.­1
  • 8.­42-44
  • 8.­52-54
  • 8.­57-59
  • 8.­61-62
  • 8.­66
  • 8.­74-75
  • 8.­108
  • 10.­179
  • 10.­230
  • g.­192
  • g.­444
g.­27

anguished spirit

Wylie:
  • yi dags
  • yi dwags
Tibetan:
  • ཡི་དགས།
  • ཡི་དྭགས།
Sanskrit:
  • preta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the five or six classes of sentient beings, into which beings are born as the karmic fruition of past miserliness. As the term in Sanskrit means “the departed,” they are analogous to the ancestral spirits of Vedic tradition, the pitṛs, who starve without the offerings of descendants. It is also commonly translated as “hungry ghost” or “starving spirit,” as in the Chinese 餓鬼 e gui.

They are sometimes said to reside in the realm of Yama, but are also frequently described as roaming charnel grounds and other inhospitable or frightening places along with piśācas and other such beings. They are particularly known to suffer from great hunger and thirst and the inability to acquire sustenance. Detailed descriptions of their realm and experience, including a list of the thirty-six classes of pretas, can be found in The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma, Toh 287, 2.­1281– 2.1482.

Located in 80 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­201
  • 2.­9
  • 2.­27
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­64
  • 2.­274
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­567
  • 2.­569
  • 3.­187-188
  • 3.­195-196
  • 3.­214-215
  • 3.­219-222
  • 3.­224
  • 3.­226
  • 3.­230-232
  • 3.­234-237
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­241-243
  • 3.­245-249
  • 3.­255
  • 3.­257-259
  • 3.­261-265
  • 3.­267
  • 3.­399-400
  • 3.­404-405
  • 3.­407
  • 4.­90
  • 4.­117
  • 4.­135
  • 5.­246
  • 5.­249
  • 5.­299
  • 5.­302
  • 5.­304-305
  • 5.­307-309
  • 5.­311
  • 5.­332-334
  • 6.­62
  • 6.­280-281
  • 6.­426
  • 6.­498
  • 7.­65
  • 10.­232
  • 10.­413-414
  • g.­167
  • g.­191
  • g.­479
g.­28

Aniruddha

Wylie:
  • ma ’gags pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་འགགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • aniruddha

The Buddha’s first cousin, born of the Śākya clan, who was among the most eminent of the Buddha’s monastic disciples.

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­99
  • 1.­101-102
  • 1.­106-109
  • 1.­111-112
  • 1.­118
  • 1.­327-329
  • 1.­333-336
  • 4.­76-78
  • 4.­82-84
  • 5.­242-243
  • 9.­47
  • 9.­50
  • n.­26
  • n.­145
  • g.­252
  • g.­446
  • g.­673
g.­33

Āraṇyaka

Wylie:
  • dgon pa pa
  • dgon pa ba
Tibetan:
  • དགོན་པ་པ།
  • དགོན་པ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • āraṇyaka

“Forest Dweller,” the name of the son of householders in Śrāvastī, he preferred seclusion, eventually attaining arhatship.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­1
  • 4.­80-81
  • 4.­86
g.­34

arhat

Wylie:
  • dgra bcom pa
Tibetan:
  • དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • arhat

Literally “foe-destroyer”‍—the foe in this case being the afflictive emotions‍—one who has attained arhatship.

Located in 187 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24-25
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­76
  • 1.­78-79
  • 1.­81
  • 1.­84-85
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­136
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­381
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­17-18
  • 2.­35
  • 2.­54-55
  • 2.­72-73
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­100
  • 2.­104
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­203-204
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­282-283
  • 2.­344
  • 2.­361-362
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­419
  • 2.­429
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­485
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­560
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­64-65
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­323
  • 3.­388
  • 3.­409
  • 3.­412
  • 3.­414
  • 3.­434
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­143-144
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­165
  • 5.­168
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­319
  • 5.­323-324
  • 5.­326-331
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­185
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­194-196
  • 6.­198
  • 6.­231
  • 6.­314
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­369
  • 6.­384
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­425
  • 6.­433
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­499
  • 6.­503
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­123
  • 7.­143
  • 7.­201
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­102-104
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­57-59
  • 10.­65
  • 10.­86
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­250
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • 10.­392
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­419
  • g.­26
  • g.­35
  • g.­118
  • g.­153
  • g.­308
  • g.­596
  • g.­611
  • g.­625
g.­35

arhatship

Wylie:
  • dgra bcom pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • arhattva

“The state of liberation [from saṃsāra via destruction of the afflictive emotions] or the fifth path of no more to learn, attained by arhats after perfecting training in the fourth path…” (Rigzin 60). In this text being “established … in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa”; also appears as a synonym for the attainment of arhatship.

Located in 396 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­37-39
  • 1.­63-64
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85-86
  • 1.­112-113
  • 1.­128
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­133-134
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­159-160
  • 1.­168-171
  • 1.­194
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­269
  • 1.­274
  • 1.­276-277
  • 1.­293-295
  • 1.­300
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­341
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­352
  • 1.­362
  • 1.­389-391
  • 1.­399-400
  • 1.­402-403
  • 1.­426
  • 1.­429-430
  • 1.­438
  • 1.­440-442
  • 1.­449
  • 2.­112-113
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­149-151
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180-181
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­189-190
  • 2.­192-194
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­203-205
  • 2.­207-211
  • 2.­220-222
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­231-232
  • 2.­242-243
  • 2.­261-264
  • 2.­376-377
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­524-525
  • 2.­559
  • 2.­568-571
  • 2.­607-608
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­11
  • 3.­13-15
  • 3.­51
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­87-88
  • 3.­90-91
  • 3.­96
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­101-104
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­117-118
  • 3.­120-125
  • 3.­145-146
  • 3.­149
  • 3.­151-153
  • 3.­211-212
  • 3.­228-229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­280-282
  • 3.­302-303
  • 3.­305-307
  • 3.­323-324
  • 3.­330-331
  • 3.­340-341
  • 3.­344
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­396
  • 3.­415-416
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­38-40
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­91
  • 4.­157-158
  • 4.­165
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­199
  • 4.­201-203
  • 4.­219-221
  • 4.­229
  • 4.­232-233
  • 5.­21-22
  • 5.­29-31
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­65
  • 5.­67-69
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­92-96
  • 5.­111-112
  • 5.­115-117
  • 5.­121-122
  • 5.­124-125
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­151-153
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­162-163
  • 5.­167-169
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­183-185
  • 5.­195-196
  • 5.­201-202
  • 5.­207-210
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275-276
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­319-320
  • 5.­330
  • 5.­332
  • 6.­6-7
  • 6.­9-10
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­50-53
  • 6.­64-65
  • 6.­71-72
  • 6.­74
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­139-142
  • 6.­161
  • 6.­245-246
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­323
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­379-380
  • 6.­382-383
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­391-392
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­437-438
  • 6.­440-441
  • 6.­446-449
  • 6.­451
  • 6.­456
  • 6.­499-501
  • 6.­508
  • 6.­510
  • 7.­14-15
  • 7.­24
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­41-43
  • 7.­63
  • 7.­66-67
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­121-124
  • 7.­128-129
  • 7.­131-134
  • 7.­150
  • 7.­154-155
  • 7.­164
  • 7.­190
  • 7.­207
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­217-218
  • 7.­227-228
  • 7.­231
  • 7.­233-234
  • 7.­241
  • 7.­246
  • 7.­248
  • 7.­250
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­122
  • 8.­124
  • 9.­20
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­50-51
  • 9.­53
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­93
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­128
  • 9.­130
  • 9.­135
  • 9.­137
  • 9.­144
  • 9.­173-174
  • 10.­100
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­203
  • 10.­211-214
  • 10.­216-218
  • 10.­233-234
  • 10.­239-241
  • 10.­247-248
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­377
  • 10.­380
  • g.­33
  • g.­34
  • g.­60
  • g.­67
  • g.­84
  • g.­117
  • g.­169
  • g.­206
  • g.­208
  • g.­254
  • g.­257
  • g.­261
  • g.­273
  • g.­289
  • g.­320
  • g.­424
  • g.­446
  • g.­554
  • g.­614
  • g.­656
g.­38

ascetic

Wylie:
  • dge sbyong
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སྦྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śramaṇa

A mendicant; sometimes employed as a title of the Buddha.

Located in 110 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­446
  • 2.­14
  • 2.­32
  • 2.­39
  • 2.­51
  • 2.­69
  • 2.­102
  • 2.­111
  • 2.­116
  • 2.­155
  • 2.­279
  • 2.­358
  • 2.­386
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­412
  • 2.­436
  • 2.­442
  • 2.­461-462
  • 2.­464
  • 2.­554
  • 3.­30-32
  • 3.­73
  • 3.­83
  • 3.­285-286
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­388
  • 3.­390-391
  • 3.­393
  • 3.­395-396
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­98
  • 4.­140
  • 4.­159
  • 4.­171-178
  • 4.­193
  • 5.­191
  • 5.­198-201
  • 5.­266-267
  • 5.­296
  • 5.­333
  • 6.­36
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­45
  • 6.­165
  • 6.­262
  • 6.­266-268
  • 6.­319
  • 6.­348-349
  • 6.­359
  • 7.­74-75
  • 7.­77
  • 7.­104
  • 7.­220
  • 7.­237
  • 7.­254
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­11
  • 8.­25
  • 8.­34
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­62
  • 8.­72
  • 8.­75
  • 8.­96
  • 10.­4-5
  • 10.­7
  • 10.­9
  • 10.­55-56
  • 10.­58-59
  • 10.­102
  • 10.­107
  • 10.­149
  • 10.­153
  • 10.­178
  • 10.­230
  • 10.­232
  • 10.­250
  • 10.­258
  • 10.­268
  • 10.­364
  • 10.­373
  • g.­378
  • g.­382
  • g.­411
  • g.­417
  • g.­623
g.­46

Atharva Veda

Wylie:
  • srid srung gi rig byed
Tibetan:
  • སྲིད་སྲུང་གི་རིག་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • atharvaveda

Along with the Ṛg Veda, Yajur Veda, and Sāma Veda, one of the four Vedas, the most ancient Sanskrit religious literature of India.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­240
  • 1.­378
  • 3.­310
  • 3.­326
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­212
  • 5.­265
  • 6.­35
  • 7.­167
  • 8.­18
  • 9.­4
  • 10.­96
  • 10.­296
  • g.­464
  • g.­494
  • g.­518
  • g.­671
g.­47

attainment of seeing

Wylie:
  • mthong ba’i snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • མཐོང་བའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • darśanasamāpatti

Entry point for the path of seeing, this is the direct perception of things as they are, ultimate reality, suchness.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­199
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 7.­68
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
g.­48

augur

Wylie:
  • bye brag phyed pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱེ་བྲག་ཕྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An individual who is gifted in reading natural signs and omens.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­380
  • 3.­64
  • 3.­425
  • 5.­130
  • 6.­369
  • 7.­8
g.­54

Band of Six

Wylie:
  • drug sde
Tibetan:
  • དྲུག་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍvargika

A certain band of monks of the Buddha’s order who appear throughout the vinaya literature as examples of those who break the monastic rules. In Pāli their names are given as Assaji, Punabbasu, Panduka, Lohitaka, Mettiya, and Bhummaja. The Hundred Deeds contains one story in which they trick the nun Sthūlanandā into thinking that they can help her attain magical powers.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­176
  • 1.­178
  • 1.­180
  • 1.­183
  • 1.­186
  • 1.­193
  • g.­544
g.­58

Beautiful to See

Wylie:
  • blta na sdug
Tibetan:
  • བལྟ་ན་སྡུག
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana RS

Peacock who overheard the Buddha teaching on Vulture Peak Mountain.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 6.­2
g.­61

Bhādra

Wylie:
  • khrums stod
  • grum stod
  • khrum stod
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲུམས་སྟོད།
  • གྲུམ་སྟོད།
  • ཁྲུམ་སྟོད།
Sanskrit:
  • bhādra

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 7.­1
g.­62

bhikṣuṇī

Wylie:
  • dge slong ma
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སློང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhikṣuṇī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term bhikṣuṇī, often translated as “nun,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term bhikṣu (to which the female grammatical ending ṇī is added) literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist nuns and monks‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity. In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a bhikṣuṇī follows 364 rules and a bhikṣu follows 253 rules as part of their moral discipline.

For the first few years of the Buddha’s teachings in India, there was no ordination for women. It started at the persistent request and display of determination of Mahāprajāpatī, the Buddha’s stepmother and aunt, together with five hundred former wives of men of Kapilavastu, who had themselves become monks. Mahāprajāpatī is thus considered to be the founder of the nun’s order.

In this text:

Also rendered here simply as “nun.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­185
  • n.­44
  • g.­188
  • g.­202
  • g.­402
  • g.­480
g.­65

Bimbisāra

Wylie:
  • bzo sbyangs gzugs can snying po
  • gzugs can snying po
Tibetan:
  • བཟོ་སྦྱངས་གཟུགས་ཅན་སྙིང་པོ།
  • གཟུགས་ཅན་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śreṇiya bimbisāra
  • bimbisāra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The king of Magadha and a great patron of the Buddha. His birth coincided with the Buddha’s, and his father, King Mahāpadma, named him “Essence of Gold” after mistakenly attributing the brilliant light that marked the Buddha’s birth to the birth of his son by Queen Bimbī (“Goldie”). Accounts of Bimbisāra’s youth and life can be found in The Chapter on Going Forth (Toh 1-1, Pravrajyāvastu).

King Śreṇya Bimbisāra first met with the Buddha early on, when the latter was the wandering mendicant known as Gautama. Impressed by his conduct, Bimbisāra offered to take Gautama into his court, but Gautama refused, and Bimbisāra wished him success in his quest for awakening and asked him to visit his palace after he had achieved his goal. One account of this episode can be found in the sixteenth chapter of The Play in Full (Toh 95, Lalitavistara). There are other accounts where the two meet earlier on in childhood; several episodes can be found, for example, in The Hundred Deeds (Toh 340, Karmaśataka). Later, after the Buddha’s awakening, Bimbisāra became one of his most famous patrons and donated to the saṅgha the Bamboo Grove, Veṇuvana, at the outskirts of the capital of Magadha, Rājagṛha, where he built residences for the monks. Bimbisāra was imprisoned and killed by his own son, the prince Ajātaśatru, who, influenced by Devadatta, sought to usurp his father’s throne.

In this text:

Also rendered here as “Śreṇiya Bimbisāra.”

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­103
  • 6.­259
  • 7.­136
  • 7.­139-140
  • 7.­149
  • 9.­150-152
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­252
  • 10.­254-257
  • 10.­269
  • 10.­279
  • 10.­285
  • 10.­288-289
  • 10.­341-342
  • n.­26
  • g.­101
  • g.­159
  • g.­173
  • g.­265
  • g.­325
  • g.­453
  • g.­460
  • g.­543
g.­67

Black (a brahmin)

Wylie:
  • nag po
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāla RS
  • kṛṣṇa RS

A certain dark-complected brahmin youth who became a sage, then heard the Dharma from the Buddha, became ordained, and manifested arhatship.

Not to be confused with Black the yakṣa who also appears in his story, nor with Kāla the nāga king (whose name in Tib. is the same nag po).

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­211-213
  • 5.­215
  • 5.­217-218
  • 5.­220
  • 5.­222-223
  • 5.­230
  • g.­68
  • g.­264
g.­68

Black (a yakṣa)

Wylie:
  • nag po
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāla RS
  • kṛṣṇa RS

A certain yakṣa tamed by the Buddha and subsequently sworn to protect the people of Rājagṛha.

Not to be confused with Black the brahmin who also appears in his story, nor with Kāla the nāga king.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­216
  • 5.­218
  • g.­67
  • g.­264
g.­70

blessed buddha

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • buddhabhagavān

An epithet of the buddhas.

Located in 350 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­37-38
  • 1.­46
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­98
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­143-144
  • 1.­149-150
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­169-170
  • 1.­264
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­274
  • 1.­276
  • 1.­284
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­300
  • 1.­311-313
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­326
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­350
  • 1.­386
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­399-400
  • 1.­403
  • 1.­417
  • 1.­432
  • 1.­438
  • 1.­440
  • 2.­3
  • 2.­21
  • 2.­40
  • 2.­58
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­87
  • 2.­94-95
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­149-150
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­189-190
  • 2.­193
  • 2.­196
  • 2.­209-210
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­231
  • 2.­244
  • 2.­257-258
  • 2.­262-263
  • 2.­267-268
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­339
  • 2.­345
  • 2.­348
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570
  • 2.­573
  • 2.­579
  • 2.­585-586
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­12-14
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­44-45
  • 3.­51-52
  • 3.­69-70
  • 3.­89
  • 3.­98-99
  • 3.­101-103
  • 3.­119-122
  • 3.­124
  • 3.­146-147
  • 3.­150
  • 3.­152
  • 3.­154
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­276
  • 3.­279-281
  • 3.­288
  • 3.­294
  • 3.­304-306
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­330
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­434
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­33
  • 4.­38-39
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­59
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­104
  • 4.­107-110
  • 4.­118-119
  • 4.­129
  • 4.­166
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­200-202
  • 4.­208
  • 4.­212-214
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­17
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­66-68
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­92
  • 5.­94-95
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­151-152
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­167-168
  • 5.­174
  • 5.­183-184
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­206
  • 5.­208-209
  • 5.­221-223
  • 5.­257
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­267
  • 5.­269
  • 5.­276-277
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­311
  • 5.­313
  • 5.­315-316
  • 5.­320-321
  • 5.­330
  • 5.­333
  • 6.­21
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­49-50
  • 6.­52
  • 6.­65
  • 6.­73-75
  • 6.­119
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­235
  • 6.­244-245
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­299
  • 6.­307-308
  • 6.­381-382
  • 6.­384
  • 6.­386
  • 6.­410-411
  • 6.­425
  • 6.­438-440
  • 6.­448-449
  • 6.­451-453
  • 6.­501-502
  • 6.­508
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­15-16
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­32
  • 7.­36-38
  • 7.­41-42
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­50
  • 7.­55-56
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­81
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­114-115
  • 7.­129-130
  • 7.­165
  • 7.­190-191
  • 7.­221
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­231
  • 7.­233
  • 7.­238
  • 7.­243
  • 7.­246-248
  • 7.­257
  • 7.­266
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­36
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­61-62
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­76-78
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­84-86
  • 8.­91
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­97
  • 8.­101
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­110
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­34
  • 9.­39
  • 9.­54
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­71
  • 9.­81
  • 9.­86
  • 9.­120
  • 9.­131
  • 9.­140
  • 9.­153
  • 9.­159
  • 9.­174
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­16
  • 10.­87-88
  • 10.­105
  • 10.­135
  • 10.­156
  • 10.­214-217
  • 10.­221
  • 10.­223
  • 10.­232
  • 10.­234-235
  • 10.­239-240
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­248
  • 10.­257
  • 10.­288
  • 10.­343
  • 10.­363
  • 10.­394
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­419
  • 10.­423
  • 10.­450
g.­71

blessed one

Wylie:
  • bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhagavān

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Buddhist literature, this is an epithet applied to buddhas, most often to Śākyamuni. The Sanskrit term generally means “possessing fortune,” but in specifically Buddhist contexts it implies that a buddha is in possession of six auspicious qualities (bhaga) associated with complete awakening. The Tibetan term‍—where bcom is said to refer to “subduing” the four māras, ldan to “possessing” the great qualities of buddhahood, and ’das to “going beyond” saṃsāra and nirvāṇa‍—possibly reflects the commentarial tradition where the Sanskrit bhagavat is interpreted, in addition, as “one who destroys the four māras.” This is achieved either by reading bhagavat as bhagnavat (“one who broke”), or by tracing the word bhaga to the root √bhañj (“to break”).

Located in 1,275 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­8
  • 1.­23
  • 1.­28-29
  • 1.­41
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­70-71
  • 1.­87
  • 1.­118-124
  • 1.­131
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­138
  • 1.­144-148
  • 1.­151-157
  • 1.­159-161
  • 1.­164
  • 1.­169-170
  • 1.­172
  • 1.­185-186
  • 1.­194
  • 1.­230-235
  • 1.­237-238
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­253
  • 1.­264
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­268-270
  • 1.­278
  • 1.­285
  • 1.­291-296
  • 1.­303-309
  • 1.­315
  • 1.­338
  • 1.­341-342
  • 1.­354-361
  • 1.­363
  • 1.­383-391
  • 1.­394
  • 1.­404
  • 1.­416
  • 1.­420-424
  • 1.­426-431
  • 1.­442-443
  • 1.­446
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­5
  • 2.­9
  • 2.­11
  • 2.­18
  • 2.­20
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­27
  • 2.­29
  • 2.­36
  • 2.­38-39
  • 2.­42
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­55
  • 2.­57
  • 2.­60
  • 2.­64
  • 2.­66
  • 2.­73
  • 2.­75
  • 2.­82
  • 2.­87-98
  • 2.­115-116
  • 2.­123
  • 2.­142-143
  • 2.­147-148
  • 2.­152
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­181-183
  • 2.­195
  • 2.­200
  • 2.­202-203
  • 2.­205
  • 2.­212
  • 2.­216
  • 2.­218-220
  • 2.­222-223
  • 2.­225
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­235-240
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­244-246
  • 2.­248-253
  • 2.­255-256
  • 2.­261-262
  • 2.­265-267
  • 2.­270
  • 2.­274
  • 2.­276
  • 2.­283
  • 2.­285-286
  • 2.­311
  • 2.­314
  • 2.­319-321
  • 2.­323-327
  • 2.­342-347
  • 2.­350
  • 2.­354-355
  • 2.­362
  • 2.­364
  • 2.­375
  • 2.­377-378
  • 2.­380
  • 2.­385-389
  • 2.­391-394
  • 2.­406-407
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­411
  • 2.­413-414
  • 2.­419-420
  • 2.­429-431
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­459-463
  • 2.­465-468
  • 2.­487
  • 2.­509
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­522-523
  • 2.­525-530
  • 2.­548-549
  • 2.­572
  • 2.­576
  • 2.­578
  • 2.­580-588
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­2-12
  • 3.­16-21
  • 3.­26-27
  • 3.­30
  • 3.­32-37
  • 3.­39-45
  • 3.­54-59
  • 3.­66
  • 3.­68
  • 3.­70-75
  • 3.­77-82
  • 3.­84-85
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­90-92
  • 3.­98-99
  • 3.­105
  • 3.­109-110
  • 3.­116-119
  • 3.­126
  • 3.­132-133
  • 3.­135-137
  • 3.­143
  • 3.­146-147
  • 3.­154
  • 3.­187
  • 3.­193-195
  • 3.­199
  • 3.­201
  • 3.­210-213
  • 3.­218-220
  • 3.­224
  • 3.­228-230
  • 3.­234-235
  • 3.­238
  • 3.­240-241
  • 3.­245-246
  • 3.­249
  • 3.­256-257
  • 3.­261-262
  • 3.­265
  • 3.­268-273
  • 3.­275-280
  • 3.­283-284
  • 3.­287
  • 3.­292-295
  • 3.­300-304
  • 3.­309
  • 3.­311
  • 3.­313-316
  • 3.­319-324
  • 3.­332
  • 3.­336-338
  • 3.­343
  • 3.­353-355
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365
  • 3.­371
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­385-386
  • 3.­398-399
  • 3.­402-404
  • 3.­407
  • 3.­415-418
  • 3.­422
  • 4.­2-4
  • 4.­21-23
  • 4.­27-31
  • 4.­33-34
  • 4.­41-42
  • 4.­50-51
  • 4.­59
  • 4.­64-66
  • 4.­76
  • 4.­86-88
  • 4.­92-93
  • 4.­95-98
  • 4.­102-105
  • 4.­107
  • 4.­112
  • 4.­118-124
  • 4.­127-129
  • 4.­131
  • 4.­135
  • 4.­137
  • 4.­144
  • 4.­146
  • 4.­151-160
  • 4.­165-166
  • 4.­169-170
  • 4.­172
  • 4.­180
  • 4.­189
  • 4.­193-197
  • 4.­199-200
  • 4.­204
  • 4.­211
  • 4.­214-219
  • 4.­221
  • 4.­233
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­11-12
  • 5.­16-23
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­53-59
  • 5.­65
  • 5.­71
  • 5.­82
  • 5.­85-89
  • 5.­105-106
  • 5.­109-112
  • 5.­115-117
  • 5.­119
  • 5.­136-143
  • 5.­154
  • 5.­158-163
  • 5.­170
  • 5.­177-180
  • 5.­186
  • 5.­188
  • 5.­191-197
  • 5.­202-204
  • 5.­206
  • 5.­211
  • 5.­218-219
  • 5.­221-223
  • 5.­225-227
  • 5.­236
  • 5.­238-242
  • 5.­244-255
  • 5.­257-258
  • 5.­264
  • 5.­268
  • 5.­270-277
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­307-309
  • 5.­313-314
  • 5.­316-321
  • 5.­332-333
  • 6.­2-4
  • 6.­7-11
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­20
  • 6.­24-26
  • 6.­28-29
  • 6.­34
  • 6.­37-39
  • 6.­41-48
  • 6.­54
  • 6.­56-66
  • 6.­72-73
  • 6.­78-81
  • 6.­83-85
  • 6.­118-120
  • 6.­136-140
  • 6.­142-145
  • 6.­162
  • 6.­166-168
  • 6.­185
  • 6.­187
  • 6.­191-192
  • 6.­195-196
  • 6.­200
  • 6.­234-236
  • 6.­243-244
  • 6.­254
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­294-300
  • 6.­304
  • 6.­316-318
  • 6.­327-328
  • 6.­330-333
  • 6.­335
  • 6.­339-344
  • 6.­351-353
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­367-368
  • 6.­371-372
  • 6.­374
  • 6.­377
  • 6.­379
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­393
  • 6.­407-410
  • 6.­414
  • 6.­430-432
  • 6.­435
  • 6.­437-439
  • 6.­442
  • 6.­445-446
  • 6.­448-449
  • 6.­452
  • 6.­458
  • 6.­466
  • 6.­468-474
  • 6.­502
  • 6.­507
  • 7.­2
  • 7.­7-16
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­29
  • 7.­31
  • 7.­33-36
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­44
  • 7.­49-51
  • 7.­53-57
  • 7.­59
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­68
  • 7.­70
  • 7.­73
  • 7.­76
  • 7.­81-82
  • 7.­84-86
  • 7.­92
  • 7.­98-103
  • 7.­107-108
  • 7.­110-111
  • 7.­117-121
  • 7.­124
  • 7.­129-130
  • 7.­136
  • 7.­139
  • 7.­149-157
  • 7.­165
  • 7.­189-190
  • 7.­192-194
  • 7.­197
  • 7.­204
  • 7.­209-211
  • 7.­220
  • 7.­224-230
  • 7.­235
  • 7.­239-247
  • 7.­251
  • 7.­253-257
  • 7.­265-266
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­5-13
  • 8.­15-17
  • 8.­21-24
  • 8.­27-30
  • 8.­34-37
  • 8.­39
  • 8.­41-42
  • 8.­45-46
  • 8.­48-51
  • 8.­54
  • 8.­56-57
  • 8.­67-68
  • 8.­70-71
  • 8.­74-79
  • 8.­83-87
  • 8.­89-92
  • 8.­94-95
  • 8.­100-103
  • 8.­105-106
  • 8.­108-112
  • 8.­114-116
  • 8.­118-126
  • 8.­128
  • 9.­2
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­11-12
  • 9.­17-22
  • 9.­28
  • 9.­31
  • 9.­34-40
  • 9.­46
  • 9.­48-49
  • 9.­53-54
  • 9.­63
  • 9.­67
  • 9.­71-74
  • 9.­76-81
  • 9.­85-86
  • 9.­90-101
  • 9.­105-106
  • 9.­115
  • 9.­118-119
  • 9.­121-131
  • 9.­134
  • 9.­139
  • 9.­143-145
  • 9.­150-159
  • 9.­162
  • 9.­165-175
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­14
  • 10.­16-30
  • 10.­33-36
  • 10.­41-42
  • 10.­46-47
  • 10.­51-52
  • 10.­54-58
  • 10.­60
  • 10.­63
  • 10.­65
  • 10.­69-70
  • 10.­77-78
  • 10.­82-88
  • 10.­90
  • 10.­95
  • 10.­100-105
  • 10.­124-135
  • 10.­148
  • 10.­150-156
  • 10.­171
  • 10.­178-184
  • 10.­187-193
  • 10.­205
  • 10.­209-211
  • 10.­214
  • 10.­219
  • 10.­221-223
  • 10.­225-229
  • 10.­231-234
  • 10.­242
  • 10.­246-253
  • 10.­255-257
  • 10.­259
  • 10.­261
  • 10.­265
  • 10.­267
  • 10.­269
  • 10.­273-274
  • 10.­279
  • 10.­281-283
  • 10.­286-289
  • 10.­343
  • 10.­346-353
  • 10.­357
  • 10.­359-363
  • 10.­371-376
  • 10.­378-380
  • 10.­385
  • 10.­394-395
  • 10.­426-427
  • 10.­434-435
  • 10.­437-438
  • 10.­440
  • 10.­447-450
  • 10.­452
  • 10.­454-455
  • n.­47-48
  • n.­62
  • n.­156
  • n.­160
  • n.­162
  • n.­183
  • n.­210
  • g.­516
  • g.­535
g.­75

bodhisattva

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhisattva

A buddha in training. Also sometimes used as a title when referring to the Buddha in a previous incarnation, i.e., “the Bodhisattva.”

Located in 121 passages in the translation:

  • i.­8
  • 1.­449
  • 2.­120
  • 2.­137-138
  • 2.­141-142
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­458
  • 2.­470
  • 2.­472-473
  • 2.­477
  • 2.­483-485
  • 2.­488-493
  • 2.­508
  • 3.­9-10
  • 3.­277
  • 3.­279
  • 3.­384
  • 3.­436
  • 3.­438
  • 4.­13-15
  • 4.­17-18
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­45
  • 4.­48
  • 4.­55
  • 4.­58
  • 4.­188
  • 5.­64
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­100
  • 5.­131
  • 5.­133-134
  • 5.­150
  • 5.­182
  • 5.­201
  • 5.­230
  • 5.­235-236
  • 6.­71
  • 6.­135
  • 6.­241
  • 6.­311
  • 6.­313-316
  • 6.­336
  • 6.­370-372
  • 6.­400
  • 6.­403-406
  • 6.­424-429
  • 7.­187
  • 7.­271
  • 9.­26
  • 9.­44
  • 9.­84
  • 9.­108
  • 9.­112-113
  • 9.­148
  • 9.­161
  • 9.­181
  • 10.­8-10
  • 10.­116-119
  • 10.­121
  • 10.­123
  • 10.­170
  • 10.­355
  • 10.­369
  • 10.­403-405
  • 10.­407
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­411-416
  • 10.­418-419
  • 10.­421
  • n.­9
  • n.­51
  • g.­138
  • g.­142
  • g.­406
  • g.­438
  • g.­514
  • g.­580
g.­78

Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmā

One of the primary deities of the purāṇic Hindu pantheon, and perhaps the first to take on the status formerly held by the cosmic being Prajāpati in the literature of the brāhmaṇas. As a creator god in the purāṇas, Brahmā is said to have pronounced the mantras of four vedas from each of his four faces and thus established the sonic foundation for the manifestation of the cosmos. Though not considered a creator god in Buddhist literature, in his form as Sahāṃpati Brahmā, Brahmā occupies an important place as one of two deities (the other being Indra/Śakra) that are said to have exhorted Śākyamuni to teach the Dharma in the hagiographic literature. The particular heavens over which Brahmā rules are often some of the most sought after realms of higher rebirth in Buddhist literature. Among his epithets is “Lord of Sahā World” (Sahāṃpati).

Located in 45 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­88
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­316
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­156
  • 2.­404-405
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­412
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 3.­432
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­102
  • 7.­39
  • 7.­69
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­134
  • 10.­85
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­224-225
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­304-306
  • 10.­309-310
  • 10.­314-315
  • 10.­317-318
  • 10.­325
  • 10.­329
  • 10.­399
  • g.­82
  • g.­485
  • g.­487
  • g.­660
g.­80

Brahmadatta (past)

Wylie:
  • tshangs pas byin
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmadatta

King of the city of Vārāṇasī and the country of Kāśi before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. Not to be confused with the king of the same name who ruled the same city of Vārāṇasī during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 65 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­187
  • 2.­124-125
  • 2.­128-129
  • 2.­131-135
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­432
  • 2.­437
  • 3.­155
  • 4.­183
  • 5.­60
  • 5.­62-63
  • 6.­11-12
  • 6.­17
  • 6.­19
  • 6.­67-69
  • 6.­71
  • 6.­121
  • 6.­124
  • 6.­127
  • 6.­130
  • 6.­132
  • 6.­393-397
  • 7.­166
  • 7.­172-174
  • 7.­177-178
  • 7.­180-182
  • 7.­185
  • 7.­210
  • 7.­218
  • 7.­267
  • 9.­82
  • 9.­84
  • 10.­196
  • 10.­364
  • 10.­367-368
  • n.­131
  • g.­12
  • g.­14
  • g.­272
  • g.­528
  • g.­595
  • g.­597
  • g.­644
  • g.­665
  • g.­666
g.­81

Brahmadatta (present)

Wylie:
  • tshangs pas byin
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmadatta

King of the city of Vārāṇasī during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. Not to be confused with the king of the same name who ruled the city of Vārāṇasī and the country of Kāśi before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­251
  • 1.­255-256
  • 1.­258
  • 1.­262-263
  • 1.­278-284
  • 1.­287-288
  • 5.­32-39
  • 5.­41-43
  • 5.­45-47
  • 5.­59
  • n.­131
  • g.­273
  • g.­296
  • g.­297
  • g.­441
g.­88

calm abiding

Wylie:
  • zhi gnas
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • śamatha

Single-pointed meditative concentration developed through the techniques of settling the mind (Rigzin 352).

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­150
  • 1.­386
  • 2.­244
  • 3.­69
  • 4.­213
  • 5.­17
  • 5.­222
  • 5.­269
  • 5.­315
  • 6.­165
  • 6.­386
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­32
  • 7.­238
  • g.­250
  • g.­471
g.­92

Candrā

Wylie:
  • zla ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • candrā

Daughter of the high brahmin Candrasukha of Śrāvastī, her mother, during her pregnancy, wished to engage in philosophical debate. She herself grew up to be a great debater. Ordained a nun, she learned the Prātimokṣa Sūtra by heart after hearing the Buddha recite it just once.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­236-237
  • 7.­244-246
  • 7.­249
  • g.­94
g.­94

Candrasukha

Wylie:
  • zla ba bde ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • candrasukha RS

A certain high brahmin in Śrāvastī whose wife, upon conceiving, began wishing to engage in philosophical debate. She then gave birth to the great debater named Candrā, a nun who learned the Prātimokṣa Sūtra by heart after hearing the Buddha recite it just once.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­235-236
  • g.­92
g.­96

Catuṣka

Wylie:
  • bzhi ldan
Tibetan:
  • བཞི་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • catuṣka

The name of King Śibi’s palace.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­396
  • g.­514
g.­101

Citra Mounted on an Elephant

Wylie:
  • nag pa glang chen gnas
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པ་གླང་ཆེན་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

In Rājagṛha, the son of King Bimbisāra’s elephant trainer Elephant Heart. He is tricked into giving back his precepts, then becomes ordained once again.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­137-138
  • 7.­141-142
  • 7.­144
  • 7.­147-152
  • 7.­154-155
  • 7.­164-165
  • 7.­187
  • g.­100
  • g.­159
g.­107

conditioned things

Wylie:
  • ’du byed
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃskāra

This term refers to composite objects in the generic sense. In other contexts, it can also refer to “formations.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­176
g.­108

consciousness

Wylie:
  • rnam par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vijñāna

One of the five aggregates, and third of the twelve links of dependent origination, this is sometimes also called “cognition,” and is the self-reflexive awareness of beings.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­421
  • 2.­424
  • 2.­427
  • 3.­38-39
  • 3.­165
  • 7.­95-96
  • 7.­201
  • 10.­269-272
  • 10.­277-278
  • 10.­281
  • 10.­283-284
  • g.­11
  • g.­154
g.­109

constituent element

Wylie:
  • khams
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhātu

Also rendered here as “temperament” and “element.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­71
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­309
  • 2.­286
  • 2.­550
  • 3.­386
  • 4.­181
  • 10.­194
  • g.­158
  • g.­579
g.­111

contemplation

Wylie:
  • yid la byed pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ལ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • manasikāra

To direct one’s attention to an object for a period of time.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­273
  • 7.­140
  • 7.­180
  • 7.­186
g.­112

counselor

Wylie:
  • mkhan po
Tibetan:
  • མཁན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upādhyāya

The person from whom one receives vows. It is also the title of the head of a monastery and used here to refer to a royal magistrate. Also rendered here as “preceptor.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­299
  • 10.­301
  • 10.­303
  • 10.­327
  • 10.­331
  • 10.­333
  • 10.­335
  • 10.­337
  • g.­443
g.­113

Covered

Wylie:
  • sbas pa
Tibetan:
  • སྦས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Second name given to Deluded.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­174
  • g.­123
g.­115

craving

Wylie:
  • ’dun pa
Tibetan:
  • འདུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • chanda

An afflictive emotion. In other contexts also for the Tib. sred pa.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­355
  • 2.­416-417
  • 6.­85-86
  • 6.­504
  • 10.­26-29
  • 10.­31-32
  • 10.­52
  • 10.­54
g.­119

Daṇḍadhara

Wylie:
  • lag na dbyug thogs
  • dbyug thogs
Tibetan:
  • ལག་ན་དབྱུག་ཐོགས།
  • དབྱུག་ཐོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • daṇḍadhāra
  • daṇḍapāṇi

An alternate form of the name Daṇḍapāṇi, a Śākya clan member and the father of Gopā and Yaśodharā. In The Hundred Deeds he is noted as the father of mda’ thogs, rendered here with the potential back-translation Iṣudhara.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­232
  • 5.­234
  • g.­252
  • g.­673
g.­120

Datta

Wylie:
  • drang srong sbyin
Tibetan:
  • དྲང་སྲོང་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • datta
  • iṣiḍatta
  • ṛṣidatta
  • riṣidatta
  • ṛddhidatta

A certain sage whom The Hundred Deeds appears to list as one of the attendants of the queen in Śrāvastī during the time of the Buddha. Elsewhere he and his associate Purāṇa are remembered as a ministers or attendants (sthapati) to King Prasenajit.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­121
  • g.­445
g.­121

deed

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

See “action.” Also used to translate other synonyms, like mdzad pa.

Located in 111 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • 1.­39
  • 1.­86
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­277
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­314
  • 1.­352
  • 1.­402
  • 1.­441
  • 1.­450
  • 2.­5
  • 2.­9
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­27
  • 2.­42
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­60
  • 2.­64
  • 2.­151
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­211
  • 2.­232
  • 2.­259
  • 2.­264
  • 2.­270
  • 2.­274
  • 2.­350
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­448-449
  • 2.­503-504
  • 2.­571
  • 2.­609
  • 3.­15
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­104
  • 3.­123
  • 3.­153
  • 3.­193
  • 3.­282
  • 3.­307
  • 3.­402
  • 3.­439
  • 4.­40
  • 4.­111
  • 4.­131
  • 4.­135
  • 4.­152
  • 4.­168
  • 4.­203
  • 4.­222
  • 4.­232
  • 4.­234
  • 5.­31
  • 5.­69
  • 5.­93
  • 5.­96
  • 5.­124
  • 5.­153
  • 5.­169
  • 5.­185
  • 5.­210
  • 5.­247
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­304
  • 5.­332
  • 5.­335
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­53
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­229
  • 6.­246
  • 6.­265
  • 6.­309
  • 6.­383
  • 6.­392
  • 6.­411
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­452
  • 6.­457
  • 6.­510-511
  • 7.­43
  • 7.­60
  • 7.­116
  • 7.­181
  • 7.­234
  • 7.­250
  • 7.­272
  • 8.­129
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­88
  • 9.­137
  • 9.­183
  • 10.­93
  • 10.­152
  • 10.­218
  • 10.­241
  • 10.­298
  • 10.­456-457
  • n.­120
  • g.­7
  • g.­308
  • g.­524
  • g.­559
g.­123

Deluded

Wylie:
  • rmongs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྨོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Son of householders in the country of Śūrpāraka. During the time of the Buddha, he was also known as Covered.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­1
  • 10.­171-172
  • 10.­174-176
  • 10.­180-182
  • 10.­185-186
  • 10.­188-190
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­202
  • g.­113
g.­124

demigod

Wylie:
  • lha ma yin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit:
  • asura

Also called “antigods” or “titans,” these are a lower type of celestial being who out of jealousy are forever in conflict with the gods. See also “five destinies.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­409
  • 2.­412
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­20-22
  • 10.­69
  • n.­230
  • g.­167
g.­126

deva

Wylie:
  • lha
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • deva

Lit. “god.” An honorific term of address for royalty, similar to “Your Majesty.”

Located in 61 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­205
  • 1.­209
  • 1.­220-221
  • 1.­223-224
  • 1.­244
  • 1.­281
  • 1.­365
  • 1.­374
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­129-130
  • 2.­134
  • 2.­136
  • 2.­336
  • 2.­404-405
  • 3.­296
  • 3.­298-299
  • 3.­426
  • 3.­428-429
  • 3.­432-433
  • 4.­11-12
  • 4.­226
  • 5.­43
  • 5.­79
  • 5.­84-85
  • 5.­132-133
  • 6.­126
  • 6.­131
  • 6.­134
  • 6.­151
  • 6.­240
  • 6.­396
  • 6.­423
  • 7.­106
  • 7.­172
  • 10.­91
  • 10.­110
  • 10.­114
  • 10.­120
  • 10.­163
  • 10.­167
  • 10.­177-179
  • 10.­298-299
  • 10.­301-303
  • 10.­306
  • 10.­364
  • g.­203
g.­127

Devaḍaha

Wylie:
  • lha mthong
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • devaḍaha

A Śākya village once ruled by Śākya Suprabuddha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­127
  • g.­332
g.­128

Devadatta

Wylie:
  • lha sbyin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • devadatta

The Buddha’s cousin and fellow Śākya clan member as well as his brother-in-law; brother of Ānanda and Upadhāna. His hostility toward Buddha Śākyamuni is widely recorded in Buddhist literature, and as a result he often represents the paradigm of improper behavior and attitudes toward the Buddha and the Buddhist saṅgha.

Located in 52 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­116
  • 2.­118-123
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­461-467
  • 2.­485
  • 2.­487
  • 2.­508
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365
  • 3.­373
  • 4.­171-172
  • 4.­175
  • 4.­178
  • 4.­188
  • 10.­124-125
  • 10.­149-156
  • 10.­170
  • n.­26
  • n.­52
  • n.­121
  • n.­216
  • g.­24
  • g.­209
  • g.­277
  • g.­285
  • g.­290
  • g.­303
  • g.­373
  • g.­496
  • g.­593
  • g.­625
  • g.­673
g.­129

Dhanika

Wylie:
  • nor can
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • dhanika RS

A certain householder in Rājagṛha during the time of the Buddha, he was father of Sudarśana.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­115
  • 9.­122
  • g.­554
g.­130

Dharma

Wylie:
  • chos
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term dharma conveys ten different meanings, according to Vasubandhu’s Vyākhyā­yukti. The primary meanings are as follows: the doctrine taught by the Buddha (Dharma); the ultimate reality underlying and expressed through the Buddha’s teaching (Dharma); the trainings that the Buddha’s teaching stipulates (dharmas); the various awakened qualities or attainments acquired through practicing and realizing the Buddha’s teaching (dharmas); qualities or aspects more generally, i.e., phenomena or phenomenal attributes (dharmas); and mental objects (dharmas).

Located in 557 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • 1.­8
  • 1.­12-15
  • 1.­20-23
  • 1.­31-32
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­49-50
  • 1.­53-54
  • 1.­60
  • 1.­75
  • 1.­82-83
  • 1.­100
  • 1.­106
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­119
  • 1.­122
  • 1.­126
  • 1.­144
  • 1.­148
  • 1.­152-153
  • 1.­156
  • 1.­169
  • 1.­185
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­198
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­203
  • 1.­226
  • 1.­229-230
  • 1.­232
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­238
  • 1.­242
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­253
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­268
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­284
  • 1.­292
  • 1.­294
  • 1.­303-304
  • 1.­307
  • 1.­335
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­351
  • 1.­354
  • 1.­363
  • 1.­386-388
  • 1.­396-397
  • 1.­421-423
  • 1.­428
  • 1.­433
  • 1.­447-448
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­8
  • 2.­26
  • 2.­38
  • 2.­45
  • 2.­63
  • 2.­89
  • 2.­100
  • 2.­113
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­202
  • 2.­204
  • 2.­206
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­236-237
  • 2.­239
  • 2.­243
  • 2.­245-246
  • 2.­249-250
  • 2.­253-254
  • 2.­266
  • 2.­273
  • 2.­289
  • 2.­292
  • 2.­317
  • 2.­332
  • 2.­340
  • 2.­353
  • 2.­374
  • 2.­379
  • 2.­392
  • 2.­406-409
  • 2.­411-413
  • 2.­419
  • 2.­429
  • 2.­432
  • 2.­494
  • 2.­496
  • 2.­498
  • 2.­504
  • 2.­507
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­525
  • 2.­528-529
  • 2.­531-532
  • 2.­561-562
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­578
  • 2.­580
  • 2.­591
  • 2.­593-594
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­2-5
  • 3.­16
  • 3.­26
  • 3.­30
  • 3.­37-42
  • 3.­54
  • 3.­70-71
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­78
  • 3.­80
  • 3.­84
  • 3.­90
  • 3.­100
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­132-133
  • 3.­136-137
  • 3.­139
  • 3.­194
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­219
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­234
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­245
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­261
  • 3.­268-272
  • 3.­294
  • 3.­300-301
  • 3.­311
  • 3.­315-316
  • 3.­320-322
  • 3.­327
  • 3.­337
  • 3.­342-343
  • 3.­351-352
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­390
  • 3.­403
  • 3.­408-409
  • 3.­416
  • 3.­423
  • 4.­3
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­28-30
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­47-48
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­57-58
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­91-92
  • 4.­96-97
  • 4.­106
  • 4.­118-119
  • 4.­134
  • 4.­151
  • 4.­153-154
  • 4.­156
  • 4.­162
  • 4.­178
  • 4.­195-196
  • 4.­211
  • 4.­214-215
  • 4.­218
  • 5.­17-18
  • 5.­20
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­67-68
  • 5.­70
  • 5.­81-82
  • 5.­85
  • 5.­88
  • 5.­102
  • 5.­105
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­140-141
  • 5.­161
  • 5.­189
  • 5.­192-194
  • 5.­199
  • 5.­204-206
  • 5.­222-223
  • 5.­225
  • 5.­243-245
  • 5.­249-250
  • 5.­252
  • 5.­256
  • 5.­272-274
  • 5.­308
  • 5.­316-318
  • 5.­322
  • 5.­330-331
  • 6.­2-3
  • 6.­6
  • 6.­25
  • 6.­32-33
  • 6.­39
  • 6.­44
  • 6.­46
  • 6.­59-61
  • 6.­63
  • 6.­70
  • 6.­78
  • 6.­80
  • 6.­85
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­158
  • 6.­162
  • 6.­165
  • 6.­168
  • 6.­172
  • 6.­176-177
  • 6.­183-184
  • 6.­198-199
  • 6.­201
  • 6.­203-206
  • 6.­208
  • 6.­210
  • 6.­214
  • 6.­219
  • 6.­221
  • 6.­227-228
  • 6.­230
  • 6.­260
  • 6.­272-273
  • 6.­295
  • 6.­298-300
  • 6.­305
  • 6.­316-318
  • 6.­333
  • 6.­338-339
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­348-352
  • 6.­371
  • 6.­374
  • 6.­379
  • 6.­385
  • 6.­387-388
  • 6.­430-432
  • 6.­436
  • 7.­9
  • 7.­11-13
  • 7.­16-17
  • 7.­19
  • 7.­23
  • 7.­31
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­49
  • 7.­68-69
  • 7.­92
  • 7.­94
  • 7.­97-98
  • 7.­100-103
  • 7.­107
  • 7.­112-113
  • 7.­118-120
  • 7.­122
  • 7.­139
  • 7.­146
  • 7.­149-151
  • 7.­173
  • 7.­178
  • 7.­180
  • 7.­198-200
  • 7.­207
  • 7.­211-212
  • 7.­225-227
  • 7.­239-240
  • 7.­243
  • 7.­255-256
  • 7.­262
  • 8.­35
  • 8.­37
  • 8.­59
  • 8.­62
  • 8.­68
  • 8.­71
  • 8.­83
  • 8.­89
  • 8.­91
  • 8.­100
  • 8.­108-112
  • 8.­114-115
  • 8.­123
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­18-19
  • 9.­25
  • 9.­31
  • 9.­35-37
  • 9.­48-49
  • 9.­51-52
  • 9.­58
  • 9.­60
  • 9.­74
  • 9.­77
  • 9.­80
  • 9.­83
  • 9.­91-92
  • 9.­95
  • 9.­98
  • 9.­103
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­121
  • 9.­125-127
  • 9.­151
  • 9.­158
  • 9.­166-168
  • 9.­170-172
  • 10.­19-20
  • 10.­32
  • 10.­70
  • 10.­81
  • 10.­102-104
  • 10.­106
  • 10.­108
  • 10.­125
  • 10.­132
  • 10.­180
  • 10.­182-183
  • 10.­185-189
  • 10.­210
  • 10.­212-213
  • 10.­220-221
  • 10.­229
  • 10.­231
  • 10.­233
  • 10.­246-247
  • 10.­255-256
  • 10.­275
  • 10.­277
  • 10.­285-286
  • 10.­290
  • 10.­328
  • 10.­342
  • 10.­346
  • 10.­349-351
  • 10.­354
  • 10.­372
  • 10.­374
  • 10.­377
  • 10.­380
  • 10.­382
  • 10.­386-388
  • 10.­393
  • 10.­396
  • 10.­416
  • 10.­443
  • 10.­445-446
  • 10.­448
  • 10.­450
  • 10.­455
  • n.­48
  • n.­75
  • n.­93
  • g.­26
  • g.­67
  • g.­78
  • g.­118
  • g.­131
  • g.­142
  • g.­169
  • g.­254
  • g.­261
  • g.­289
  • g.­339
  • g.­346
  • g.­349
  • g.­372
  • g.­380
  • g.­395
  • g.­429
  • g.­432
  • g.­481
  • g.­516
  • g.­520
  • g.­554
  • g.­574
  • g.­600
  • g.­656
g.­132

Dharmadinnā

Wylie:
  • chos byin ma
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་བྱིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmadinnā

Daughter of King Prasenajit’s minister Dinna, betrothed to Viśākha. She achieved the state of a non-returner and displayed miracles at her wedding, receiving permission from her betrothed and his family to forgo marriage and go forth. Quite beautiful, as a novice she was threatened by lustful would-be suitors. Her predicament led to the Buddha permitting full ordination of nuns by message.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­132
  • 3.­137-139
  • 3.­141
  • 3.­143-146
  • 3.­152
  • 3.­154
  • 3.­186
  • g.­658
g.­135

diligence

Wylie:
  • brtson ’grus
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས།
Sanskrit:
  • vīrya

One of the seven limbs of enlightenment.

Located in 93 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­113
  • 1.­133
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­168
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293-294
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389-390
  • 1.­426-427
  • 1.­429
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­238
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­374
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­90
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­116-117
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­301-302
  • 3.­323
  • 3.­340
  • 3.­344
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­155
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­19
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­115
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­497
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­12
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­121
  • 7.­154
  • 7.­197
  • 7.­227
  • 7.­241
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­37
  • 8.­124
  • 9.­20
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­93
  • 9.­128
  • 9.­144
  • 9.­173
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­182
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­211
  • 10.­233
  • 10.­340
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­376
  • 10.­378-379
  • 10.­384
  • g.­510
g.­136

Dinna

Wylie:
  • byin pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dinna

One of King Prasenajit’s two chief ministers in Śrāvastī.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­126-129
  • 3.­131-132
  • 3.­135-137
  • 3.­141
  • g.­132
g.­140

Diśāṃpati

Wylie:
  • phyogs kyi bdag po
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱོགས་ཀྱི་བདག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • diśāṃpati

A certain king of the city of Pāṁśula who lived before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. His son was Reṇu.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­290
  • 10.­294
  • 10.­298
  • 10.­300
  • g.­210
  • g.­223
  • g.­411
  • g.­460
g.­141

disciple

Wylie:
  • nyan thos
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvaka

Also rendered here as “listener,” and sometimes also called “hearers,” the term originally referred to direct disciples of Buddha Śākyamuni who had actually heard the Buddha’s teachings; now commonly refers to those Buddhists who strive for their own nirvāṇa. Their primary fields of practice are the four noble truths and the twelve links of dependent origination (Rigzin 126).

Located in 107 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 2.­14
  • 2.­32
  • 2.­51
  • 2.­69
  • 2.­279
  • 2.­331
  • 2.­333-335
  • 2.­340
  • 2.­358
  • 2.­383
  • 2.­516
  • 2.­576
  • 2.­578
  • 3.­89
  • 3.­94
  • 3.­151
  • 3.­284
  • 3.­338-339
  • 3.­347-348
  • 3.­351
  • 3.­410
  • 4.­17-19
  • 4.­59
  • 4.­140
  • 4.­171
  • 4.­183-186
  • 4.­188
  • 4.­216
  • 5.­198
  • 5.­215
  • 5.­228
  • 5.­242
  • 6.­24
  • 6.­82-84
  • 6.­118
  • 6.­157
  • 6.­162
  • 6.­185-187
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­194-195
  • 6.­198
  • 6.­327
  • 6.­456
  • 7.­49
  • 7.­117
  • 7.­127
  • 7.­129
  • 7.­140
  • 7.­142
  • 7.­144
  • 7.­230
  • 8.­25
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­90
  • 9.­57-59
  • 9.­136
  • 10.­60
  • 10.­89
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­94
  • 10.­154
  • 10.­229
  • 10.­267
  • 10.­327
  • 10.­373
  • 10.­377
  • 10.­402-403
  • 10.­418
  • 10.­429
  • 10.­431
  • 10.­434
  • 10.­437
  • 10.­440
  • 10.­447
  • 10.­450
  • n.­47
  • n.­109
  • g.­28
  • g.­84
  • g.­148
  • g.­259
  • g.­319
  • g.­331
  • g.­373
  • g.­389
  • g.­452
  • g.­499
  • g.­520
  • g.­541
g.­142

discrimination

Wylie:
  • so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan:
  • སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pratisaṃvid
  • pratisaṃvedana

Four specific types of discernment. The four ways in which a bodhisattva knows distinct features, characteristics, and states of phenomena: (1) discrimination of dharma (dharmapratisaṃvid, chos so so yang dag rig pa); (2) discrimination of things (arthapratisaṃvid, so so yang dag rig pa); (3) discrimination of expression (niruktipratisaṃvid, nges tshig so so yang dag rig pa); (4) discrimination of eloquence (pratibhāna pratisaṃvid, spobs pa so so yang dag rig pa) (Rigzin 288, with slight adjustments to terminology in translation).

Located in 45 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
g.­144

disorder of vital energies

Wylie:
  • rlung
Tibetan:
  • རླུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • prāṇa

Lit. “wind,” one of the four elements that constitute all matter, including the physical body, and one of the three primary humors (doṣas) in the Āyuvedic medical traditions.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­141-142
g.­149

Droṇā

Wylie:
  • bre bo ma
Tibetan:
  • བྲེ་བོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • droṇā

One of eight children, a daughter, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­150

Droṇodana

Wylie:
  • bre bo zas
Tibetan:
  • བྲེ་བོ་ཟས།
Sanskrit:
  • droṇodana

One of eight children, a son, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­154

eight liberations

Wylie:
  • rnam par thar pa brgyad
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭavimokṣa

Included among the fifty-five types of virtuous phenomena, the first three occur within the form realm (gzugs kyi rnam par thar pa gsum): (1) the liberation of the embodied looking at a form (gzugs can gzugs la blta ba’i rnam thar), (2) liberation of the formless looking at a form (gzugs med gzugs la blta ba’i rnam thar), (3) liberation through beautiful form (sdug pa’i rnam par thar pa), and the latter five occur within the formless realm: (4) liberation of infinite space (nam mkha’ mtha’ yas kyi rnam thar), (5) liberation of infinite consciousness (rnam shes mtha’ yas kyi rnam thar), (6) liberation of nothingness (ci yang med pa’i rnam thar), (7) liberation of the peak of existence (srid rtsi’i rnam thar), and (8) liberation of cessation (’gog pa’i rnam thar) (Rigzin 236, 239).

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­285
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
g.­155

eight types of examination

Wylie:
  • rtag pa rnam pa brgyad
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་པ་རྣམ་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The (1) examination of cloth, (2) examination of jewels, (3) examination of gems, (4) examination of incense, (5) examination of medicine, (6) examination of elephants, (7) examination of horses, and (8) examination of arms and armor.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­59
  • 1.­105
  • 1.­140
  • 1.­332
  • 2.­164
  • 2.­372
  • 2.­435
  • 2.­553
  • 3.­156
  • 3.­177
  • 4.­205
  • 5.­108
  • 6.­5
  • 6.­55
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­252
  • 8.­107
  • 9.­23
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­55
  • 10.­172
g.­156

eighteen sciences

Wylie:
  • rig pa’i gnas bcwa brgyad
  • rig pa’i gnas bco brgyad
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པའི་གནས་བཅྭ་བརྒྱད།
  • རིག་པའི་གནས་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭadaśavidyāsthāna

(1) Music (gandharva, rol mo), (2) amorous skills (vāiśakam, ’khrig ’thab), (3) housekeeping (vārttā, ’tsho chos/so tshis), (4) mathematics (sāṃkhyā, grang can), (5) grammar (śabdha, sgra), (6) medicine (cikitsa, gso ba), (7) religious tradition (dharmanītī, chos lugs), (8) painting and handicrafts (śilpa, bzo ba), (9) archery (dhanurveda, ’phong spyod), (10) logic (hetu, gtan tshig), (11) pharmacology (cikitsayoga, sman spyor), (12) self-discipline (svaśīla, rang gi bcas pa), (13) reflection on study (śrutismṛiti, thos pa dran pa), (14) astronomy (jyotiṣa, skar ma’i dpyad), (15) astrology (gaṇita, rtsis), (16) magic (māyā, mig ’phrul), (17) history (purāṇam, sngon rabs), and (18) storytelling (itihāsakathā, sngon byung brjod pa) (Rigzin 395–6).

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­240
  • 1.­379
  • 3.­310
  • 3.­326
  • 4.­184
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­212
  • 5.­265
  • 6.­35
  • 7.­167
  • 8.­18
  • 10.­96
  • 10.­296
g.­158

element

Wylie:
  • khams
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhātu

Also rendered here as “temperament” and “constituent element.”

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­71
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­309
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­246
  • 2.­286
  • 2.­546
  • 2.­550
  • 3.­386
  • 4.­181
  • 10.­14
  • 10.­16
  • 10.­194
  • 10.­266
  • g.­109
  • g.­144
  • g.­579
g.­159

Elephant Heart

Wylie:
  • glang chen snying
Tibetan:
  • གླང་ཆེན་སྙིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • hastīsāra RS
  • hastīhṛdaya RS

In Rājagṛha, a certain elephant trainer for King Bimbisāra. His son was Citra Mounted on an Elephant.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­136-137
  • g.­101
g.­160

emotionally afflicted person

Wylie:
  • nyon mongs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃkleśa

See “afflictive emotions.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­35
  • 1.­79
  • 2.­603
  • 4.­162
  • 5.­25
  • 5.­328
  • 7.­21
  • 7.­61
  • 7.­213
g.­162

equanimity

Wylie:
  • btang snyoms
Tibetan:
  • བཏང་སྙོམས།
Sanskrit:
  • upekṣā

An unbiased attitude of equal regard for all sentient beings without discriminating between enemies, friends, or neutral people (Rigzin 147).

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­95
  • 6.­106-107
  • 6.­293
  • 10.­305
  • 10.­307
  • 10.­376
  • 10.­384
  • g.­510
  • g.­585
  • g.­588
g.­164

faculties

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indriya

May refer to the sense faculties or one’s cognitive power, according to context.

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­391
  • 3.­20-21
  • 4.­91
  • 5.­126
  • 5.­231
  • 5.­241
  • 5.­334
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­135
  • 7.­188
  • 7.­219
  • 7.­264
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­45
  • 9.­100
  • 9.­114
  • 9.­138
  • 9.­149
  • 9.­182
  • 10.­71-72
  • 10.­204
  • 10.­249
  • 10.­356
  • 10.­370
  • n.­61
  • g.­580
  • g.­585
g.­165

family priest

Wylie:
  • mdun na ’don
Tibetan:
  • མདུན་ན་འདོན།
Sanskrit:
  • purohita

Typically a reference to a priest in the Vedic tradition.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­197
  • 1.­205
  • 1.­208
  • 1.­239
  • 1.­244
  • 1.­246
g.­167

five destinies

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba lnga
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcagati

A shorter form of the six classes of beings, these are: (1) hell beings, (2) anguished spirits, (3) animals, (4) human beings, and (5) gods. The fifth category is divided into gods and demigods when six realms are enumerated.

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
  • g.­27
  • g.­124
  • g.­232
g.­168

five superknowledges

Wylie:
  • mngon par shes pa lnga
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcābhijñā

These are (1) knowledge of miracles (riddividhijñānam, rdzu ’phrul gyi mngon par shes pa), (2) knowledge of the divine eye (divyaṃcakṣuḥ, lha’i mig gi mngon par shes pa), (3) knowledge of the minds of others (paracittābhijñānam, lha’i rna ba’i mngon par shes pa), (4) knowledge of the divine ear (divyamśrotam, lha’i rna ba’i mngon par shes pa), and (5) knowledge recollecting past lives (pūrvanirvāsānusmṛitijñānam, sngon gnas rjes dran gyi mngon par shes pa). These five can be attained by non-Buddhist and Buddhist practitioners alike. A sixth can be attained only by Buddhist practitioners: (6) knowledge of the extinction of the contaminations (āsravakṣayābhijñā, zag pa zad pa’i mngon par shes pa) (Rigzin 95–6, except #6, Skt. via Negi).

Located in 74 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­241
  • 1.­443
  • 1.­448-449
  • 2.­303
  • 3.­92
  • 3.­94-96
  • 3.­390
  • 4.­34
  • 4.­36-37
  • 5.­59
  • 5.­61
  • 5.­63-64
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­146
  • 5.­149-150
  • 5.­180-182
  • 5.­197
  • 5.­200-201
  • 5.­217
  • 5.­227-230
  • 6.­66
  • 6.­68
  • 6.­70-71
  • 7.­117
  • 7.­124
  • 7.­126-128
  • 7.­160
  • 7.­171
  • 7.­180
  • 7.­187
  • 7.­257
  • 7.­260
  • 7.­262-263
  • 9.­22
  • 9.­25-26
  • 9.­40-41
  • 9.­43-44
  • 9.­81-84
  • 9.­145
  • 9.­147-148
  • 10.­289
  • 10.­338
  • 10.­340
  • 10.­342
  • 10.­353-355
  • g.­172
  • g.­528
  • g.­565
  • g.­595
g.­169

Fleshy

Wylie:
  • gel po
Tibetan:
  • གེལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Child of householders in Śrāvasti, he was born “corpulent, full-fledged in skin, flesh, and blood.” He leapt from a boulder at the sight of the Buddha but was unharmed due to the Buddha’s blessing. Having then heard the Dharma from the Buddha, he went forth and manifested arhatship.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­186-187
  • 5.­190-192
  • 5.­196
  • 5.­201-202
  • 5.­209
g.­170

Flourishing Rice

Wylie:
  • ’bras ’phel
Tibetan:
  • འབྲས་འཕེལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city ruled by King Meru before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­238
  • 1.­242
  • g.­365
g.­172

Foremost Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • ’od srung gtso bo
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་གཙོ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A brahmin who lived before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. In The Hundred Deeds he is said to have lived in the wilderness, gone forth in front of a certain sage, and manifested the four meditations and the five superknowledges.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­125-128
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
g.­174

form realm

Wylie:
  • gzugs kyi khams
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpadhātu

In Buddhist cosmology, the sphere of existence one level more subtle than our own (the desire realm), where beings, though subtly embodied, are not driven primarily by the urge for sense gratification.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­92
  • 3.­94-96
  • g.­82
  • g.­154
  • g.­181
  • g.­220
  • g.­401
  • g.­531
  • g.­550
  • g.­569
  • g.­589
g.­176

formation

Wylie:
  • ’du byed
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃskāra

One of the five aggregates, second of the twelve links of dependent origination, and in the context of the aggregates sometimes also called “volitions,” “volitional formations,” or “compositional factors,” these are complex propensities that bring about action. This term may also refer to composite objects or conditioned things in the generic sense.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 2.­421
  • 2.­424
  • 2.­427
  • 3.­38
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­305
  • 6.­3
  • 7.­95-96
  • 10.­269-274
  • 10.­277-278
  • 10.­281
  • 10.­283-284
  • g.­11
  • g.­107
g.­177

formless realm

Wylie:
  • gzugs med pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • ārūpadhātu
  • arūpyadhātu

In Buddhist cosmology, the sphere of existence two levels more subtle than our own (the desire realm), where beings are no longer physically embodied, and thus not subject to the sufferings that physical embodiment brings.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­92
  • 3.­94-96
  • n.­156
  • g.­154
  • g.­392
  • g.­535
  • g.­589
g.­178

fortunate eon

Wylie:
  • bskal pa bzang po
Tibetan:
  • བསྐལ་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadrakalpa

The name of the current eon, so-called because one thousand buddhas are prophesied to appear during this time.

Located in 59 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­126
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­432
  • 2.­110
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­488
  • 2.­560
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­325
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­108
  • 4.­200
  • 5.­66
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­333
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­73
  • 6.­244
  • 6.­368
  • 6.­410
  • 6.­439
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­502
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 9.­54
  • 9.­112
  • 9.­131
  • 10.­88
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­235
  • g.­266
g.­179

four divisions of the army

Wylie:
  • dpung gi tshogs yan lag bzhi
Tibetan:
  • དཔུང་གི་ཚོགས་ཡན་ལག་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturaṅga balakāya

These are elephants, horse cavalry, chariots, and infantry (Tatelman 259).

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­203
  • 1.­218
  • 1.­223
  • 1.­243
  • 1.­257
  • 1.­259
  • 1.­278-279
  • 2.­132
  • 5.­33
  • 6.­12
  • 6.­69
  • 6.­130
  • 6.­236
  • 6.­239-241
  • 6.­401-402
  • 7.­174
  • 7.­181-182
  • 7.­202
  • 7.­205
  • 7.­267
  • 8.­121
  • 9.­82
  • 9.­139
  • 9.­146
  • 10.­110-111
  • 10.­364
  • n.­39
g.­180

four great kings

Wylie:
  • rgyal po chen po bzhi
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturmahā­rāja

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Four gods who live on the lower slopes (fourth level) of Mount Meru in the eponymous Heaven of the Four Great Kings (Cāturmahā­rājika, rgyal chen bzhi’i ris) and guard the four cardinal directions. Each is the leader of a nonhuman class of beings living in his realm. They are Dhṛtarāṣṭra, ruling the gandharvas in the east; Virūḍhaka, ruling over the kumbhāṇḍas in the south; Virūpākṣa, ruling the nāgas in the west; and Vaiśravaṇa (also known as Kubera) ruling the yakṣas in the north. Also referred to as Guardians of the World or World Protectors (lokapāla, ’jig rten skyong ba).

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­305-307
  • 2.­251-253
  • 3.­26-30
  • 3.­32
  • 3.­42-44
  • 3.­54
  • 4.­104-105
  • 6.­144-145
  • 6.­234
  • 8.­49-50
  • 9.­78-79
  • 9.­96-97
  • g.­2
  • g.­134
  • g.­631
  • g.­654
  • g.­657
g.­181

four meditative states

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan bzhi
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturdhyāna

Also called “four concentrations” or “meditations,” or “practices of concentration,” in the Sūtrayāna tradition this term refers to the four concentrations of the form realm (gzugs khams kyi bsam gtan bzhi) (Rigzin 455).

Located in 68 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­241
  • 1.­443
  • 1.­448-449
  • 3.­92
  • 3.­94-96
  • 3.­390
  • 4.­34
  • 4.­36-37
  • 5.­59
  • 5.­63-64
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­146
  • 5.­149-150
  • 5.­180-182
  • 5.­197
  • 5.­200-201
  • 5.­217
  • 5.­227
  • 5.­229-230
  • 6.­66
  • 6.­70-71
  • 7.­117
  • 7.­124
  • 7.­126-128
  • 7.­160
  • 7.­171
  • 7.­180
  • 7.­187
  • 7.­257
  • 7.­262-263
  • 9.­22
  • 9.­25-26
  • 9.­40
  • 9.­43-44
  • 9.­81
  • 9.­83-84
  • 9.­145
  • 9.­147-148
  • 10.­289
  • 10.­338
  • 10.­340
  • 10.­342
  • 10.­353-355
  • g.­166
  • g.­185
  • g.­392
  • g.­504
  • g.­584
g.­183

four stages of penetrative insight

Wylie:
  • nges par ’byed pa’i cha bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་པར་འབྱེད་པའི་ཆ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • nirvedhabhāgīya

“These are the four stages on the path of application (prayogamārga). They are heat (uṣmagata), tolerance (kṣānti), summit (mūrdha), and highest worldly dharma (laukikāgradharma).” Rotman (2005) p. 452.

Translated here as “heat,” “peak” (given as the second stage in this text), “patience in accord with the truths” (given as the third stage in this text), and “highest worldly dharma.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­340
  • g.­229
  • g.­237
  • g.­426
  • g.­427
g.­184

fourfold fearlessness

Wylie:
  • mi ’jigs pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • མི་འཇིགས་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturvāiśāradya

Also called the four fearlessnesses or the four grounds of self-confidence of a buddha, these are fearlessness with respect to the assertion of (1) one’s complete and perfect extinguishment of all negativities for one’s own benefit (rang don du spang bya thams cad spangs ces dam bcas pa la ’jigs pa), (2) one’s complete and perfect accomplishment of knowledge for one’s own benefit (rang don du yon tan thams cad dang ldan zhes dam bcas pa la mi ’jigs pa), (3) revealing the paths of antidotes for the benefit of others (gzhan don du gnyen po’i lam ’di dag go zhes dam bcas pa la mi ’jigs pa), and (4) revealing the eliminations for the benefit of others (gzhan don du ’di rnams spang bya yin zhes dam bcas pa la mi ’jigs pa) (Rigzin 314).

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
g.­187

fruits of heaven and liberation

Wylie:
  • mtho ris dang thar pa dang ’bras bu
Tibetan:
  • མཐོ་རིས་དང་ཐར་པ་དང་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­6
  • 1.­44
  • 1.­96
  • 1.­324
  • 1.­418
  • 2.­80
  • 2.­574
  • 3.­24
  • 3.­289
  • 4.­25
  • 4.­191
  • 4.­209
  • 5.­9
  • 5.­51
  • 5.­156
  • 5.­175
  • 6.­22
  • 7.­27
  • 7.­47
  • 7.­79
  • 7.­222
  • 8.­81
  • 8.­98
  • 9.­7
  • 9.­69
  • 9.­141
  • 10.­12
  • 10.­244
  • 10.­344
g.­188

full ordination

Wylie:
  • bsnyen par rdzogs pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྙེན་པར་རྫོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upasaṃpadā

The formal term for granting orders and confirming a candidate as a bhikṣu or bhikṣuṇī.

Located in 134 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 1.­67-68
  • 1.­156
  • 1.­164
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­292-293
  • 1.­299
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­388-390
  • 1.­395
  • 1.­423
  • 1.­428-429
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­177-178
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­239
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­516
  • 2.­519-520
  • 3.­5-6
  • 3.­71
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­80
  • 3.­84
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­140
  • 3.­142-144
  • 3.­146
  • 3.­148
  • 3.­151-153
  • 3.­272
  • 3.­322-323
  • 3.­337-338
  • 3.­343-344
  • 4.­30-31
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­156-157
  • 4.­196-197
  • 4.­215-216
  • 4.­218-219
  • 5.­20-21
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­82-83
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­141-142
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­194-195
  • 5.­206-207
  • 5.­225-226
  • 5.­274-275
  • 5.­318-319
  • 6.­46-47
  • 6.­63-64
  • 6.­319
  • 6.­322
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­374-375
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­473
  • 7.­13-14
  • 7.­34-35
  • 7.­40-41
  • 7.­120-121
  • 7.­154
  • 7.­197
  • 7.­227
  • 7.­240-241
  • 8.­123-124
  • 9.­19-20
  • 9.­37-38
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­92-93
  • 9.­127-128
  • 9.­144
  • 9.­168-169
  • 9.­172-173
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­183-184
  • 10.­210-211
  • 10.­233
  • 10.­351-352
  • g.­5
  • g.­6
  • g.­132
  • g.­175
  • g.­202
g.­189

fundamental precepts

Wylie:
  • bslab pa’i gzhi rnams
Tibetan:
  • བསླབ་པའི་གཞི་རྣམས།
Sanskrit:
  • śikṣāvastu

(1) Not killing (srog gcod spong ba), (2) not stealing (ma byin par len pa spong ba), (3) not indulging in sexual conduct (ma tshangs spyod spong ba), (4) not lying (brdzun du smra ba spong ba), (5) not taking intoxicants (myos ’gyur btung ba spong ba), (6) not using cosmetics, ornaments and garlands, etc. (spos dang kha dog byug pa spong ba), (7) not using high and luxurious seats or beds (khri stan che mtho spong ba), and (8) not taking untimely food/not eating after noon (dus min zas spong ba).

Located in 86 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • 1.­50
  • 1.­52
  • 1.­100
  • 1.­127
  • 1.­284
  • 1.­312
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­396
  • 2.­204
  • 2.­243
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­42
  • 3.­46
  • 3.­48
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­109
  • 3.­133
  • 3.­311
  • 3.­313
  • 3.­319
  • 3.­327
  • 3.­329
  • 3.­336
  • 4.­109-110
  • 4.­115-117
  • 4.­119
  • 4.­166-167
  • 5.­120
  • 5.­219
  • 5.­237-239
  • 5.­249
  • 5.­251
  • 5.­262-263
  • 5.­322
  • 5.­334
  • 6.­56
  • 6.­75-76
  • 6.­269
  • 6.­307-308
  • 6.­411-412
  • 6.­430
  • 7.­22-24
  • 7.­113-115
  • 7.­139
  • 7.­148
  • 7.­197
  • 8.­108
  • 9.­47
  • 9.­52
  • 9.­55
  • 9.­60-61
  • 9.­86-87
  • 9.­118
  • 9.­135
  • 9.­157
  • 9.­159
  • 10.­180
  • 10.­221
  • 10.­249
  • 10.­288
  • 10.­362
  • 10.­450
  • g.­44
  • g.­218
  • g.­311
  • g.­337
  • g.­532
g.­190

Gandhamādana

Wylie:
  • spos kyi ngad ldang
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་ཀྱི་ངད་ལྡང་།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhamādana

A mountain or mountain range closely associated with solitary buddhas.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­2
  • 6.­20
  • 6.­24
  • 6.­185
  • 7.­38
  • n.­151
  • g.­301
g.­191

gandharva

Wylie:
  • dri za
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandharva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of generally benevolent nonhuman beings who inhabit the skies, sometimes said to inhabit fantastic cities in the clouds, and more specifically to dwell on the eastern slopes of Mount Meru, where they are ruled by the Great King Dhṛtarāṣṭra. They are most renowned as celestial musicians who serve the gods. In the Abhidharma, the term is also used to refer to the mental body assumed by sentient beings during the intermediate state between death and rebirth. Gandharvas are said to live on fragrances (gandha) in the desire realm, hence the Tibetan translation dri za, meaning “scent eater.”

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­89
  • 1.­317
  • 2.­157
  • 3.­33
  • 3.­67
  • 6.­310-311
  • 6.­313
  • 6.­315-316
  • 6.­327-331
  • 6.­334
  • 6.­408-409
  • 6.­412
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­17
  • 10.­20-22
  • 10.­84
  • g.­413
  • g.­567
  • g.­571
  • g.­602
g.­192

garden of Prince Jeta

Wylie:
  • rgyal bu rgyal byed kyi tshal
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བུ་རྒྱལ་བྱེད་ཀྱི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • jetavana

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A park in Śrāvastī, the capital of the ancient kingdom of Kośala in northern India. It was owned by Prince Jeta, and the wealthy merchant Anāthapiṇḍada, wishing to offer it to the Buddha, bought it from him by covering the entire property with gold coins. It was to become the place where the monks could be housed during the monsoon season, thus creating the first Buddhist monastery. It is therefore the setting for many of the Buddha's discourses.

Located in 77 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­292
  • 1.­303
  • 1.­305
  • 1.­339
  • 2.­202
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­251-252
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­529
  • 2.­534-535
  • 2.­537
  • 3.­140
  • 3.­142
  • 3.­269
  • 3.­284
  • 3.­287
  • 4.­28
  • 4.­63
  • 4.­96
  • 4.­118
  • 4.­197
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­104
  • 5.­154
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­309
  • 6.­2
  • 6.­37
  • 6.­46
  • 6.­323
  • 6.­442
  • 6.­461-462
  • 6.­464
  • 7.­7
  • 7.­9
  • 7.­31
  • 7.­118
  • 7.­238
  • 8.­13
  • 8.­21
  • 8.­24
  • 8.­44-47
  • 8.­52
  • 8.­76
  • 8.­90
  • 8.­103
  • 8.­110-111
  • 8.­116
  • 8.­121
  • 9.­48
  • 9.­51
  • 9.­77-78
  • 9.­96
  • 9.­143-144
  • 10.­179
  • 10.­209
  • 10.­212
  • 10.­220
  • 10.­223
  • 10.­226
  • 10.­230
  • 10.­361
  • n.­151
  • n.­198
  • g.­25
  • g.­349
  • g.­444
  • g.­542
g.­193

garden of the householder Ghoṣila

Wylie:
  • gdangs las rig gi kun dga’ ra ba
Tibetan:
  • གདངས་ལས་རིག་གི་ཀུན་དགའ་ར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ghoṣilārāma

A garden in Kauśāmbī that the householder Ghoṣila donated to the Buddhist saṅgha. This Tibetan rendering of Ghoṣilārāma only appears in The Hundred Deeds, and the precise correlation between the Tib. las rig and the standard Sanskrit for this location remains unclear.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­196-197
  • 1.­204-205
  • 10.­423
g.­194

Garga

Wylie:
  • gar ga
Tibetan:
  • གར་ག
Sanskrit:
  • garga
  • bharga
  • bhārga

An alternate spelling of Bharga, a country during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni that had its capital at Mount Śiśumāri.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­2
  • g.­374
g.­196

Gautama

Wylie:
  • gau ta ma
Tibetan:
  • གཽ་ཏ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • gautama

Siddhārtha Gautama is the most common given name used for Buddha Śākyamuni prior to his enlightnement.

Located in 91 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­355-356
  • 1.­360
  • 2.­39
  • 2.­88
  • 2.­116
  • 2.­386-387
  • 2.­390-391
  • 2.­461-462
  • 2.­464
  • 2.­579
  • 3.­30-32
  • 3.­73
  • 3.­83
  • 3.­285-286
  • 3.­299
  • 4.­171-178
  • 4.­193
  • 5.­266-267
  • 6.­36
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­45
  • 6.­338-339
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­344
  • 6.­359
  • 7.­74-75
  • 7.­77
  • 7.­82-83
  • 7.­85-92
  • 7.­104
  • 7.­237
  • 7.­254
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­10-12
  • 8.­25
  • 8.­34
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­62
  • 8.­72
  • 8.­75
  • 9.­10-11
  • 9.­18
  • 10.­102
  • 10.­149
  • 10.­153
  • 10.­178
  • 10.­230
  • 10.­264
  • 10.­268
  • g.­209
  • g.­264
  • g.­335
  • g.­385
  • g.­388
  • g.­452
  • g.­486
  • g.­515
  • g.­556
  • g.­559
  • g.­568
  • g.­576
  • g.­673
g.­197

Gayā

Wylie:
  • ga yA
Tibetan:
  • ག་ཡཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • gayā

The name of the town that lies close to the site of the Buddha’s enlightenment.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­459
  • 5.­102
  • 10.­10
  • g.­65
g.­199

Ghoṣila

Wylie:
  • gdangs las rig
  • gdangs can
Tibetan:
  • གདངས་ལས་རིག
  • གདངས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • ghoṣila

A householder in Kauśāmbī who provided a garden for the Buddha and his monks to reside.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­207
  • 1.­210
  • 1.­226
  • 1.­230-231
  • 1.­234
  • g.­193
g.­202

go forth

Wylie:
  • rab tu ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pravrajati
  • pravrajyā

To leave the life of a householder and embrace the life of a renunciant. In some passages in this text, especially when followed by the term bsnyen par rdzogs pa, this term has been amplified for clarity as “go forth as a novice,” this being a first stage leading to full ordination as a bhikṣu or bhikṣuṇī.

Located in 657 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23-24
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­31
  • 1.­35-39
  • 1.­60
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­74-75
  • 1.­80-81
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85-86
  • 1.­106
  • 1.­109
  • 1.­120-121
  • 1.­128
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­133
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­154
  • 1.­156
  • 1.­160
  • 1.­163
  • 1.­169-171
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­205
  • 1.­244
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­269
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­274-277
  • 1.­285-287
  • 1.­291-295
  • 1.­299-300
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­333
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­341
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­351-352
  • 1.­361-362
  • 1.­381-382
  • 1.­388-391
  • 1.­394-395
  • 1.­398-403
  • 1.­423
  • 1.­427-430
  • 1.­436-443
  • 1.­448-449
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­112
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­147-151
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­177-178
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­185-190
  • 2.­192-194
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­202-203
  • 2.­205
  • 2.­207-211
  • 2.­220
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­228-232
  • 2.­238-239
  • 2.­256-257
  • 2.­261-264
  • 2.­284
  • 2.­339-340
  • 2.­363
  • 2.­374-375
  • 2.­377
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­508
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­516-520
  • 2.­561
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570-571
  • 2.­590-591
  • 2.­604
  • 2.­606-608
  • 3.­5-6
  • 3.­10-15
  • 3.­51
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­64-65
  • 3.­71
  • 3.­73-74
  • 3.­79-80
  • 3.­83-84
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­100-104
  • 3.­110-111
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­116-117
  • 3.­119-125
  • 3.­133-134
  • 3.­137
  • 3.­139-140
  • 3.­142
  • 3.­146
  • 3.­148
  • 3.­150-153
  • 3.­211-212
  • 3.­217
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­228-229
  • 3.­233
  • 3.­239-240
  • 3.­244
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­260
  • 3.­266
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­272
  • 3.­279-282
  • 3.­301-307
  • 3.­322-324
  • 3.­330-331
  • 3.­336-338
  • 3.­341-344
  • 3.­349-350
  • 3.­352
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­390
  • 3.­415-416
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­30-31
  • 4.­36
  • 4.­38-40
  • 4.­82
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­90-91
  • 4.­108
  • 4.­145
  • 4.­155-158
  • 4.­165
  • 4.­196-197
  • 4.­199-203
  • 4.­215-219
  • 4.­221
  • 4.­229
  • 4.­232-233
  • 5.­19-22
  • 5.­29-31
  • 5.­56-57
  • 5.­63-69
  • 5.­82-84
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­92-96
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­102-103
  • 5.­106
  • 5.­109
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­114-116
  • 5.­121-122
  • 5.­124-126
  • 5.­141-142
  • 5.­147
  • 5.­149
  • 5.­151-153
  • 5.­160-162
  • 5.­164-169
  • 5.­178-179
  • 5.­183-185
  • 5.­190
  • 5.­194-197
  • 5.­200-202
  • 5.­206-210
  • 5.­217
  • 5.­225-227
  • 5.­230-231
  • 5.­235
  • 5.­266
  • 5.­274-276
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­296-297
  • 5.­318-320
  • 5.­328-330
  • 5.­332
  • 6.­6-7
  • 6.­9-10
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­46-48
  • 6.­50-53
  • 6.­63-66
  • 6.­70-72
  • 6.­74
  • 6.­77-78
  • 6.­81
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­140-142
  • 6.­158
  • 6.­161
  • 6.­244-248
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­319
  • 6.­322-323
  • 6.­342
  • 6.­345-346
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­367
  • 6.­369
  • 6.­374-375
  • 6.­381-383
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­391-392
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­437-441
  • 6.­445-451
  • 6.­456
  • 6.­470-475
  • 6.­484
  • 6.­495
  • 6.­501
  • 6.­503-510
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­12-15
  • 7.­24
  • 7.­34-36
  • 7.­40-43
  • 7.­63
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­72
  • 7.­75
  • 7.­98
  • 7.­114-115
  • 7.­120-121
  • 7.­125
  • 7.­129
  • 7.­131-135
  • 7.­139-141
  • 7.­150
  • 7.­153-155
  • 7.­159-160
  • 7.­164
  • 7.­170-171
  • 7.­188
  • 7.­197
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­217-219
  • 7.­227-228
  • 7.­230-231
  • 7.­233-234
  • 7.­240-241
  • 7.­246-250
  • 7.­256
  • 7.­262
  • 7.­264
  • 8.­122-124
  • 9.­19-20
  • 9.­25
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­37-38
  • 9.­43
  • 9.­45
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­53
  • 9.­60-62
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­83
  • 9.­92-93
  • 9.­100
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­114
  • 9.­127-128
  • 9.­130
  • 9.­135
  • 9.­137-138
  • 9.­144
  • 9.­147
  • 9.­149
  • 9.­168-170
  • 9.­172-174
  • 9.­182
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­42
  • 10.­71
  • 10.­100
  • 10.­102
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­178
  • 10.­182-184
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­203-204
  • 10.­209-211
  • 10.­213-214
  • 10.­216-218
  • 10.­233-234
  • 10.­238-241
  • 10.­247-249
  • 10.­286-287
  • 10.­319
  • 10.­327
  • 10.­330-335
  • 10.­337-339
  • 10.­342
  • 10.­351-352
  • 10.­354
  • 10.­356
  • 10.­370
  • 10.­407
  • n.­38
  • n.­169
  • g.­60
  • g.­132
  • g.­169
  • g.­172
  • g.­254
  • g.­273
  • g.­289
  • g.­322
  • g.­335
  • g.­379
  • g.­498
  • g.­516
  • g.­528
  • g.­554
  • g.­572
  • g.­595
  • g.­620
  • g.­623
  • g.­656
  • g.­658
g.­203

god

Wylie:
  • lha
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • deva

In most cases used to refer to a class of long-lived celestial being, but occasionally appears as an honorific term of address for royalty, similar to “Your Majesty,” here rendered as “Deva.”

Located in 457 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­88
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­201
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­305-308
  • 1.­311-313
  • 1.­316
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­420
  • 1.­426
  • 1.­432
  • 1.­446
  • 2.­5-6
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­23-24
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­42-43
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­60-61
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­120
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­155
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­246
  • 2.­251-255
  • 2.­260
  • 2.­270-271
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­284
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­294-295
  • 2.­322
  • 2.­350-351
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­363
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­404-405
  • 2.­409-412
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­32
  • 3.­38-41
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­187-188
  • 3.­195-196
  • 3.­213-214
  • 3.­220-221
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­230-231
  • 3.­235-236
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­241-242
  • 3.­246-247
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­257-258
  • 3.­262-263
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­312-313
  • 3.­315
  • 3.­318
  • 3.­320
  • 3.­323
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­327-328
  • 3.­345
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365-366
  • 3.­399-400
  • 3.­404-405
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­430-432
  • 3.­434
  • 3.­436-437
  • 4.­14-15
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­41-42
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­48
  • 4.­50-51
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­58
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­93
  • 4.­95
  • 4.­98
  • 4.­101-102
  • 4.­104-108
  • 4.­111
  • 4.­131-132
  • 4.­136
  • 4.­145
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­200
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­66
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­90-91
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­138
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­250-251
  • 5.­254-256
  • 5.­258-259
  • 5.­262-263
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­281
  • 5.­283
  • 5.­285
  • 5.­300
  • 5.­305
  • 5.­307
  • 5.­309-313
  • 5.­319
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­332-333
  • 6.­25
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­32
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­62
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­73
  • 6.­79
  • 6.­113
  • 6.­115
  • 6.­118-119
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­138
  • 6.­144-145
  • 6.­152
  • 6.­166
  • 6.­177
  • 6.­199
  • 6.­211
  • 6.­226
  • 6.­234
  • 6.­244
  • 6.­282-289
  • 6.­310-313
  • 6.­315
  • 6.­321
  • 6.­335-336
  • 6.­342
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­359
  • 6.­376-379
  • 6.­381-382
  • 6.­384-385
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­391-392
  • 6.­409-410
  • 6.­420-422
  • 6.­425-426
  • 6.­428
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­439
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­491
  • 6.­494
  • 6.­496
  • 6.­498-499
  • 6.­502
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­39
  • 7.­103
  • 7.­106-107
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­123
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­49-50
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­96
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­43
  • 9.­54
  • 9.­74
  • 9.­76
  • 9.­78-81
  • 9.­84-85
  • 9.­89
  • 9.­93-94
  • 9.­96-98
  • 9.­112
  • 9.­128
  • 9.­131
  • 10.­2-7
  • 10.­9-10
  • 10.­14-16
  • 10.­18-23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­29
  • 10.­33
  • 10.­35
  • 10.­39
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­44
  • 10.­46
  • 10.­49
  • 10.­51
  • 10.­54
  • 10.­56
  • 10.­58-60
  • 10.­67
  • 10.­69
  • 10.­73
  • 10.­76
  • 10.­80-88
  • 10.­90
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­94
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­232
  • 10.­235
  • 10.­253
  • 10.­275
  • 10.­285
  • 10.­288-289
  • 10.­341-342
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • 10.­392
  • 10.­398-399
  • 10.­401-404
  • 10.­406-407
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­411-413
  • 10.­415
  • 10.­418-419
  • 10.­421
  • 10.­450
  • g.­15
  • g.­78
  • g.­85
  • g.­124
  • g.­126
  • g.­167
  • g.­246
  • g.­253
  • g.­288
  • g.­298
  • g.­301
  • g.­327
  • g.­328
  • g.­380
  • g.­390
  • g.­413
  • g.­422
  • g.­451
  • g.­490
  • g.­529
  • g.­631
  • g.­635
  • g.­659
  • g.­660
  • g.­672
g.­204

Godānīya

Wylie:
  • ba lang spyod
Tibetan:
  • བ་ལང་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • godānīya

In ancient Buddhist cosmology, the western of the four continents in the cardinal directions.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­173-174
g.­205

Gold coin

Wylie:
  • kAr ShA pa Na
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱར་ཥཱ་པ་ཎ།
Sanskrit:
  • kārṣāpaṇa

Lit. “weighing a karṣa,” a coin or weight of different values (Monier-Williams 276.3); a type of ancient Indian currency.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­358-359
  • 2.­291
  • 2.­301
  • 2.­313
  • 2.­315
  • 2.­440
  • 3.­160
  • 7.­17
  • 8.­60-62
  • 8.­66
  • 8.­73-75
  • 10.­99
  • 10.­137
g.­206

Golden Color

Wylie:
  • gser gyi mdog can
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་མདོག་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Golden-complexioned nun who achieved arhatship during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni, due to the intercession of a previous incarnation of Venerable Ānanda during the time of Buddha Kāśyapa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­220
  • 2.­222
g.­207

Gone to Bliss

Wylie:
  • bde bar gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sugata

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the standard epithets of the buddhas. A recurrent explanation offers three different meanings for su- that are meant to show the special qualities of “accomplishment of one’s own purpose” (svārthasampad) for a complete buddha. Thus, the Sugata is “well” gone, as in the expression su-rūpa (“having a good form”); he is gone “in a way that he shall not come back,” as in the expression su-naṣṭa-jvara (“a fever that has utterly gone”); and he has gone “without any remainder” as in the expression su-pūrṇa-ghaṭa (“a pot that is completely full”). According to Buddhaghoṣa, the term means that the way the Buddha went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su) and where he went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • p.­2
  • 3.­363
  • 3.­369
  • g.­558
g.­208

Good Compassion

Wylie:
  • snying rje bzang po
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་རྗེ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Son of the Vaiśālī army chief Siṃha at the time of the Buddha’s stay there, he was sentenced to death for the murder of a prostitute. The Buddha secured his release, ordained him, and he attained arhatship.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­170
  • 5.­172
  • 5.­177
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­184
  • g.­516
g.­209

Gopā

Wylie:
  • sa ’tsho ma
Tibetan:
  • ས་འཚོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • gopā

Along with Yaśodharā, a spouse of Gautama who, in this text, spurned the advances of Devadatta and subjected him to brutal humiliation.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­118
  • 2.­120-121
  • 2.­123
  • 2.­137
  • n.­26
  • n.­52
  • g.­119
  • g.­673
g.­210

Govinda

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • govinda

A householder and magistrate of King Diśāṃpati of Pāṁśula. Father of Guardian of the Flame Govinda.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­1
  • 10.­294-295
  • 10.­298-299
  • g.­223
g.­211

Govinda

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • govinda

Short form of “Guardian of the Flame Govinda.”

Not to be confused with his father the householder Govinda.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­303
  • 10.­305
  • 10.­309-311
  • 10.­321-322
  • 10.­327
  • 10.­334-335
  • 10.­337-340
  • g.­211
  • g.­223
g.­212

Govinda the Teacher

Wylie:
  • ston pa khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • སྟོན་པ་ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • —

See “Guardian of the Flame Govinda.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­340-341
  • g.­223
g.­213

Grasping

Wylie:
  • ’dzin byed
Tibetan:
  • འཛིན་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A certain high brahmin of Rājagṛha, father of Son of Grasping.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­254
  • 6.­256
  • g.­529
g.­215

Great King

Wylie:
  • rgyal po chen po
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­rājā

A king ruling over a particularly large territory, often including the territories of other petty rulers; a class of divine beings assigned to the cardinal directions who guard the earth, Buddhist practitioners, and Buddhist institutions against demonic forces.

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­215-216
  • 1.­248-249
  • 2.­294
  • 3.­33-41
  • 3.­52
  • 5.­56
  • 5.­62
  • 6.­233
  • 7.­184-186
  • 7.­201
  • 8.­128
  • 9.­143
  • 9.­154-155
  • 10.­257
  • 10.­269-271
  • 10.­279
  • 10.­281
  • 10.­283
  • 10.­321
  • 10.­330
  • g.­44
  • g.­218
  • g.­337
  • g.­532
  • g.­632
g.­219

great universal monarch

Wylie:
  • stobs kyi ’khor los sgyur ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rājā balacakravartī

See “universal monarch.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­200
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 4.­136
  • 6.­336
  • 7.­69
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
g.­222

Guardian of the Flame

Wylie:
  • me skyong
Tibetan:
  • མེ་སྐྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

See “Guardian of the Flame Govinda.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­295-297
  • 10.­299-302
  • g.­223
g.­223

Guardian of the Flame Govinda

Wylie:
  • me skyong khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • མེ་སྐྱོང་ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous incarnation of Buddha Śākyamuni in The Hundred Deeds, he was the son of King Diśāṃpati of Pāṁśula’s magistrate, the householder Govinda. After his father’s death, he took over his work and became known as Guardian of the Flame, Guardian of the Flame Govinda, Govinda the Teacher, Mahā­govinda, or just Govinda.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­302-304
  • g.­210
  • g.­211
  • g.­212
  • g.­222
  • g.­329
g.­225

guru

Wylie:
  • bla ma
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • guru

A most highly revered personal spiritual teacher; not to be confused with the future buddha Guru.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • p.­2
  • 3.­388
  • 4.­127
  • 6.­118-120
  • 6.­135-136
  • 6.­312
  • 7.­153
  • 8.­37
g.­226

guru

Wylie:
  • bla ma
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • guru

Name of a future buddha.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­112
  • 3.­415
  • g.­225
g.­228

Head of Indra

Wylie:
  • dbang po’i mgo
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོའི་མགོ
Sanskrit:
  • —

A certain master archer in Vaiśālī.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­1
  • 9.­162-167
  • 9.­169-170
  • 9.­174-175
  • 9.­181
g.­229

heat

Wylie:
  • dro bar gyur pa
  • drod
Tibetan:
  • དྲོ་བར་གྱུར་པ།
  • དྲོད།
Sanskrit:
  • uṣmagata
  • ūṣmagata

The first of the four stages of penetrative insight.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­199
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­97
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 5.­207
  • 7.­68
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • g.­183
  • g.­585
g.­231

Heaven of the Thirty-Three

Wylie:
  • sum cu rtsa gsum
Tibetan:
  • སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • trāyastriṃśa

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology. Counted among the six heavens of the desire realm, it is traditionally located atop Sumeru, just above the terrace of the Abodes of the Four Great Kings.

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­173-174
  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­141
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 2.­410
  • 3.­312-313
  • 3.­315
  • 3.­320
  • 4.­95
  • 4.­132
  • 6.­208
  • 6.­283-284
  • 6.­310
  • 6.­328
  • 6.­335
  • 6.­342
  • 6.­408
  • 10.­2
  • 10.­5
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­58
  • 10.­84-85
  • g.­2
  • g.­490
g.­232

hell being

Wylie:
  • sems can dmyal ba
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་དམྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • naraka

A denizen of the hells. See “five destinies.”

Located in 74 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­201
  • 2.­75
  • 2.­109-111
  • 2.­340
  • 2.­558
  • 2.­606
  • 3.­187-188
  • 3.­195-196
  • 3.­210
  • 3.­213-214
  • 3.­220-221
  • 3.­230-231
  • 3.­235-236
  • 3.­241-242
  • 3.­246-247
  • 3.­257-258
  • 3.­262-263
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­366
  • 3.­371-373
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­383-384
  • 3.­396-397
  • 3.­399-401
  • 3.­404-406
  • 3.­414-415
  • 4.­117
  • 4.­188
  • 5.­4
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­238
  • 5.­246
  • 5.­249
  • 6.­62
  • 6.­113
  • 6.­115
  • 6.­263
  • 6.­267
  • 6.­279
  • 6.­426
  • 6.­482-483
  • 6.­485-486
  • 6.­496
  • 6.­498
  • 7.­64
  • 10.­232
  • 10.­275
  • 10.­413-414
  • g.­167
  • g.­356
g.­237

highest worldly dharma

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten gyi chos kyi mchog
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • laukikāgradharma
  • laukikāgryadharma

The fourth of the four stages of penetrative insight.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­199
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 7.­68
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • g.­183
  • g.­585
g.­240

householder

Wylie:
  • khyim bdag
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱིམ་བདག
Sanskrit:
  • gṛhapati
  • gṛhādhipa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term is usually used for wealthy lay patrons of the Buddhist community. It also refers to a subdivision of the vaiśya (mercantile) class of traditional Indian society, comprising businessmen, merchants, landowners, and so on.

Located in 378 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­8-15
  • 1.­17-19
  • 1.­26-27
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­41
  • 1.­46-52
  • 1.­54-58
  • 1.­60-62
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­87-88
  • 1.­90
  • 1.­92-93
  • 1.­99-103
  • 1.­106-108
  • 1.­113-114
  • 1.­119-122
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­138
  • 1.­142-147
  • 1.­149-150
  • 1.­152-153
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­202
  • 1.­207
  • 1.­210
  • 1.­226
  • 1.­230-231
  • 1.­234
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311-313
  • 1.­315-316
  • 1.­320-321
  • 1.­327-330
  • 1.­333-335
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­354
  • 1.­357
  • 1.­359
  • 1.­384
  • 1.­404
  • 1.­406-407
  • 1.­413
  • 1.­432
  • 2.­140
  • 2.­153-154
  • 2.­160-161
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­184-187
  • 2.­205
  • 2.­217
  • 2.­219
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­364
  • 2.­366
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­383
  • 2.­527-529
  • 2.­531-532
  • 2.­552
  • 2.­554
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­16
  • 3.­18
  • 3.­65
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­105
  • 3.­112
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­132
  • 3.­135-137
  • 3.­141
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­155
  • 3.­157
  • 3.­159
  • 3.­164
  • 3.­166-169
  • 3.­177
  • 3.­180
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­203-204
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­332
  • 3.­336
  • 3.­341
  • 3.­349-350
  • 3.­381
  • 4.­76-79
  • 4.­82-84
  • 4.­198
  • 4.­204
  • 4.­211-212
  • 4.­214-215
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­221
  • 4.­224-225
  • 4.­229
  • 4.­231
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­4
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­26-28
  • 5.­42
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­186
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­323-327
  • 6.­30
  • 6.­54-57
  • 6.­59-63
  • 6.­65
  • 6.­72-73
  • 6.­75-76
  • 6.­140
  • 6.­259
  • 6.­261
  • 6.­301-302
  • 6.­305-306
  • 6.­321
  • 6.­430-432
  • 6.­434
  • 6.­436-437
  • 6.­443-450
  • 6.­455
  • 6.­457
  • 6.­459-462
  • 7.­2
  • 7.­4
  • 7.­44-45
  • 7.­125
  • 7.­141
  • 7.­148
  • 7.­156
  • 7.­158-160
  • 7.­164
  • 7.­251
  • 7.­253
  • 8.­3
  • 8.­30
  • 8.­34-35
  • 8.­42-44
  • 8.­52-54
  • 8.­57-59
  • 8.­61-62
  • 8.­66
  • 8.­74-75
  • 8.­87
  • 8.­89-92
  • 8.­94
  • 8.­108-112
  • 8.­115-116
  • 8.­118
  • 9.­23-26
  • 9.­28
  • 9.­30-31
  • 9.­46-50
  • 9.­53-55
  • 9.­64
  • 9.­115
  • 9.­122
  • 9.­124-126
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­125-126
  • 10.­136-137
  • 10.­147
  • 10.­171
  • 10.­175-183
  • 10.­186
  • 10.­188
  • 10.­196-202
  • 10.­230
  • 10.­252
  • 10.­257-259
  • 10.­268
  • 10.­272-273
  • 10.­285
  • 10.­288-289
  • 10.­294
  • 10.­319
  • 10.­341-342
  • 10.­426
  • 10.­449
  • 10.­455
  • n.­121
  • g.­25
  • g.­33
  • g.­37
  • g.­64
  • g.­77
  • g.­123
  • g.­129
  • g.­169
  • g.­193
  • g.­199
  • g.­202
  • g.­210
  • g.­211
  • g.­223
  • g.­254
  • g.­257
  • g.­289
  • g.­320
  • g.­390
  • g.­415
  • g.­444
  • g.­446
  • g.­448
  • g.­497
  • g.­553
  • g.­554
  • g.­634
  • g.­655
  • g.­656
g.­242

ignorance

Wylie:
  • ma rig pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • avidyā

First of the twelve links of dependent origination, one of the root afflictive emotions (see also “subsidiary afflictive emotions”), it is the root of misapprehension of phenomena as truly existent (Rigzin 311).

Located in 54 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­74
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­106-107
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­95-96
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­73
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­277-278
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • g.­552
g.­246

Indra

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indra

A Vedic god who eventually emerged as one of the most important in the Vedic pantheon; Indra retains his role as the “King of the Gods” in Buddhist literature, where he is often referred to by the name Śakra

Located in 67 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­309
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • 10.­399
  • g.­15
  • g.­78
  • g.­482
  • g.­490
  • g.­622
g.­249

insight

Wylie:
  • rig pa
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyā

Wisdom, knowledge, cognition, quality of awareness (Rigzin 396).

Located in 134 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­394-405
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­323
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­408
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­108
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­200
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­66
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­319
  • 5.­321
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­73
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­384
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­439
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­499
  • 6.­502
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­123
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 9.­131
  • 10.­88
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • n.­76
  • g.­250
g.­250

insight meditation

Wylie:
  • lhag mthong
Tibetan:
  • ལྷག་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vipaśyanā

An important form of Buddhist meditation focusing on developing insight into the nature of phenomena. Often presented as part of a pair of meditation techniques, the other being “calm abiding.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­165
  • g.­471
g.­252

Iṣudhara

Wylie:
  • mda’ thogs
Tibetan:
  • མདའ་ཐོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • iṣudhara RS

The son of Daṇḍadhara (more commonly Daṇḍapāṇi) and brother of Yaśodharā and Venerable Aniruddha. His name in Tibetan, mda’ thogs, is rendered here with the potential back-translation Iṣudhara.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­232
  • 5.­235-236
  • 5.­239
  • 5.­241-247
  • 5.­249-250
  • 5.­252-255
  • 5.­257
  • 5.­263
  • g.­119
  • g.­673
g.­254

Jackal

Wylie:
  • wa
Tibetan:
  • ཝ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Nickname of the child of wealthy householders in Śrāvasti, so called because of his penchant for eating excrement and drinking urine. After taking instruction from the philosophical extremist Pūraṇa Kāśyapa, who admired his ostenisible austerities, he heard the Dharma from the Buddha, went forth, and manifested arhatship.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­295
  • 5.­309-314
  • 5.­317
  • 5.­320
  • 5.­331
g.­256

Jambudvīpa

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu’i gling
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུའི་གླིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • jambudvīpa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The name of the southern continent in Buddhist cosmology, which can signify either the known human world, or more specifically the Indian subcontinent, literally “the jambu island/continent.” Jambu is the name used for a range of plum-like fruits from trees belonging to the genus Szygium, particularly Szygium jambos and Szygium cumini, and it has commonly been rendered “rose apple,” although “black plum” may be a less misleading term. Among various explanations given for the continent being so named, one (in the Abhidharmakośa) is that a jambu tree grows in its northern mountains beside Lake Anavatapta, mythically considered the source of the four great rivers of India, and that the continent is therefore named from the tree or the fruit. Jambudvīpa has the Vajrāsana at its center and is the only continent upon which buddhas attain awakening.

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­379
  • 2.­442
  • 2.­444
  • 2.­446-447
  • 2.­452
  • 6.­146
  • 6.­163
  • 6.­185
  • 6.­187
  • 6.­189
  • 6.­220
  • 6.­311
  • 6.­503
  • 9.­33
  • 9.­42
  • 10.­4-5
  • 10.­8
  • 10.­304
  • g.­52
  • g.­456
  • g.­485
  • g.­489
  • g.­674
g.­257

Jasmine

Wylie:
  • sna ma’i me tog
Tibetan:
  • སྣ་མའི་མེ་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • sumanā

Child of householders in Śrāvastī, eventually ordained. At the time of his entrance into the womb and again upon his birth a rain of jasmine flowers fell. He went on to attain arhatship and various spiritual qualities from the cause of having scattered loose jasmine petals over, and having made offerings and prayers to reliquary stūpas in a previous life.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­331
  • 1.­338
  • 1.­341
  • 1.­351
g.­258

Jaya

Wylie:
  • rgyal ba po
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • jaya RS

Lit. “Victorious.” King of the city of Undefeated Victory before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­415
  • 6.­417
  • g.­610
  • g.­648
g.­261

Kacaṅkalā

Wylie:
  • ka tsang ka la
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ཙང་ཀ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kacaṅkalā

A woman who, because she had previously been the Buddha’s mother for five hundred lifetimes, saw him as her son and ran to embrace him. Then, hearing the Dharma from him, she became ordained and manifested arhatship, and the Buddha declared her foremost among nuns who interpret the sūtras.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­7
  • 3.­10-11
  • 3.­14
g.­262

Kaineya

Wylie:
  • kai ne ya
Tibetan:
  • ཀཻ་ནེ་ཡ།
Sanskrit:
  • kaineya

A clairvoyant sage who lived with five hundred devotees in the forests of the Adumā region and spent time on the banks of Lake Mandākinī. His nephew was the sage Śaila.

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­1
  • 3.­22
  • 3.­26-27
  • 3.­29-32
  • 3.­54-56
  • 3.­58-64
  • 3.­66
  • 3.­68
  • 3.­77-79
  • 3.­81-84
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­103
  • g.­8
  • g.­488
g.­263

Kakuda Kātyāyana

Wylie:
  • ka t+ya’i bu nog can
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ཏྱའི་བུ་ནོག་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • kakuda kātyāyana

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­56-57
  • 6.­344
  • n.­153
  • g.­430
g.­264

Kāla

Wylie:
  • nag po
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāla

A certain nāga king who praised Gautama prior to his enlightenment.

Not to be confused with Black (nag po), the yakṣa; nor with Black (nag po), the brahmin.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­101
  • g.­67
  • g.­68
g.­266

Kanakamuni

Wylie:
  • gser thub
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་ཐུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • kanakamuni

Name of a buddha who preceded Śākyamuni, usually counted as the second buddha of the current fortunate eon, Śākyamuni being the fourth.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­453
  • 6.­456
  • g.­525
  • g.­526
g.­269

Kapilavastu

Wylie:
  • ser skya’i gnas
Tibetan:
  • སེར་སྐྱའི་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • kapilavastu

Near the Himālayas, the city that was home to the Śākya clan into which Buddha Śākyamuni was born.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­116
  • 2.­138
  • 2.­142
  • 5.­104
  • 5.­127
  • 5.­232
  • 5.­234
  • 5.­236
  • 6.­458-459
  • 6.­461-463
  • 7.­265
  • g.­21
  • g.­22
  • g.­149
  • g.­150
  • g.­332
  • g.­359
  • g.­517
  • g.­555
  • g.­556
  • g.­560
  • g.­561
  • g.­568
g.­270

karma

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

See “action.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­479
  • 6.­264-265
  • 6.­268
  • 7.­118
  • n.­6
  • g.­7
g.­272

Kāśi

Wylie:
  • kA shi
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་ཤི།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśi

Country whose capital was Vārāṇasī, in the Buddha’s time it had been absorbed into Kośala. Its monarch was Brahmadatta (past).

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­252
  • 1.­254-255
  • 1.­279-280
  • 2.­125
  • 2.­134-135
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­385
  • 3.­425
  • 3.­437
  • 5.­33
  • 5.­42
  • 6.­11-12
  • 6.­67-69
  • 6.­502
  • 9.­82
  • 9.­84
  • 9.­158
  • 9.­160
  • 10.­364
  • g.­80
  • g.­81
  • g.­273
  • g.­291
  • g.­633
  • g.­646
g.­273

Kāśisundarī

Wylie:
  • kA shi mdzes ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་ཤི་མཛེས་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśisundarī

“Beauty of Kāśi.” Princess of Vārāṇasī, child of Brahmadatta (present), who was extraordinarily beautiful and desired by six royal suitors. When her father announced she would choose her own spouse, she “chose” the Buddha, went forth, and manifested arhatship.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­252-253
  • 1.­258
  • 1.­260
  • 1.­262
  • 1.­264
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­269
  • 1.­275
g.­274

Kāśyapa (buddha)

Wylie:
  • ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśyapa

Buddha of a previous age.

Not to be confused with the monk Kāśyapa of Buddha Śākyamuni’s order, nor with Uruvilvā Kāśyapa, Nadī Kāśyapa, or Pūraṇa Kāśyapa, nor with Nirgrantha Kāśyapa, nor Foremost Kāśyapa.

Located in 309 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30-31
  • 1.­37-39
  • 1.­73-74
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85-86
  • 1.­132-133
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­162-163
  • 1.­169-171
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­274-277
  • 1.­296-300
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­311-314
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­351-352
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­394-395
  • 1.­397
  • 1.­399
  • 1.­401-402
  • 1.­432-433
  • 1.­436-441
  • 2.­148-151
  • 2.­184-185
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­189
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­209-211
  • 2.­226-227
  • 2.­229-232
  • 2.­256-259
  • 2.­262-264
  • 2.­378-380
  • 2.­382-384
  • 2.­560-561
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570-571
  • 3.­12-15
  • 3.­45-46
  • 3.­48-49
  • 3.­51-53
  • 3.­99-101
  • 3.­103-104
  • 3.­119-124
  • 3.­147-148
  • 3.­150-153
  • 3.­217
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­233
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­244
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­260
  • 3.­266
  • 3.­280-282
  • 3.­304-307
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­329-330
  • 4.­38-40
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­108-111
  • 4.­166-168
  • 4.­200-203
  • 5.­30-31
  • 5.­66-69
  • 5.­94-96
  • 5.­126
  • 5.­151-153
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­167-169
  • 5.­183-185
  • 5.­203-210
  • 5.­231
  • 5.­259-262
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­283
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­330
  • 5.­332-334
  • 6.­49-53
  • 6.­73-75
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­244-250
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­307-309
  • 6.­368-372
  • 6.­374-376
  • 6.­378-383
  • 6.­410-411
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­439-441
  • 6.­449
  • 6.­451
  • 6.­502-503
  • 6.­505-506
  • 6.­508-510
  • 7.­16-17
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­39-43
  • 7.­111-116
  • 7.­135
  • 7.­188
  • 7.­219
  • 7.­229-231
  • 7.­233-234
  • 7.­247-250
  • 7.­264
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­45
  • 9.­54-55
  • 9.­57-60
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­86
  • 9.­88
  • 9.­100
  • 9.­114
  • 9.­138
  • 9.­149
  • 9.­182
  • 10.­204
  • 10.­215-218
  • 10.­235
  • 10.­238-241
  • 10.­249
  • 10.­356
  • 10.­370
  • g.­40
  • g.­41
  • g.­206
  • g.­276
  • g.­293
  • g.­330
  • g.­627
g.­275

Kāśyapa (monk)

Wylie:
  • ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśyapa

See “Mahā­kāśyapa.”

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­79
  • 6.­81
  • 6.­84
  • 6.­86
  • 6.­88
  • 6.­90
  • 6.­92
  • 6.­94
  • 6.­96
  • 6.­98
  • 6.­100
  • 6.­102
  • 6.­104-105
  • 6.­107
  • 6.­110
  • 6.­114
  • 6.­117
  • 6.­135
  • 6.­139
  • 6.­143
  • 6.­235-236
  • 6.­241
  • 6.­243
  • 6.­247
  • 6.­253
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­330
g.­276

Kāśyapa (Nirgrantha)

Wylie:
  • ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśyapa

Given name of “Nirgrantha Kinsman of the Kāśyapas.”

Not to be confused with Kāśyapa, buddha of a previous age; the monk Kāśyapa of Buddha Śākyamuni’s order; nor with Uruvilvā Kāśyapa, Nadī Kāśyapa, or Pūraṇa Kāśyapa; nor Foremost Kāśyapa.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­70-71
  • 7.­74-75
  • 7.­82
  • 7.­84-94
  • g.­395
g.­278

Kātyāyana

Wylie:
  • kA tyA ya na
  • kA tyA ya na’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་ཏྱཱ་ཡ་ན།
  • ཀཱ་ཏྱཱ་ཡ་ནའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kātyāyana
  • kātyāyanaputra

Son of She Who Gathers and grandson of Padmagarbha, he was a highly realized monk of Buddha Śākyamuni’s order. Also rendered here as “Kātyāyanaputra.”

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­377-378
  • 5.­79-86
  • g.­279
  • g.­280
  • g.­477
  • g.­511
g.­279

Kātyāyana Who Gathers

Wylie:
  • ’dus pa’i kA tyA ya na
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་པའི་ཀཱ་ཏྱཱ་ཡ་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

See “Kātyāyana.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­377
  • 1.­391
  • 1.­401
g.­280

Kātyāyanaputra

Wylie:
  • kA tyA ya na’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་ཏྱཱ་ཡ་ནའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kātyāyanaputra

See “Kātyāyana.”

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­190
  • 7.­193-194
  • 7.­197
  • 7.­203-209
  • g.­278
  • g.­498
g.­282

Kauśāmbī

Wylie:
  • kau shAM bI
Tibetan:
  • ཀཽ་ཤཱཾ་བཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • kauśāmbī

An ancient city, capital of Vatsa, located down the Ganges River from Rājagṛha.

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­196-197
  • 1.­199
  • 1.­202-205
  • 1.­221
  • 1.­226
  • 1.­230-231
  • 6.­150-151
  • 6.­154
  • 6.­162-163
  • 6.­178
  • 6.­185
  • 6.­227
  • 6.­231
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­423-424
  • 10.­428
  • 10.­432-433
  • g.­152
  • g.­193
  • g.­199
  • g.­339
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
  • g.­640
g.­284

Keśinī

Wylie:
  • skra ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • སྐྲ་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • keśinī

Young woman appointed by King Śākya Suprabuddha to look after the hair of his daughters Mahā­māyā and Māyā (the Buddha’s mother and aunt, respectively).

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­140-143
  • 2.­150
  • g.­661
g.­287

King of the Śākyas

Wylie:
  • shA kya’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱ་ཀྱའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An epithet of the Buddha.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­353
  • 2.­149-150
  • 3.­13-14
  • 3.­151-152
  • 6.­243
  • 6.­245
  • 6.­248
  • 7.­248
g.­288

kinnara

Wylie:
  • mi’am ci
Tibetan:
  • མིའམ་ཅི།
Sanskrit:
  • kinnara

Classified among the gods, these celestial beings are sometimes depicted as half-human, half-horse (similar to centaurs) or half-human, half-bird. Whatever the case, they are considered creatures of surpassing beauty. Also the name of a person, see “Kinnara.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­251
  • 7.­253
  • 7.­268-269
  • 7.­271
  • g.­289
g.­289

Kinnara

Wylie:
  • mi’am ci
Tibetan:
  • མིའམ་ཅི།
Sanskrit:
  • kinnara

Child of wealthy householders in Śrāvastī, he was named for his resemblence to beautiful kinnara spirits. His arrogance about his good looks was dispelled upon meeting the Buddha, from whom he heard the Dharma before going forth and manifesting arhatship. See also the class of beings, “kinnara.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­251-252
  • 7.­256
  • g.­288
g.­290

Kokālika

Wylie:
  • ko ka li ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀོ་ཀ་ལི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • kokālika

One of four cronies of Devadatta.

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­122
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­332-337
  • 3.­339
  • 3.­341-342
  • 3.­346-350
  • 3.­352-356
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365
  • 3.­373
  • 3.­375-376
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­384
  • 3.­396-397
  • 4.­178
  • n.­26
  • g.­373
g.­291

Kośala

Wylie:
  • ko sa la
  • ko sha la
Tibetan:
  • ཀོ་ས་ལ།
  • ཀོ་ཤ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kośala

An ancient kingdom, northwest of Magadha, abutting Kāśi, whose capital was Śrāvastī. During the Buddha’s time it was ruled by Prasenajit.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­278
  • 3.­372
  • 9.­67
  • 9.­150
  • 9.­152
  • 9.­158
  • 9.­160
  • 10.­358
  • 10.­369
  • g.­272
  • g.­295
  • g.­441
  • g.­542
  • g.­633
  • g.­640
  • g.­646
g.­292

Krakucchanda

Wylie:
  • ’khor ba ’jig
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་བ་འཇིག
Sanskrit:
  • krakucchanda

A previous buddha of this eon, often listed as the first of five buddhas of the present eon.

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­126-130
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­120
  • 5.­124
  • 6.­384-388
  • 6.­390
  • 6.­392
  • 7.­130
  • 9.­131-133
  • 9.­136-137
  • 10.­88-90
  • 10.­92-94
  • g.­13
  • g.­525
  • g.­526
g.­295

Kṣemā

Wylie:
  • bde byed ma
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣemā

Princess of Kośala, child of King Prasenajit.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­284
  • 1.­287
  • 1.­289-292
  • 1.­294-295
  • 1.­301
g.­296

Kṣemaṅkara

Wylie:
  • bde byed
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣemaṅkara

The son of King Brahmadatta (present) of Vārāṇasī and the younger brother of Princess Kṣemaṅkarā.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­39-40
  • 5.­43-44
  • 5.­46-47
  • 5.­49
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­65
  • 5.­68
  • g.­297
g.­297

Kṣemaṅkarā

Wylie:
  • bde byed ma
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣemaṅkarā

Princess of Vārāṇasī, child of King Brahmadatta (present), elder sibling of Prince Kṣemaṅkara.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­38-40
  • 5.­43-45
  • 5.­47
  • g.­296
g.­298

Kubera

Wylie:
  • ku be ra
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་བེ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • kubera

A Hindu god of wealth, appearing in the Buddhist pantheon as Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­88
  • 1.­316
  • 2.­156
  • 5.­97
  • g.­631
g.­302

Kurava

Wylie:
  • sgra mi snyan
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་མི་སྙན།
Sanskrit:
  • kurava
  • kuru

In ancient Buddhist cosmology, the northern of the four continents in the cardinal directions, that of “Unpleasant Sound.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­173-174
g.­305

laḍḍū

Wylie:
  • la du
Tibetan:
  • ལ་དུ།
Sanskrit:
  • laḍḍū

A kind of sweetmeat made of coarsely ground gram or other pulse or of corn flour, mixed with sugar and spices, and fried in ghee or oil (Monier-Williams).

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­354-356
  • 1.­358-361
g.­307

Lake Mandākinī

Wylie:
  • mtsho dal gyis ’bab
Tibetan:
  • མཚོ་དལ་གྱིས་འབབ།
Sanskrit:
  • mandākinī

The Mandākinī river, which translates as “the slow-flowing” river, is the name of a specific tributary of the Ganges that flows through the Kedāranātha valley in the Himālayas, as well as a name that might be used for other rivers (Monier-Williams 788.2). The term is assumed to refer to a lake in this case (and not a river) because the Tibetan uses the term mtsho.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­22
  • 3.­26-29
  • 3.­32
  • 3.­59
  • g.­262
  • g.­488
g.­308

Lake of Jewels

Wylie:
  • dbyig mtsho
Tibetan:
  • དབྱིག་མཚོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An arhat monk whose past virtuous deeds ripened into countless glories both human and divine.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­370-371
  • 2.­377
  • 2.­383
g.­309

latecomer

Wylie:
  • rgan zhugs
Tibetan:
  • རྒན་ཞུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • mahalla

Someone who is ordained late in their life.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­507
  • 6.­509
g.­311

lay vow holder

Wylie:
  • dge bsnyen
  • dge bsnyen ma
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བསྙེན།
  • དགེ་བསྙེན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • upāsikā
  • upāsaka

An ordained layperson; a layperson who has taken any or all of the five precepts (see the first five of the “fundamental precepts”) (Rigzin 52).

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­121-122
  • 1.­143
  • 1.­380
  • 2.­167
  • 3.­202
  • 3.­204-205
  • 3.­208-210
  • 4.­22
  • 4.­166-167
  • 5.­333-334
  • 6.­178
  • 6.­184
  • 6.­227
  • 6.­307-308
  • 6.­411-412
  • 7.­16-22
  • 7.­24
  • 7.­98
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­59-60
  • 9.­30-31
  • 9.­86-87
  • 9.­114
  • 10.­83
  • 10.­249
  • 10.­286
  • g.­559
  • g.­629
  • g.­658
g.­319

listener

Wylie:
  • nyan thos
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvaka

See “disciple.”

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­46
  • 1.­98-99
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­326-327
  • 1.­362
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­423
  • 2.­425
  • 2.­428
  • 2.­589
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­7
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­211-212
  • 3.­228-229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­415-416
  • 4.­136
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­291
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­69
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­280
  • 10.­282
  • 10.­284
  • g.­141
  • g.­425
g.­320

Little Eyes

Wylie:
  • mig chung
Tibetan:
  • མིག་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The son of wealthy householders in Śrāvastī, who in a former life had been their dog. He became an attendant of Venerable Śāriputra and manifested arhatship while still in his novitiate.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­58-60
  • 1.­68
  • 1.­70-71
  • 1.­84
g.­321

lord

Wylie:
  • btsun pa
Tibetan:
  • བཙུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadanta

Honorific term for an ordained person.

Located in 463 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­10
  • 1.­17-18
  • 1.­23
  • 1.­26
  • 1.­28-29
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­78
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­102
  • 1.­147
  • 1.­156
  • 1.­160
  • 1.­185
  • 1.­215
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­292
  • 1.­295-296
  • 1.­306
  • 1.­308
  • 1.­341-342
  • 1.­360
  • 1.­362
  • 1.­388
  • 1.­391-392
  • 1.­416
  • 1.­423
  • 1.­428
  • 1.­430
  • 1.­442
  • 2.­15
  • 2.­17-18
  • 2.­33
  • 2.­35-36
  • 2.­52
  • 2.­54-55
  • 2.­70
  • 2.­72-73
  • 2.­94
  • 2.­96
  • 2.­110
  • 2.­123
  • 2.­143-144
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­167
  • 2.­172
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­183-184
  • 2.­195-196
  • 2.­205-206
  • 2.­215
  • 2.­217
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­225
  • 2.­235
  • 2.­239
  • 2.­252
  • 2.­255
  • 2.­261
  • 2.­280
  • 2.­282-283
  • 2.­285
  • 2.­343
  • 2.­345-346
  • 2.­359
  • 2.­361-362
  • 2.­377-378
  • 2.­422-425
  • 2.­430
  • 2.­459
  • 2.­465
  • 2.­467
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­487
  • 2.­514-515
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­544
  • 2.­548
  • 2.­585
  • 2.­587
  • 2.­593
  • 2.­595
  • 2.­597
  • 2.­599-602
  • 2.­605
  • 3.­7-8
  • 3.­10-12
  • 3.­18
  • 3.­42
  • 3.­44
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­56
  • 3.­58
  • 3.­71-72
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­77
  • 3.­80-81
  • 3.­84
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­118-119
  • 3.­135
  • 3.­143
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­154
  • 3.­195
  • 3.­197
  • 3.­199
  • 3.­210
  • 3.­220
  • 3.­222
  • 3.­224
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­235
  • 3.­237-238
  • 3.­246
  • 3.­248-249
  • 3.­262
  • 3.­264-265
  • 3.­276-280
  • 3.­303
  • 3.­322
  • 3.­324
  • 3.­334
  • 3.­337
  • 3.­339
  • 3.­341
  • 3.­343-344
  • 3.­350
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365-366
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­385
  • 3.­397
  • 3.­404
  • 3.­406-407
  • 3.­415
  • 3.­422
  • 4.­3
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­30
  • 4.­33
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­61
  • 4.­63
  • 4.­65
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­98
  • 4.­104-105
  • 4.­107
  • 4.­141
  • 4.­143-144
  • 4.­156
  • 4.­158
  • 4.­165
  • 4.­171
  • 4.­176
  • 4.­180
  • 4.­196
  • 4.­199-200
  • 4.­215-216
  • 4.­218
  • 4.­221-222
  • 5.­20
  • 5.­22
  • 5.­56
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­65-66
  • 5.­80
  • 5.­82
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­106
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­141
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­161
  • 5.­163
  • 5.­165
  • 5.­178-179
  • 5.­194
  • 5.­196
  • 5.­202-203
  • 5.­206
  • 5.­218-219
  • 5.­225
  • 5.­227
  • 5.­239
  • 5.­242
  • 5.­246-247
  • 5.­254-255
  • 5.­257
  • 5.­274
  • 5.­276-277
  • 5.­318
  • 5.­320
  • 5.­327
  • 5.­332
  • 6.­7-8
  • 6.­10
  • 6.­28
  • 6.­43
  • 6.­46-47
  • 6.­58
  • 6.­63
  • 6.­65
  • 6.­72
  • 6.­119
  • 6.­143
  • 6.­145-146
  • 6.­150
  • 6.­155
  • 6.­159
  • 6.­186
  • 6.­222
  • 6.­232-235
  • 6.­243
  • 6.­269
  • 6.­275-290
  • 6.­297
  • 6.­299-300
  • 6.­339
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­367-368
  • 6.­374
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­393
  • 6.­407
  • 6.­409-410
  • 6.­414
  • 6.­438-439
  • 6.­444
  • 6.­448
  • 6.­452
  • 6.­460
  • 6.­465
  • 6.­469
  • 6.­476-478
  • 6.­480
  • 6.­487
  • 6.­501-502
  • 6.­507
  • 7.­13
  • 7.­15
  • 7.­34
  • 7.­36
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­55
  • 7.­57
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­98
  • 7.­102
  • 7.­108
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­120
  • 7.­124
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­148
  • 7.­150
  • 7.­155-156
  • 7.­165
  • 7.­192
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­227-228
  • 7.­246
  • 7.­257
  • 7.­266
  • 8.­22
  • 8.­34
  • 8.­47
  • 8.­50
  • 8.­67
  • 8.­120
  • 8.­123
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­21
  • 9.­34
  • 9.­37
  • 9.­39
  • 9.­53-54
  • 9.­79
  • 9.­81
  • 9.­85
  • 9.­92
  • 9.­99
  • 9.­106
  • 9.­124
  • 9.­127
  • 9.­129-131
  • 9.­145
  • 9.­152
  • 9.­159
  • 9.­165
  • 9.­172
  • 9.­174
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­20
  • 10.­22-23
  • 10.­25-30
  • 10.­33-36
  • 10.­39-40
  • 10.­42
  • 10.­44-45
  • 10.­47
  • 10.­49
  • 10.­52
  • 10.­54-59
  • 10.­69-71
  • 10.­80
  • 10.­83
  • 10.­87
  • 10.­90
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­104-105
  • 10.­135
  • 10.­156
  • 10.­165
  • 10.­181
  • 10.­183
  • 10.­188
  • 10.­190
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­210
  • 10.­214-215
  • 10.­226
  • 10.­233-234
  • 10.­248
  • 10.­256
  • 10.­279-282
  • 10.­286
  • 10.­351
  • 10.­353
  • 10.­360
  • 10.­362-363
  • 10.­371
  • 10.­394
  • 10.­410
  • 10.­420
  • 10.­453-454
  • n.­121
  • n.­155
  • g.­45
  • g.­330
  • g.­372
g.­322

Lotus Color

Wylie:
  • pad ma’i mdog
Tibetan:
  • པད་མའི་མདོག
Sanskrit:
  • —

Handsome monk who went forth under Venerable Upasena, he was named for his complexion, which was the color of a lotus-heart.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­163-170
  • 2.­172-174
  • 2.­176-179
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­191
  • 2.­195
  • 2.­199
  • g.­49
  • g.­147
  • g.­620
g.­325

Magadha

Wylie:
  • ma ga dhA
Tibetan:
  • མ་ག་དྷཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • magadha
  • magadhā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An ancient Indian kingdom that lay to the south of the Ganges River in what today is the state of Bihar. Magadha was the largest of the sixteen “great states” (mahājanapada) that flourished between the sixth and third centuries ʙᴄᴇ in northern India. During the life of the Buddha Śākyamuni, it was ruled by King Bimbisāra and later by Bimbisāra's son, Ajātaśatru. Its capital was initially Rājagṛha (modern-day Rajgir) but was later moved to Pāṭaliputra (modern-day Patna). Over the centuries, with the expansion of the Magadha’s might, it became the capital of the vast Mauryan empire and seat of the great King Aśoka.

This region is home to many of the most important Buddhist sites, including Bodh Gayā, where the Buddha attained awakening; Vulture Peak (Gṛdhra­kūṭa), where the Buddha bestowed many well-known Mahāyāna sūtras; and the Buddhist university of Nālandā that flourished between the fifth and twelfth centuries ᴄᴇ, among many others.

Located in 37 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­380
  • 1.­383-384
  • 4.­122
  • 5.­103
  • 6.­321
  • 9.­67
  • 9.­71
  • 9.­150
  • 9.­152
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­124
  • 10.­250-252
  • 10.­254-259
  • 10.­268-269
  • 10.­272-273
  • 10.­279
  • 10.­285
  • 10.­288-289
  • 10.­341-342
  • g.­65
  • g.­291
  • g.­423
  • g.­453
  • g.­633
  • g.­643
g.­327

Mahā­deva (Śiva)

Wylie:
  • lha chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­deva

An epithet of the god Śiva. Though not in this text, in other texts this term may also appear as an epithet of the Buddha. Alternatively a certain king of Mithilā who lived before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni, see “Mahā­deva (the king).”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­29-31
  • 7.­39
  • g.­328
g.­328

Mahā­deva (the king)

Wylie:
  • lha chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­deva

In former times, the king of the city of Mithilā. His two chief ministers were Nanda and Upananda.

In other contexts, sometimes an epithet of the god Śiva, see “Mahā­deva.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­237
  • 6.­239
  • g.­327
  • g.­368
  • g.­386
  • g.­387
  • g.­617
  • g.­618
  • g.­619
g.­329

Mahā­govinda

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­govinda

See “Guardian of the Flame Govinda.”

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­307
  • 10.­313
  • 10.­315
  • 10.­319-320
  • 10.­323
  • 10.­325
  • 10.­328
  • 10.­330
  • 10.­332
  • 10.­336
  • 10.­338
  • g.­223
g.­330

Mahā­kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • ’od srung chen po
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­kāśyapa

A monk of Buddha Śākyamuni’s order who was first in the apostolic succession that carried on Lord Buddha’s teaching after his parinirvāṇa. Also rendered here simply as “Kāśyapa.”

Not to be confused with Buddha Kāśyapa, nor with Uruvilvā Kāśyapa, Nadī Kāśyapa, or Pūraṇa Kāśyapa, nor with Nirgrantha Kāśyapa, nor Foremost Kāśyapa.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­78
  • 6.­81-85
  • 6.­118-119
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­139
  • 6.­142-144
  • 6.­235
  • g.­275
g.­331

Mahā­maudgalyāyana

Wylie:
  • maud gal gyi bu chen po
Tibetan:
  • མཽད་གལ་གྱི་བུ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­maudgalyāyana

Along with Śāriputra, one of the Buddha’s two foremost disciples, known for his miraculous powers. Also rendered here simply as “Maudgalyāyana.”

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­193
  • 3.­195
  • 3.­215
  • 3.­217-220
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­232-235
  • 3.­259-262
  • 3.­401-404
  • 5.­244
  • 6.­476-480
  • 6.­482-483
  • 6.­485
  • 6.­487-491
  • 6.­496-497
  • 6.­499
  • g.­358
g.­332

Mahā­māyā

Wylie:
  • sgyu ’phrul chen mo
Tibetan:
  • སྒྱུ་འཕྲུལ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­māyā

Buddha Śākyamuni’s mother. She and her sister Māyā both married King Śuddhodana of Kapilavastu. Here she is said to be the daughter of Śākya Suprabuddha. In other stories, Mahā­māyā is alternatively said to be the daughter of King Āñjāna of Devaḍaha. Also called “Mahā­māyādevī” and “Māyādevī.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­139
  • 2.­141
  • 5.­130
  • g.­56
  • g.­284
  • g.­333
  • g.­359
  • g.­360
  • g.­492
  • g.­568
g.­333

Mahā­māyādevī

Wylie:
  • lha mo sgyu ’phrul chen mo
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མོ་སྒྱུ་འཕྲུལ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­māyādevī

See “Mahā­māyā.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­8
  • 6.­208
  • g.­332
g.­334

Mahā­prajāpatī

Wylie:
  • skye dgu’i bdag mo chen mo gau ta mI
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་དགུའི་བདག་མོ་ཆེན་མོ་གཽ་ཏ་མཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­prajāpatī gautamī

See “Mahā­prajāpatī Gautamī.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­292-293
  • g.­335
g.­335

Mahā­prajāpatī Gautamī

Wylie:
  • skye dgu’i bdag mo chen mo gau ta mI
  • skye dgu’i bdag mo chen mo
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་དགུའི་བདག་མོ་ཆེན་མོ་གཽ་ཏ་མཱི།
  • སྐྱེ་དགུའི་བདག་མོ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­prajāpatī gautamī
  • mahā­prajāpatī

Siddhārtha Gautama’s aunt, who raised him following his mother’s death and who later became the first woman to go forth as a member of Buddha Śākyamuni’s monastic saṅgha. Also rendered here as “Mahā­prajāpatī.”

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­120
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­390
  • 2.­142
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­132
  • 7.­241-243
  • g.­334
  • g.­359
g.­345

Maitrībala

Wylie:
  • byams pa’i stobs
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • maitrībala

A certain compassionate king of Vārāṇasī and a previous incarnation of the Buddha.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­9
  • 4.­12
  • 4.­20
  • n.­109
  • g.­632
g.­346

Majestic Body

Wylie:
  • lus ’phags
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་འཕགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A certain brahmin of high caste, father of More Majestic. He heard the Dharma from the Buddha and attained stream entry.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­34
  • 6.­36
  • 6.­38-42
  • 6.­44-45
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­51
  • g.­372
g.­349

Maṇiprabha

Wylie:
  • nor bu’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇiprabha RS

“Jewel Light,” a certain young god who in the garden of Prince Jeta in Śrāvastī scattered flowers over the Buddha, sat before him to listen to the Dharma, and manifested stream entry.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­303
  • 1.­307-309
  • 1.­313
g.­350

mantra

Wylie:
  • sngags
Tibetan:
  • སྔགས།
Sanskrit:
  • mantra

Words of power; incantation; lit. “mind-protector”; single or combined Sanskrit syllables repeated as invocations, based on the power of sound (Rigzin 98).

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­142
  • 2.­171-172
  • 4.­184
  • 5.­79-80
  • 5.­213
  • 6.­157
  • 10.­166
  • 10.­168
  • 10.­364
  • g.­78
g.­353

Maskarin Gośālīputra

Wylie:
  • kun du rgyu gnag lhas kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དུ་རྒྱུ་གནག་ལྷས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • maskarin gośālīputra
  • māskarin gośālīputra

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. Also rendered here as “Parivrājaka Gośālīputra.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­56-57
  • g.­418
g.­354

material form

Wylie:
  • gzugs
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpa

One of the five aggregates, that which gives rise to physical qualities.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­279
  • 10.­284
  • g.­11
g.­355

Mathurā

Wylie:
  • bcom brlag
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་བརླག
Sanskrit:
  • mathurā

City located in modern-day Uttar Pradesh, India, historically renowned for its redstone Buddha images.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­165
  • 2.­181
  • 6.­141
  • g.­147
  • g.­224
  • g.­407
g.­358

Maudgalyāyana

Wylie:
  • maud gal gyi bu
Tibetan:
  • མཽད་གལ་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • maudgalyāyana

See “Mahā­maudgalyāyana.”

Located in 69 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­535
  • 3.­87-88
  • 3.­90-92
  • 3.­95
  • 3.­97
  • 3.­187
  • 3.­189
  • 3.­194
  • 3.­199-200
  • 3.­210-211
  • 3.­213
  • 3.­224-226
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­230
  • 3.­238-239
  • 3.­257
  • 3.­265-266
  • 3.­333-335
  • 3.­339-340
  • 3.­342
  • 3.­345-348
  • 3.­350-351
  • 3.­353-355
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­366
  • 3.­373
  • 3.­375-376
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­384-385
  • 3.­396
  • 3.­398-399
  • 3.­407-408
  • 5.­103
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­322
  • 6.­476
  • 6.­482-483
  • 6.­492-493
  • 6.­497
  • 10.­10
  • g.­331
  • g.­411
  • g.­499
  • g.­570
g.­359

Māyā

Wylie:
  • sgyu ’phrul
Tibetan:
  • སྒྱུ་འཕྲུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • māyā

Buddha Śākyamuni’s aunt, and the daughter of Śākya Suprabuddha. She and her sister Mahā­māyā (Buddha Śākyamuni’s mother) both married King Śuddhodana of Kapilavastu. Somewhat confusingly, in other stories she is identified as Mahā­prajāpatī Gautamī, q.v., while Māyā is often used as a short form of the name of the Buddha’s mother Mahā­māyā.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­139
  • 5.­130
  • g.­56
  • g.­284
  • g.­332
  • g.­568
  • g.­661
g.­360

Māyādevī

Wylie:
  • lha mo sgyu ’phrul
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མོ་སྒྱུ་འཕྲུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • māyādevī

See “Mahā­māyā.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­210
  • g.­332
g.­361

meditation

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན།
Sanskrit:
  • dhyāna

Also called “(meditative) concentration,” “meditative state,” and a state of mind in which one is able to focus one’s attention single-pointedly on any suitable virtuous object without wavering (Rigzin 455). Closely related to meditative stabilization (samādhi).

The term “meditation” has also been used in this translation to render sgom pa (meditation training) and ting nge ’dzin (meditative stabilization).

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­164
  • 1.­212
  • 1.­273
  • 1.­337
  • 1.­348
  • 1.­352
  • 2.­90
  • 2.­99
  • 2.­581
  • 3.­17
  • 3.­21
  • 3.­114
  • 6.­28
  • 6.­290
  • 6.­293
  • 7.­50-51
  • 7.­122
  • 7.­140
  • 7.­238
  • 10.­454
  • n.­125
  • g.­172
  • g.­181
  • g.­250
  • g.­362
  • g.­363
  • g.­528
  • g.­576
  • g.­585
  • g.­595
  • g.­647
g.­362

meditation training

Wylie:
  • sgom pa
Tibetan:
  • སྒོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāvanā

Acquainting the mind with a virtuous object or mentally contemplating the Buddha’s teachings (Rigzin 75). Also translated here as “meditation.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­361
g.­363

meditative stabilization

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • samādhi

Also called “(meditative) concentration,” the ability of the mind to concentrate on a specific object of cognition for a length of time (Rigzin 144). Closely related to dhyāna. Also rendered here as “meditation.”

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­273
  • 1.­277
  • 1.­348
  • 5.­67-68
  • 5.­70
  • 6.­87-88
  • 9.­135
  • 10.­266
  • 10.­376
  • 10.­384
  • 10.­390
  • g.­361
  • g.­510
g.­364

mental and physical pliancy

Wylie:
  • shin tu sbyangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་སྦྱངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • praśrabdhi

One of the seven limbs of enlightenment.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­376
  • 10.­384
  • g.­510
g.­365

Meru

Wylie:
  • lhun po
Tibetan:
  • ལྷུན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • meru

King of the city Flourishing Rice who lived before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­238
  • 1.­243
  • 1.­250
  • g.­170
  • g.­599
g.­366

method

Wylie:
  • thabs
Tibetan:
  • ཐབས།
Sanskrit:
  • upāya

Also called “skillful means.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­67
  • 1.­183
  • 1.­339
  • 2.­134
  • 3.­120
  • 7.­186
  • 10.­294
  • g.­523
g.­367

mindfulness

Wylie:
  • dran pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • smṛti
  • smṛta

Not forgetting the Buddha’s teachings amid whatever activities one is currently undertaking. See also “three kinds of sterling equanimity.” Closely related to vigilant introspection.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­89-92
  • 10.­384
  • g.­510
  • g.­585
  • g.­647
g.­368

Mithilā

Wylie:
  • mi thi la
Tibetan:
  • མི་ཐི་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • mithilā

A city ruled in former times by King Mahā­deva.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­237
  • 7.­44
  • 7.­49-50
  • 7.­58
  • g.­326
  • g.­327
  • g.­328
  • g.­386
  • g.­617
  • g.­634
  • g.­646
  • g.­655
g.­369

monastery

Wylie:
  • gtsug lag khang
Tibetan:
  • གཙུག་ལག་ཁང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vihāra

A term denoting a permanent structure built to house members of the monastic saṅgha

Located in 65 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­109-110
  • 1.­122
  • 1.­128-129
  • 1.­175
  • 1.­210
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­298
  • 1.­312-313
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­359
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­170
  • 2.­173
  • 2.­318
  • 2.­379-380
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­528
  • 2.­534-535
  • 2.­598
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­341
  • 3.­348
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­127
  • 4.­176
  • 4.­198
  • 5.­111-112
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­322-323
  • 5.­325
  • 5.­327
  • 6.­178
  • 6.­184
  • 6.­227
  • 6.­433
  • 6.­442
  • 6.­454
  • 6.­456
  • 7.­18
  • 8.­29
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­132-134
  • 10.­101
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­454-455
  • n.­147
  • g.­25
  • g.­112
  • g.­147
  • g.­186
  • g.­443
  • g.­444
g.­370

monastic discipline

Wylie:
  • chos ’dul ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་འདུལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmavinaya

See “Vinaya.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­20
  • 6.­193
  • 7.­104
  • 10.­450
  • g.­650
g.­371

monk

Wylie:
  • dge slong
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སློང་།
Sanskrit:
  • bhikṣu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term bhikṣu, often translated as “monk,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist monks and nuns‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity.

In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a monk follows 253 rules as part of his moral discipline. A nun (bhikṣuṇī; dge slong ma) follows 364 rules. A novice monk (śrāmaṇera; dge tshul) or nun (śrāmaṇerikā; dge tshul ma) follows thirty-six rules of moral discipline (although in other vinaya traditions novices typically follow only ten).

Located in 1,005 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • i.­7
  • 1.­9-10
  • 1.­26
  • 1.­28-30
  • 1.­38-39
  • 1.­54
  • 1.­68
  • 1.­70-71
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­76-77
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­82
  • 1.­84
  • 1.­86
  • 1.­112-113
  • 1.­118-119
  • 1.­121-124
  • 1.­126
  • 1.­128-130
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­136-137
  • 1.­145
  • 1.­148
  • 1.­152
  • 1.­156-157
  • 1.­160-162
  • 1.­170-171
  • 1.­175
  • 1.­185
  • 1.­187
  • 1.­193
  • 1.­197
  • 1.­207
  • 1.­210-211
  • 1.­213
  • 1.­215-217
  • 1.­225-227
  • 1.­230
  • 1.­233-235
  • 1.­238
  • 1.­250
  • 1.­269-270
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­275
  • 1.­277
  • 1.­295-296
  • 1.­298
  • 1.­301-302
  • 1.­305
  • 1.­307
  • 1.­309
  • 1.­311-314
  • 1.­341-342
  • 1.­351-352
  • 1.­360-362
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­391-392
  • 1.­397
  • 1.­401-402
  • 1.­424
  • 1.­429-432
  • 1.­439
  • 1.­441-444
  • 1.­449
  • 2.­87
  • 2.­100-106
  • 2.­109
  • 2.­123-124
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­143-144
  • 2.­150-151
  • 2.­170
  • 2.­172
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­188-189
  • 2.­191-193
  • 2.­196
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­204-206
  • 2.­208
  • 2.­210-211
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­225-226
  • 2.­230
  • 2.­232-236
  • 2.­240
  • 2.­251-253
  • 2.­255
  • 2.­258-260
  • 2.­262-264
  • 2.­285-286
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­319
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­377-380
  • 2.­383-387
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­391-405
  • 2.­414
  • 2.­419-422
  • 2.­424
  • 2.­426-432
  • 2.­458
  • 2.­460
  • 2.­466-467
  • 2.­469
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­485
  • 2.­487-488
  • 2.­508
  • 2.­514-517
  • 2.­519-520
  • 2.­522
  • 2.­525-530
  • 2.­548-550
  • 2.­552
  • 2.­558
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­566-567
  • 2.­569
  • 2.­571-572
  • 2.­578
  • 2.­593-605
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­7-10
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­14-15
  • 3.­44-45
  • 3.­52-53
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­57-59
  • 3.­62
  • 3.­65
  • 3.­75
  • 3.­78-79
  • 3.­84-85
  • 3.­87-89
  • 3.­91-93
  • 3.­95
  • 3.­97-99
  • 3.­103-104
  • 3.­118-119
  • 3.­122-124
  • 3.­133-137
  • 3.­146-147
  • 3.­152-155
  • 3.­186
  • 3.­210
  • 3.­217
  • 3.­225-226
  • 3.­233
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­260
  • 3.­266
  • 3.­269-270
  • 3.­273
  • 3.­276-279
  • 3.­281-282
  • 3.­300
  • 3.­303-304
  • 3.­306-307
  • 3.­311
  • 3.­313
  • 3.­319
  • 3.­323-325
  • 3.­329
  • 3.­331-334
  • 3.­336
  • 3.­338-342
  • 3.­345
  • 3.­347-356
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365-366
  • 3.­371-375
  • 3.­378-379
  • 3.­384-386
  • 3.­388
  • 3.­396-397
  • 3.­408-411
  • 3.­414-415
  • 3.­417
  • 3.­422-423
  • 3.­438
  • 4.­3
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­33
  • 4.­35
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­39-41
  • 4.­43
  • 4.­48
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­52
  • 4.­58-61
  • 4.­63-66
  • 4.­75
  • 4.­86-90
  • 4.­104-111
  • 4.­120-123
  • 4.­126-129
  • 4.­144
  • 4.­153
  • 4.­157-159
  • 4.­164-165
  • 4.­167-168
  • 4.­170-172
  • 4.­175-176
  • 4.­178-181
  • 4.­183
  • 4.­188
  • 4.­197-200
  • 4.­202-203
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­221-222
  • 4.­231-233
  • 5.­21-24
  • 5.­28-29
  • 5.­31
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­60
  • 5.­64-66
  • 5.­68-69
  • 5.­84
  • 5.­86
  • 5.­88-90
  • 5.­93-96
  • 5.­105
  • 5.­116
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­123-124
  • 5.­142-144
  • 5.­150
  • 5.­152-153
  • 5.­161
  • 5.­163-165
  • 5.­167-169
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­181-182
  • 5.­184-185
  • 5.­195-196
  • 5.­198
  • 5.­201-203
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­209-210
  • 5.­226-228
  • 5.­230
  • 5.­241-243
  • 5.­257
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­263
  • 5.­271-272
  • 5.­275-277
  • 5.­288-289
  • 5.­319-327
  • 5.­330-334
  • 6.­7
  • 6.­9-11
  • 6.­19
  • 6.­26
  • 6.­29-30
  • 6.­32-33
  • 6.­40-41
  • 6.­44
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­51
  • 6.­53
  • 6.­58-60
  • 6.­62
  • 6.­64-65
  • 6.­67
  • 6.­71-73
  • 6.­76-80
  • 6.­82
  • 6.­85-108
  • 6.­110
  • 6.­112
  • 6.­114
  • 6.­116-117
  • 6.­119
  • 6.­121
  • 6.­135
  • 6.­137-139
  • 6.­147-149
  • 6.­162
  • 6.­164
  • 6.­177-178
  • 6.­185-188
  • 6.­190-192
  • 6.­196
  • 6.­200
  • 6.­211
  • 6.­231
  • 6.­235-237
  • 6.­241
  • 6.­243-244
  • 6.­246-247
  • 6.­250-251
  • 6.­253
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­270-272
  • 6.­294
  • 6.­299-300
  • 6.­306-309
  • 6.­320
  • 6.­342
  • 6.­353
  • 6.­356
  • 6.­359-368
  • 6.­375
  • 6.­377
  • 6.­382-384
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­390
  • 6.­392-393
  • 6.­400-401
  • 6.­406
  • 6.­409-410
  • 6.­412-415
  • 6.­429-431
  • 6.­433-434
  • 6.­438-439
  • 6.­441-442
  • 6.­447-448
  • 6.­450
  • 6.­452-453
  • 6.­457
  • 6.­465-469
  • 6.­471
  • 6.­477
  • 6.­479
  • 6.­501-502
  • 6.­507
  • 6.­509-510
  • 7.­14-16
  • 7.­18-21
  • 7.­24
  • 7.­35-37
  • 7.­42-43
  • 7.­49
  • 7.­64
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­77
  • 7.­100-103
  • 7.­105-108
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­115-116
  • 7.­121
  • 7.­124-125
  • 7.­128-130
  • 7.­133
  • 7.­149-150
  • 7.­155-156
  • 7.­162
  • 7.­164-166
  • 7.­187
  • 7.­199-200
  • 7.­202
  • 7.­204-205
  • 7.­207-210
  • 7.­212
  • 7.­218
  • 7.­227-230
  • 7.­232
  • 7.­234
  • 7.­242-243
  • 7.­246-247
  • 7.­249-250
  • 7.­257-258
  • 7.­263
  • 7.­266-267
  • 7.­271
  • 8.­7
  • 8.­10-14
  • 8.­23
  • 8.­27
  • 8.­34-36
  • 8.­38-39
  • 8.­46-47
  • 8.­54
  • 8.­63-64
  • 8.­66
  • 8.­68-69
  • 8.­91-92
  • 8.­102-104
  • 8.­108
  • 8.­115-116
  • 8.­124-127
  • 9.­20-21
  • 9.­23
  • 9.­26
  • 9.­38-39
  • 9.­41
  • 9.­44
  • 9.­48-49
  • 9.­53-54
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­64-65
  • 9.­71
  • 9.­78-79
  • 9.­81-82
  • 9.­84-88
  • 9.­93
  • 9.­96-97
  • 9.­99-101
  • 9.­106-107
  • 9.­113-114
  • 9.­125
  • 9.­128-129
  • 9.­131
  • 9.­134-137
  • 9.­145-146
  • 9.­148
  • 9.­159-161
  • 9.­173-174
  • 9.­176
  • 9.­181
  • 10.­87-88
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­104-106
  • 10.­123
  • 10.­125
  • 10.­135-136
  • 10.­147-148
  • 10.­155-157
  • 10.­170
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­186
  • 10.­188-192
  • 10.­194
  • 10.­196
  • 10.­202-203
  • 10.­209
  • 10.­211-215
  • 10.­217-218
  • 10.­226-228
  • 10.­233-235
  • 10.­240-241
  • 10.­246
  • 10.­248
  • 10.­250
  • 10.­252
  • 10.­273-274
  • 10.­276
  • 10.­278
  • 10.­288
  • 10.­290
  • 10.­341
  • 10.­352-355
  • 10.­363-364
  • 10.­369
  • 10.­374-375
  • 10.­377
  • 10.­382
  • 10.­387
  • 10.­394-396
  • 10.­416
  • 10.­423-424
  • 10.­426-455
  • n.­30
  • n.­38
  • n.­109
  • n.­121
  • n.­169
  • n.­242-243
  • g.­5
  • g.­18
  • g.­24
  • g.­54
  • g.­84
  • g.­118
  • g.­147
  • g.­199
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­278
  • g.­308
  • g.­316
  • g.­322
  • g.­330
  • g.­432
  • g.­442
  • g.­452
  • g.­520
  • g.­524
  • g.­570
  • g.­572
  • g.­617
  • g.­618
  • g.­619
  • g.­620
  • g.­637
g.­372

More Majestic

Wylie:
  • lhag ’phags
Tibetan:
  • ལྷག་འཕགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Child of the high brahmin Majestic Body, he visited Lord Buddha to inquire about the proper way to perform the sacrifice, and hearing the Dharma that the Buddha taught in reply he attained stream entry.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­34-35
  • 6.­39-40
  • 6.­44
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­51
  • g.­346
g.­373

Mount Sabkang

Wylie:
  • sab kang ri
Tibetan:
  • སབ་ཀང་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain that is home to The Terrifying Forest (’jigs byed ma’i tshal) and a deer park where Devadatta’s disciple Kokālika is said to have lived.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­332-336
  • 3.­345
  • 3.­350
  • g.­582
g.­374

Mount Śiśumāri

Wylie:
  • shi shu ma ri’i ri
Tibetan:
  • ཤི་ཤུ་མ་རིའི་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • śiśumāragiri
  • śuśumāragiri

The name of the capital city of Bharga (see “Garga”). (Edgerton 531.2).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­2
  • g.­194
  • g.­582
  • g.­656
g.­376

Mountain

Wylie:
  • ri bo
Tibetan:
  • རི་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • giri RS
  • śaila RS
  • parvata RS

A future buddha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­362
g.­377

Mṛgāra

Wylie:
  • ri dags ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • རི་དགས་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • mṛgāra

One of King Prasenajit’s two chief ministers in Śrāvastī.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­126-128
  • 3.­130
  • 3.­134
  • 3.­137-138
  • g.­658
g.­378

Mṛgavratin

Wylie:
  • ri dags kyi brtul zhugs
Tibetan:
  • རི་དགས་ཀྱི་བརྟུལ་ཞུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • mṛgavratin

A group of ascetics who took vows to live as deer, draping themselves in deerskin, carrying about horns, and residing in close proximity to deer.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­220
  • 7.­224-226
  • 7.­232
g.­379

Nadī Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • chu klung ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ཀླུང་འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • nadī kāśyapa

Went forth under the Buddha in Vārāṇasī shortly after the Buddha’s enlightenment; brother of Uruvilvā Kāśyapa.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­102
  • 10.­10
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­330
  • g.­624
g.­380

nāga

Wylie:
  • klu
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāga

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings who live in subterranean aquatic environments, where they guard wealth and sometimes also teachings. Nāgas are associated with serpents and have a snakelike appearance. In Buddhist art and in written accounts, they are regularly portrayed as half human and half snake, and they are also said to have the ability to change into human form. Some nāgas are Dharma protectors, but they can also bring retribution if they are disturbed. They may likewise fight one another, wage war, and destroy the lands of others by causing lightning, hail, and flooding.

Located in 61 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­100
  • 2.­197
  • 2.­457
  • 3.­35
  • 3.­45-50
  • 3.­52
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­112-116
  • 4.­118
  • 4.­120
  • 4.­123-124
  • 4.­127-129
  • 4.­144-145
  • 5.­101
  • 5.­218
  • 6.­140-141
  • 6.­166
  • 6.­177
  • 6.­312
  • 7.­159
  • 9.­152
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­20-22
  • 10.­360
  • 10.­364-367
  • 10.­369
  • g.­44
  • g.­67
  • g.­68
  • g.­195
  • g.­241
  • g.­264
  • g.­337
  • g.­386
  • g.­387
  • g.­391
  • g.­617
  • g.­618
  • g.­619
  • g.­638
  • g.­639
  • g.­653
g.­385

Nandā

Wylie:
  • dga’ mo
  • dga’ ma
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་མོ།
  • དགའ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • nandā

Young woman of Serika village, who, along with Nandabalā, is credited in this text and in the Divyāvadāna with giving honeyed porridge prepared from milk to Gautama prior to his enlightenment.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­100
  • 5.­102
  • 6.­319
  • 10.­10
  • n.­134
  • n.­168
  • g.­388
  • g.­508
  • g.­559
g.­386

Nanda (the minister)

Wylie:
  • dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nanda RS

Along with Upananda, one of King Mahā­deva’s two chief ministers in the city of Mithilā.

Not to be confused with “Nanda,” a certain nāga.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­239
  • g.­328
  • g.­387
  • g.­617
g.­387

Nanda (the nāga)

Wylie:
  • dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nanda

The name of a certain nāga.

Not to be confused with “Nanda,” one of King Mahā­deva’s ministers.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­218
  • 9.­152
  • 10.­360
  • g.­386
g.­388

Nandabalā

Wylie:
  • dga’ stobs
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • nandabalā

Young woman of Serika village, who, along with Nandā, is credited in this text and in the Divyāvadāna with giving honeyed porridge prepared from milk to Gautama prior to his enlightenment.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­100
  • 5.­102
  • 6.­319
  • 10.­10
  • n.­134
  • n.­168
  • g.­385
  • g.­508
  • g.­559
g.­389

Nandaka

Wylie:
  • dga’ byed
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • nandaka

One of the Buddha’s great disciples.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­1
  • 3.­241
  • 3.­243-246
  • 3.­249-250
  • 3.­255
g.­390

Nārāyaṇa

Wylie:
  • sred med kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • སྲེད་མེད་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nārāyaṇa

In the Hindu tradition understood as the god Viṣṇu in the form of the “Supreme Lord.” He is associated with the peacock feather. Not to be confused with the householder Viṣṇu.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­104
  • 1.­368
  • 8.­73-74
g.­392

nine successive meditative absorptions

Wylie:
  • mthar gyis gnas pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa dgu
Tibetan:
  • མཐར་གྱིས་གནས་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ་དགུ
Sanskrit:
  • navānupūrvavihārasamāpatti

(1–4) the four meditative states, (5–8) the four absorptions within the formless realm (caturārūpyasamāpatti, gzugs med [snyoms ’jug] bzhi), and (9) the meditative absorption of cessation (nirodhasamāpatti, ’gog pa’i snyoms ’jug).

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
  • n.­125
g.­393

Nirgrantha Jñātiputra

Wylie:
  • gcer bu pa gnyen gyi bu
Tibetan:
  • གཅེར་བུ་པ་གཉེན་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirgrantha jñātiputra
  • nirgrantha jñātaputra

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­56-57
  • 6.­344
  • 7.­74-75
  • g.­395
  • g.­430
g.­394

Nirgrantha Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • gcer bu pa ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • གཅེར་བུ་པ་འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • nirgrantha kāśyapa

See “Nirgrantha Kinsman of the Kāśyapas.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • g.­274
  • g.­330
  • g.­395
g.­395

Nirgrantha Kinsman of the Kāśyapas

Wylie:
  • gcer bu pa ’od srung dang rus gcig pa
Tibetan:
  • གཅེར་བུ་པ་འོད་སྲུང་དང་རུས་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The son of a poor brahmin farmer who lived outside of Rājagṛha, he mistook Nirgrantha Jñātiputra for Buddha Śākyamuni and became Nirgrantha Jñātiputra’s student. He then took refuge in the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha shortly before his death. Also called “Nirgrantha Kāśyapa,” or simply “Kāśyapa,” his given name.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­75-77
  • 7.­81-84
  • 7.­97-100
  • 7.­102-103
  • 7.­108
  • 7.­110
  • 7.­115
  • g.­276
  • g.­394
g.­396

noble being

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ārya

See “noble one.”

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­394-405
  • 2.­414-415
  • 4.­97
  • 6.­316-318
  • 8.­123
  • g.­398
g.­397

noble eightfold path

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa’i lam yan lag brgyad pa
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པའི་ལམ་ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āryāṣṭāṅga mārga

(1) Right view, (2) right understanding, (3) right speech, (4) right action, (5) right livelihood, (6) right effort, (7) right mindfulness, and (8) right meditation. See also thirty-seven wings of enlightenment.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­415-418
  • 6.­349
  • 10.­34
  • g.­465
  • g.­467
  • g.­468
  • g.­469
  • g.­471
  • g.­472
  • g.­473
  • g.­474
  • g.­585
g.­398

noble one

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ārya

Also known as a “noble being,” “exalted being,” “a superior”; one who has attained the third path, i.e., the path of seeing upon which one becomes a real saṅgha refuge.

Located in 53 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 1.­56-57
  • 1.­62
  • 1.­101-102
  • 1.­108
  • 1.­111
  • 1.­177
  • 1.­183
  • 1.­201
  • 1.­214
  • 1.­227
  • 1.­328-329
  • 1.­334
  • 2.­166
  • 2.­190
  • 2.­193
  • 2.­390
  • 2.­415-417
  • 2.­600
  • 3.­60
  • 3.­338
  • 3.­364
  • 3.­370
  • 4.­77-78
  • 4.­83
  • 4.­100
  • 5.­79-80
  • 5.­84
  • 5.­102
  • 5.­323-324
  • 6.­89-90
  • 6.­113
  • 6.­115
  • 6.­489
  • 7.­98
  • 7.­158-159
  • 7.­162
  • 10.­83
  • 10.­199
  • 10.­275
  • 10.­286
  • g.­396
  • g.­432
g.­400

non-returner

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ’ong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anāgāmin

A practitioner whose level of realization is such that he or she need take no further saṃsāric rebirth to achieve enlightenment; they are in their final rebirth.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­434-435
  • 1.­437-438
  • 5.­327
  • 6.­433
  • g.­132
  • g.­461
  • g.­529
  • g.­656
  • g.­658
g.­402

nun

Wylie:
  • dge slong ma
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སློང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhikṣuṇī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term bhikṣuṇī, often translated as “nun,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term bhikṣu (to which the female grammatical ending ṇī is added) literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist nuns and monks‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity. In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a bhikṣuṇī follows 364 rules and a bhikṣu follows 253 rules as part of their moral discipline.

For the first few years of the Buddha’s teachings in India, there was no ordination for women. It started at the persistent request and display of determination of Mahāprajāpatī, the Buddha’s stepmother and aunt, together with five hundred former wives of men of Kapilavastu, who had themselves become monks. Mahāprajāpatī is thus considered to be the founder of the nun’s order.

Located in 67 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­33-36
  • 1.­38
  • 1.­172
  • 1.­175
  • 1.­186
  • 1.­275
  • 2.­150
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­186-188
  • 2.­190-191
  • 2.­193-194
  • 2.­228
  • 2.­230
  • 2.­256
  • 2.­258
  • 3.­7
  • 3.­10-11
  • 3.­14
  • 3.­57
  • 3.­118
  • 3.­120
  • 3.­122
  • 3.­133
  • 3.­137
  • 3.­140
  • 3.­142-144
  • 3.­146
  • 3.­148
  • 3.­152
  • 3.­154
  • 3.­244
  • 3.­252-255
  • 7.­242-246
  • 7.­249
  • n.­30
  • n.­97
  • n.­169
  • g.­6
  • g.­54
  • g.­62
  • g.­92
  • g.­94
  • g.­132
  • g.­206
  • g.­261
  • g.­442
  • g.­544
  • g.­625
g.­405

once-returner

Wylie:
  • lan cig phyir ’ong ba
Tibetan:
  • ལན་ཅིག་ཕྱིར་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sakṛdāgāmin

A practitioner whose level of realization is such that he or she need only take one further saṃsāric rebirth to achieve enlightenment.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­201
  • 10.­77
  • g.­462
g.­406

one path to be traversed

Wylie:
  • bgrod pa gcig bu’i lam
Tibetan:
  • བགྲོད་པ་གཅིག་བུའི་ལམ།
Sanskrit:
  • ekayānamārga

A synonym for the path of the Great Vehicle (Mahāyāna) and the path of the Vehicle of the Bodhisattvas (Bodhisattvayāna).

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
g.­407

Otalā

Wylie:
  • o ta la
Tibetan:
  • ཨོ་ཏ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • otalā

A region of ancient India, not far from Mathurā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­2
g.­409

Padmagarbha

Wylie:
  • pad ma’i snying po can
Tibetan:
  • པད་མའི་སྙིང་པོ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • padmagarbha

King of Takṣaśīla during the time of the Buddha, he was father of She Who Gathers.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­363
  • 1.­372
  • 1.­374
  • g.­278
  • g.­511
g.­410

Padmottama

Wylie:
  • pad ma’i bla ma
Tibetan:
  • པད་མའི་བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmottama

A future buddha.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­1
  • 8.­78
  • n.­178
  • n.­184
  • n.­186
g.­411

Pāṁśula

Wylie:
  • rdul ldan
Tibetan:
  • རྡུལ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • pāṁśula

The name of an ancient city ruled by King Diśāṃpati. Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana are said to have lived on the outskirts of this city during their former lifetimes as ascetics.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­388-391
  • 3.­395
  • 10.­290
  • g.­140
  • g.­210
  • g.­223
  • g.­460
g.­414

Paṅgu

Wylie:
  • ’phye bo
Tibetan:
  • འཕྱེ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • paṅgu RS

Upon his birth his parents’ household and those of all who went to see him began to succeed in all their endeavors.

Not to be confused with the tailor Paṅgu.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­4
  • 7.­10-11
  • 7.­15
  • 7.­24
  • g.­415
g.­415

Paṅgu (the tailor)

Wylie:
  • ’phye bo
Tibetan:
  • འཕྱེ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • paṅgu RS

A tailor whose name means “a person who crawls,” he was the child of wealthy householders in Śrāvastī, born with paralyzed legs.

Not to be confused with the Paṅgu who caused all those who went to see him to succeed in all their endeavors.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­404-405
  • 1.­412
  • 1.­422
  • 1.­427
  • 1.­430
  • 1.­439
  • g.­414
g.­416

Parinirvāṇa

Wylie:
  • yongs su mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • parinirvāṇa

The nirvāṇa that enlightened beings attain upon corporeal death. Also rendered here as “to pass beyond all sorrow.”

Located in 59 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­118
  • 1.­120-121
  • 2.­428
  • 2.­547-548
  • 2.­559
  • 2.­569
  • 6.­79-80
  • 6.­137-143
  • 6.­145
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­235
  • 6.­242-243
  • 6.­245-246
  • 6.­250-252
  • 6.­336
  • 6.­356
  • 6.­359-360
  • 6.­367
  • 6.­380-383
  • 6.­390-392
  • 7.­63
  • 7.­67
  • 7.­103-104
  • 7.­107
  • 7.­160
  • 7.­162-163
  • 7.­216
  • n.­159
  • g.­24
  • g.­133
  • g.­304
  • g.­324
  • g.­330
  • g.­420
  • g.­421
  • g.­497
  • g.­524
  • g.­616
g.­418

Parivrājaka Gośālīputra

Wylie:
  • kun du rgyu gnag lhas kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དུ་རྒྱུ་གནག་ལྷས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • parivrājaka gośālīputra

See “Maskarin Gośālīputra.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­344
  • g.­353
  • g.­430
g.­420

Pass beyond all sorrow

Wylie:
  • yongs su mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • parinirvāṇa

See “parinirvāṇa.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­607
  • 3.­415
  • 6.­249
  • 6.­339
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­376
  • 6.­390
  • 7.­193
  • g.­416
g.­421

passed beyond all sorrow into the realm of nirvāṇa without any remainder of the aggregates

Wylie:
  • phung po lhag ma med pa’i mya ngan las ’das pa’i dbyings su yongs su mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོ་ལྷག་མ་མེད་པའི་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པའི་དབྱིངས་སུ་ཡོངས་སུ་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

See “parinirvāṇa.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­117
  • 1.­134
  • 3.­149
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­277
  • 7.­130
  • 10.­90
  • 10.­200
g.­422

Paśupati

Wylie:
  • gu lang
Tibetan:
  • གུ་ལང་།
Sanskrit:
  • paśupati

“Lord of All Animals,” an epithet of the god Śiva.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­88
  • 1.­316
  • 2.­156
  • 5.­97
g.­423

Pāṭaliputra

Wylie:
  • dmar can gyi bu
  • dmar bu can
Tibetan:
  • དམར་ཅན་གྱི་བུ།
  • དམར་བུ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • pāṭaliputra

The name of an ancient city, the capital of Magadha was moved to Pāṭaliputra during the Mauryan expansion, and Pāṭaliputra would then serve as the capital of King Aśoka’s Maurya empire. Identified with the modern Indian city of Patna.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­142
  • 6.­155
  • 6.­159
  • g.­12
  • g.­520
  • g.­557
  • g.­572
g.­424

path of learning

Wylie:
  • slob
Tibetan:
  • སློབ།
Sanskrit:
  • śaikṣa

The state of a person who has not yet attained arhatship.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 2.­228
  • 2.­592
  • 2.­603-604
  • 3.­254-255
  • g.­89
g.­425

path of no more to learn

Wylie:
  • ma slob
Tibetan:
  • མ་སློབ།
Sanskrit:
  • aśaikṣa

The stage of a person who has attained the highest level of realization on their respective path, whether that of the listeners, the solitary buddhas or the buddhas.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 2.­228
  • 2.­592
  • 2.­603-604
  • 3.­254-255
  • g.­35
  • g.­89
g.­426

patience in accord with the truth

Wylie:
  • bden pa dang ’thun pa’i bzod pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེན་པ་དང་འཐུན་པའི་བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The third of the four stages of penetrative insight, typically rendered simply as kṣānti or “patience.”

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­199
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 7.­68
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • g.­183
  • g.­585
g.­427

peak

Wylie:
  • rtse mo
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mūrdha

The second of the four stages of penetrative insight.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­199
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 7.­68
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • n.­125
  • g.­154
  • g.­183
  • g.­585
  • g.­662
g.­428

perception

Wylie:
  • ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃjñā

One of the five aggregates, sometimes also called “recognition” or “discrimination,” this refers to the discriminative power of the mind in relation to objects.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­421
  • 2.­424
  • 2.­427
  • 3.­20-21
  • 3.­38
  • 6.­95-96
  • 6.­101-102
  • 10.­269-272
  • 10.­281
  • 10.­283-284
  • 10.­372
  • n.­125
  • g.­11
  • g.­47
g.­429

phenomenon

Wylie:
  • chos
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma

One of the meanings of the Skt. term “dharma.”

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 2.­406
  • 2.­419
  • 3.­38-41
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­305
  • 6.­3
  • 6.­350
  • 7.­97
  • 9.­73
  • 10.­36
  • 10.­38-41
  • 10.­81
  • 10.­265
  • 10.­285
  • n.­222
  • g.­125
  • g.­130
  • g.­142
  • g.­154
  • g.­242
  • g.­250
  • g.­466
  • g.­474
  • g.­521
  • g.­580
  • g.­585
g.­430

philosophical extremist

Wylie:
  • mu stegs can
Tibetan:
  • མུ་སྟེགས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • tīrthika

Holders of philosophical views diverging from the Buddhist philosophy of the Middle Way into one of the two “extremes” of nihilism or eternalism. In the Buddha’s day they were typified by the non-Buddhist teachers Pūraṇa Kāśyapa, Parivrājaka Gośālīputra, Saṃjayin Vairaṭīputra, Ajita Keśakambala, Kakuda Kātyāyana, and Nirgrantha Jñātiputra.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­4
  • 6.­359
  • g.­17
  • g.­254
  • g.­263
  • g.­353
  • g.­393
  • g.­447
  • g.­495
g.­431

philosophical texts

Wylie:
  • bstan bcos
Tibetan:
  • བསྟན་བཅོས།
Sanskrit:
  • śāstra

See “treatise.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­375
  • g.­598
g.­432

Piṇḍola­bhāradvāja

Wylie:
  • piN+Do la ba ra d+h+va dza
Tibetan:
  • པིཎྜོ་ལ་བ་ར་དྷབ༹་ཛ།
Sanskrit:
  • piṇḍola­bhāradvāja
  • piṇḍola­bharadvāja

A monk of the Buddha’s order, declared by the Buddha as supreme among “lion roarers,” i.e., teachers of the Dharma. Cf. “Kuṇālavadāna,” ch. 27, v. 84 in the Divyāvadana, which details the noble one’s encounter in his old age with King Aśoka.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­194
  • 1.­197-198
  • 1.­201-203
  • 1.­205
  • 1.­208
  • 1.­211
  • 1.­214
  • 1.­224-229
  • 1.­235-237
  • 1.­250
g.­433

piśāca

Wylie:
  • sha za
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • piśāca

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that, like several other classes of nonhuman beings, take spontaneous birth. Ranking below rākṣasas, they are less powerful and more akin to pretas. They are said to dwell in impure and perilous places, where they feed on impure things, including flesh. This could account for the name piśāca, which possibly derives from √piś, to carve or chop meat, as reflected also in the Tibetan sha za, “meat eater.” They are often described as having an unpleasant appearance, and at times they appear with animal bodies. Some possess the ability to enter the dead bodies of humans, thereby becoming so-called vetāla, to touch whom is fatal.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­1
  • 9.­150
  • 9.­152-153
  • 9.­155-158
  • 9.­160-161
  • g.­299
g.­435

ply

Wylie:
  • bcams
Tibetan:
  • བཅམས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The Tibetan is obscure. Lobsang Jamspal suggests the term means “to be nice to; to adulate; to flatter, before showing your real aim.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­176
g.­441

Prasenajit

Wylie:
  • gsal rgyal
Tibetan:
  • གསལ་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • prasenajit

King of the country of Kośala, he reigned in the city of Śrāvastī. Sometime enemy of King Brahmadatta (present), with whom he eventually reconciled.

Located in 59 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­278-284
  • 1.­287-288
  • 2.­116
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­238
  • 3.­126
  • 3.­296-298
  • 5.­32-33
  • 5.­35-36
  • 5.­41-48
  • 5.­56-57
  • 5.­64
  • 5.­104
  • 8.­66
  • 8.­71-72
  • 8.­79
  • 8.­84
  • 8.­119-120
  • 9.­139
  • 9.­143-144
  • 9.­150
  • 10.­230
  • 10.­357
  • 10.­359-361
  • n.­26
  • g.­120
  • g.­132
  • g.­136
  • g.­291
  • g.­295
  • g.­377
  • g.­445
  • g.­629
  • g.­645
  • g.­658
g.­443

preceptor

Wylie:
  • mkhan po
Tibetan:
  • མཁན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upādhyāya

The person from whom one receives vows. Also the title of the head of a monastery. Also rendered here as “counselor.”

Located in 47 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­64
  • 1.­66-69
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­164-165
  • 1.­206
  • 1.­245
  • 1.­398
  • 2.­148-150
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­292
  • 2.­301
  • 2.­521
  • 3.­12-14
  • 3.­73
  • 3.­83
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­149
  • 3.­152
  • 3.­347
  • 4.­186
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­213
  • 6.­40
  • 6.­194
  • 6.­245
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­324
  • 7.­178
  • 7.­202-204
  • 7.­206
  • 7.­247-248
  • 10.­429-430
  • 10.­432
  • n.­97
  • g.­112
g.­444

Prince Jeta

Wylie:
  • rgyal bu rgyal byed
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བུ་རྒྱལ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • rājakumāra jeta

Prince who sold the so-called garden of Prince Jeta in Śrāvastī to the householder Anāthapiṇḍada, who built a monastery there and offered it to the Buddha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­192
g.­445

Purāṇa

Wylie:
  • gna’ mi
Tibetan:
  • གནའ་མི།
Sanskrit:
  • purāṇa

The Hundred Deeds appears to list him as one of the attendants of the queen in Śrāvastī during the time of the Buddha. Elsewhere he and his associate Datta are remembered as a ministers or attendants (sthapati) to King Prasenajit.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­121
  • g.­78
  • g.­120
g.­446

Pūraṇa (a brahmin from Śrāvastī)

Wylie:
  • rdzogs byed
Tibetan:
  • རྫོགས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • pūraṇa

A certain brahmin, child of wealthy householders in Śrāvastī, who became an attendant of Venerable Aniruddha before returning home at his parents’ request and manifesting arhatship. Appears in the Story of Pūraṇa.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­103-104
  • 1.­123-124
  • 1.­129
  • 1.­136
g.­447

Pūraṇa Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • ’od srung rdzogs byed
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་རྫོགས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • pūraṇa kāśyapa

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­142
  • 5.­296-297
  • 5.­300
  • 5.­303-304
  • 5.­312
  • 6.­56-57
  • 6.­344
  • n.­153
  • n.­182
  • g.­254
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­330
  • g.­430
g.­448

Pūrṇa (a householder and future buddha)

Wylie:
  • gang po
Tibetan:
  • གང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrṇa

A wealthy householder in Rājagṛha whom the Buddha prophesied would become the future Buddha Pūrṇa.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 8.­1-2
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­15
g.­453

Rājagṛha

Wylie:
  • rgyal po’i khab
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོའི་ཁབ།
Sanskrit:
  • rājagṛha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The ancient capital of Magadha prior to its relocation to Pāṭaliputra during the Mauryan dynasty, Rājagṛha is one of the most important locations in Buddhist history. The literature tells us that the Buddha and his saṅgha spent a considerable amount of time in residence in and around Rājagṛha‍—in nearby places, such as the Vulture Peak Mountain (Gṛdhrakūṭaparvata), a major site of the Mahāyāna sūtras, and the Bamboo Grove (Veṇuvana)‍—enjoying the patronage of King Bimbisāra and then of his son King Ajātaśatru. Rājagṛha is also remembered as the location where the first Buddhist monastic council was held after the Buddha Śākyamuni passed into parinirvāṇa. Now known as Rajgir and located in the modern Indian state of Bihar.

Located in 101 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­194
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­230
  • 1.­363
  • 1.­385
  • 2.­57
  • 2.­342
  • 2.­459
  • 3.­309
  • 3.­332
  • 3.­347
  • 3.­352
  • 4.­92
  • 4.­122-124
  • 4.­128
  • 4.­144
  • 4.­169
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­211
  • 5.­214
  • 5.­218-219
  • 5.­221
  • 6.­2
  • 6.­4
  • 6.­9
  • 6.­78
  • 6.­254
  • 6.­259
  • 6.­272
  • 6.­322
  • 7.­70
  • 7.­73-74
  • 7.­76-77
  • 7.­82
  • 7.­84
  • 7.­100-103
  • 7.­106
  • 7.­136
  • 7.­142
  • 7.­149-151
  • 7.­189
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­220
  • 7.­224-225
  • 7.­229-230
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­119
  • 9.­71
  • 9.­115
  • 9.­117-118
  • 9.­139
  • 9.­150
  • 9.­153
  • 9.­160
  • 9.­162-166
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­14
  • 10.­124-126
  • 10.­252
  • 10.­287
  • n.­151
  • n.­198
  • g.­53
  • g.­63
  • g.­64
  • g.­68
  • g.­101
  • g.­129
  • g.­159
  • g.­213
  • g.­247
  • g.­265
  • g.­282
  • g.­325
  • g.­375
  • g.­383
  • g.­395
  • g.­448
  • g.­529
  • g.­554
  • g.­662
g.­454

rākṣasa

Wylie:
  • srin po
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rākṣasa

A class of terrestrial demons perhaps similar to ogres.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­572
  • 2.­576-577
  • 2.­581
  • 2.­604
  • 3.­27
  • 10.­399
g.­455

rare

Wylie:
  • brgya la las
  • brgya lam
  • brgya lam brgya lam
Tibetan:
  • བརྒྱ་ལ་ལས།
  • བརྒྱ་ལམ།
  • བརྒྱ་ལམ་བརྒྱ་ལམ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

brgya la las is literally “one in a hundred.” Also rendered here as “rarely,” “should it be the case that,” and “should it happen that.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­173
  • 6.­314
  • 6.­341
  • 7.­45
  • g.­512
g.­457

Ratnaśikhin

Wylie:
  • rin chen gtsug tor can
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་གཙུག་ཏོར་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnaśikhin

A future buddha.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­1
  • 8.­105
  • n.­179
  • n.­187
g.­459

reliquary stūpa

Wylie:
  • mchod rten
Tibetan:
  • མཆོད་རྟེན།
Sanskrit:
  • stūpa
  • caitya

A monument containing a relic of a buddha or other holy beings (Rigzin 112).

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­122
  • 1.­313
  • 2.­224
  • 2.­380
  • 2.­383
  • 2.­485
  • 2.­547
  • 3.­149
  • 4.­223
  • 5.­278
  • 7.­163
  • 7.­217
  • 10.­90
  • 10.­190
  • 10.­201
  • g.­257
  • g.­293
g.­460

Reṇu

Wylie:
  • rdul
Tibetan:
  • རྡུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • reṇu

A son of King Diśāṃpati of Pāṁśula who lived before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. He became king after the death of his father. In The Hundred Deeds, he is said to have been a previous incarnation of King Bimbisāra.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­291-292
  • 10.­297-302
  • 10.­304
  • 10.­306
  • 10.­320-322
  • 10.­324
  • 10.­327
  • 10.­329
  • 10.­338
  • 10.­341-342
  • g.­140
g.­461

resultant state of non-return

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ’ong ba’i ’bras bu
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་འོང་བའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The state achieved by a non-returner.

Located in 39 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­200
  • 1.­285
  • 1.­422
  • 1.­433
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­88
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­96
  • 3.­133
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 4.­196
  • 5.­18
  • 5.­193
  • 5.­205-206
  • 5.­224
  • 5.­317
  • 5.­322
  • 6.­295-296
  • 6.­298
  • 6.­387
  • 6.­436
  • 7.­33
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­119
  • 7.­201
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
g.­462

resultant state of once-return

Wylie:
  • lan cig phyir ’ong ba’i ’bras bu
Tibetan:
  • ལན་ཅིག་ཕྱིར་འོང་བའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The state achieved by a once-returner.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­200
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 7.­69
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
g.­464

Ṛg Veda

Wylie:
  • nges brjod kyi rig byed
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་བརྗོད་ཀྱི་རིག་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛgveda

Along with the Yajur Veda, Sāma Veda, and Atharva Veda, one of the four Vedas, the most ancient Sanskrit religious literature of India.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­240
  • 1.­378
  • 3.­310
  • 3.­326
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­212
  • 5.­265
  • 6.­35
  • 7.­167
  • 8.­18
  • 9.­4
  • 10.­96
  • 10.­296
  • g.­46
  • g.­494
  • g.­671
g.­465

right action

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i las kyi mtha’
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་ལས་ཀྱི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃyakkarmānta

Also called “right conduct,” it is convincing others that your activities conform with the doctrine and are harmonious with pure ethics (Rigzin 377). See also “noble eightfold path,” “thirty-seven wings of enlightenment.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­392
  • 2.­415-418
  • 10.­34
  • g.­397
  • g.­585
g.­467

right effort

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i rtsol ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་རྩོལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃyagvyāyāma

To meditate repeatedly on the meaning of reality that has already been seen or experienced; an antidote to the objects to be abandoned on the path of seeing (Rigzin 377). See also “noble eightfold path,” “thirty-seven wings of enlightenment.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­392
  • 2.­415-418
  • 10.­34
  • g.­397
  • g.­585
g.­468

right livelihood

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i ’tsho ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་འཚོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃyagājīva

To convince others that your livelihood is free from wrong means, such as wheedling behavior, flattery, and so forth (Rigzin 377). See also “noble eightfold path,” “thirty-seven wings of enlightenment.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­392
  • 2.­415-418
  • 10.­34
  • g.­397
  • g.­585
g.­469

right meditation

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃyaksamādhi

Also called “right concentration,” it is to establish meditative concentration free from the faults of laxity and excitement; an antidote to hindrances (Rigzin 377). See also “noble eightfold path,” “thirty-seven wings of enlightenment.” Also rendered here as “right meditative concentration.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­392
  • 10.­34
  • g.­397
  • g.­470
  • g.­585
g.­470

right meditative concentration

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃyaksamādhi

See “right meditation.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­415-418
  • g.­469
g.­471

right mindfulness

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i dran pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃyaksmṛti

To retain the object of calm abiding and insight meditation without forgetting it; an antidote to forgetfulness (Rigzin 377). See also “noble eightfold path,” “thirty-seven wings of enlightenment.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­392
  • 2.­415-418
  • 10.­34
  • 10.­375
  • g.­397
  • g.­585
g.­472

right speech

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i ngag
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་ངག
Sanskrit:
  • saṃyagvāk

To show others‍—by means of teaching, debate, and writing‍—the nature of reality free from conceptual elaborations (Rigzin 377). See also “noble eightfold path,” “thirty-seven wings of enlightenment.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­392
  • 2.­415-418
  • 10.­34
  • g.­397
  • g.­585
g.­473

right understanding

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i rtog pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃyaksaṃkalpa

Also called “right determination,” “right thought,” it is to examine how the profound meaning understood through the study of texts complies with the teachings of the Buddha (Rigzin 377). See also “noble eightfold path,” “thirty-seven wings of enlightenment.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­392
  • 2.­415-418
  • 10.­34
  • g.­397
  • g.­585
g.­474

right view

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i lta
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་ལྟ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃyakdṛṣṭi

To discern through analytical means the reality of the four noble truths and other phenomena (Rigzin 377). See also “noble eightfold path,” “thirty-seven wings of enlightenment.”

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­392
  • 2.­415-418
  • 6.­113
  • 6.­115
  • 10.­34
  • 10.­275
  • g.­397
  • g.­585
g.­476

ritual vase

Wylie:
  • ril ba spyi blugs
  • ril ba
Tibetan:
  • རིལ་བ་སྤྱི་བླུགས།
  • རིལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kamaṇḍalu

A vase commonly used in brahminical rituals; a vase used to store drinking water.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­240
  • 1.­378
  • 3.­310
  • 3.­326
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­212
  • 5.­265
  • 6.­35
  • 6.­360
  • 7.­167
  • 8.­18
  • 9.­4
  • 10.­96
  • 10.­296
g.­477

Riu

Wylie:
  • ri’u
Tibetan:
  • རིའུ།
Sanskrit:
  • riu

A scriptural exegete from the south during the Buddha’s time, who Princess She Who Gathers of Takṣaśīla let defeat her in debate, in order to marry him. Their child was Kātyāyana.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­372
  • 1.­375
  • 1.­377
  • g.­511
g.­478

root of virtue

Wylie:
  • dge ba’i rtsa ba
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བའི་རྩ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kuśalamūla

A virtuous action or state of mind that will “ripen” into happiness later in this life, the next, or at some point in the unknown future.

Located in 80 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­37
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85
  • 1.­128
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­169
  • 1.­274
  • 1.­300
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­397
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­146
  • 2.­189
  • 2.­198
  • 2.­207
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­456
  • 3.­13
  • 3.­51-52
  • 3.­278
  • 3.­295
  • 3.­305
  • 3.­434
  • 4.­15
  • 4.­19
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­109-110
  • 4.­145
  • 4.­163
  • 4.­166
  • 4.­201
  • 4.­229
  • 5.­27
  • 5.­92
  • 5.­121-122
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­330
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­75
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­305
  • 6.­381
  • 6.­391
  • 6.­411
  • 6.­425
  • 6.­440
  • 6.­449
  • 6.­456
  • 7.­23
  • 7.­63
  • 7.­163
  • 7.­217
  • 8.­14
  • 8.­28
  • 8.­40
  • 8.­55
  • 8.­69
  • 8.­77
  • 8.­85
  • 8.­90
  • 8.­93
  • 8.­104
  • 8.­117
  • 8.­127
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­135
  • 10.­90-91
  • 10.­201
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­419
g.­480

Royal Garden

Wylie:
  • rgyal po’i kun dga’ ra ba
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོའི་ཀུན་དགའ་ར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A certain nunnery, residence of Bhikṣuṇī Sthūlanandā.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­172
  • g.­544
g.­481

Ṛṣivadana

Wylie:
  • drang srong smra ba
Tibetan:
  • དྲང་སྲོང་སྨྲ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛṣivadana

“Speech of the Sages,” an alternate name for Ṛṣipatana (drang srong lhung ba), the location of the Deer Park outside of Vārāṇasī where the Buddha first turned the wheel of Dharma.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­264
  • 1.­266
  • 2.­385
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­411
  • 2.­413
  • 6.­50
  • 6.­371-372
  • 7.­112
  • 9.­60
  • 10.­238
g.­483

sage

Wylie:
  • drang srong
Tibetan:
  • དྲང་སྲོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛṣi

drang srong is literally “the righteous one”; ancient Vedic masters and practitioners (Rigzin 200).

Located in 180 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­121
  • 1.­245
  • 1.­247-250
  • 1.­446-449
  • 2.­302-304
  • 2.­497-498
  • 2.­508
  • 3.­22
  • 3.­26-27
  • 3.­56
  • 3.­58
  • 3.­61
  • 3.­63-66
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­72
  • 3.­79
  • 3.­81
  • 3.­93-94
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­380-381
  • 3.­383-384
  • 3.­389-396
  • 3.­419
  • 4.­36-37
  • 4.­161-162
  • 4.­183-184
  • 4.­187-189
  • 4.­193-195
  • 5.­24
  • 5.­26
  • 5.­61-64
  • 5.­149-150
  • 5.­181-182
  • 5.­189-190
  • 5.­198-201
  • 5.­204
  • 5.­206-208
  • 5.­216-218
  • 5.­220-223
  • 5.­227-230
  • 6.­66
  • 6.­68-71
  • 6.­140
  • 6.­173
  • 6.­243
  • 6.­245
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­305
  • 6.­384-388
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­29-32
  • 7.­36-39
  • 7.­42
  • 7.­117-121
  • 7.­124-126
  • 7.­128-129
  • 7.­133-134
  • 7.­141
  • 7.­160-161
  • 7.­169
  • 7.­174-182
  • 7.­185-187
  • 7.­260-263
  • 9.­24-26
  • 9.­41-44
  • 9.­82-84
  • 9.­147-148
  • 9.­160-161
  • 10.­198
  • 10.­259
  • 10.­264
  • 10.­354-355
  • g.­67
  • g.­120
  • g.­172
  • g.­262
  • g.­268
  • g.­324
  • g.­481
  • g.­488
  • g.­493
  • g.­528
  • g.­530
  • g.­595
g.­485

Sahā

Wylie:
  • mi mjed
Tibetan:
  • མི་མཇེད།
Sanskrit:
  • sahā

The world system in which Jambudvīpa is located. One of the epithets of Brahmā is Sahāṃpati Brahmā, “Brahmā, Lord of Sahā.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • g.­78
  • g.­487
g.­486

Sahadeva

Wylie:
  • lhar bcas
Tibetan:
  • ལྷར་བཅས།
Sanskrit:
  • sahadeva

Son of Siddhārtha Gautama’s maternal grandfather King Suprabuddha of Videha.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­128
  • 5.­132-136
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­150
g.­487

Sahāṃpati Brahmā

Wylie:
  • mi mjed kyi bdag po tshangs pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་མཇེད་ཀྱི་བདག་པོ་ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sahāṃpati brahmā

An epithet of Brahmā meaning “Lord of the Sahā World.”

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­305-307
  • 2.­251-253
  • 4.­104-105
  • 8.­49-50
  • 9.­78-79
  • 9.­96-97
  • 10.­85
  • 10.­224
  • 10.­305
  • 10.­307
  • 10.­309
  • 10.­311
  • 10.­314
  • 10.­316
  • 10.­318-319
  • g.­78
  • g.­485
g.­488

Śaila

Wylie:
  • ri bo
Tibetan:
  • རི་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śaila

Sage who lived with five hundred devotees in the forest and spent time on the banks of Lake Mandākinī, his maternal uncle was the sage Kaineya.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­22
  • 3.­26-27
  • 3.­60-61
  • 3.­63
  • 3.­66
  • 3.­68
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­72-74
  • 3.­79
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­103
  • g.­262
g.­490

Śakra

Wylie:
  • brgya byin
Tibetan:
  • བརྒྱ་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śakra

Common epithet of the god Indra, in Skt. meaning “Mighty One,” and in Tib., “Hundred Gifts” (because he is said to have attained his state by performing one hundred pūjās). This epithet often appears together with the title “King of Gods.” He is ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 104 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 1.­88
  • 1.­305-307
  • 1.­316
  • 2.­156
  • 2.­251-253
  • 3.­431-432
  • 3.­436-437
  • 4.­14-15
  • 4.­104-105
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­138
  • 6.­144-145
  • 6.­216
  • 6.­234
  • 6.­310-311
  • 6.­313
  • 6.­315-316
  • 6.­421-422
  • 6.­426-428
  • 7.­39
  • 8.­49-50
  • 9.­78-79
  • 9.­96-97
  • 9.­112
  • 9.­134
  • 10.­1-2
  • 10.­4-7
  • 10.­9-10
  • 10.­14-16
  • 10.­18-20
  • 10.­22-23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­29
  • 10.­33
  • 10.­35
  • 10.­39
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­44
  • 10.­46
  • 10.­49
  • 10.­51
  • 10.­54
  • 10.­56
  • 10.­58
  • 10.­60
  • 10.­69
  • 10.­78
  • 10.­81-87
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­94
  • 10.­399
  • 10.­401-404
  • 10.­406-407
  • 10.­412-415
  • 10.­418-419
  • g.­78
  • g.­246
  • g.­283
  • g.­413
  • g.­482
  • g.­514
g.­491

Śākya

Wylie:
  • shAkya
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • śākya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Name of the ancient tribe in which the Buddha was born as a prince; their kingdom was based to the east of Kośala, in the foothills near the present-day border of India and Nepal, with Kapilavastu as its capital.

Located in 51 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­380
  • 2.­140
  • 2.­142-143
  • 2.­330
  • 3.­64
  • 5.­132
  • 5.­135
  • 5.­191
  • 5.­208-209
  • 5.­232
  • 5.­234
  • 5.­236
  • 5.­238-245
  • 5.­247
  • 5.­250
  • 5.­252-257
  • 5.­263
  • 6.­179
  • 6.­189-190
  • 6.­243
  • 6.­245
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­458
  • 6.­463
  • 7.­8
  • 10.­178
  • g.­28
  • g.­102
  • g.­119
  • g.­127
  • g.­128
  • g.­269
  • g.­493
  • g.­556
  • g.­618
  • g.­673
g.­492

Śākya Suprabuddha

Wylie:
  • shAkya rab sad
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ་རབ་སད།
Sanskrit:
  • śākya suprabuddha

King of Vṛji, father of Buddha Śākyamuni’s mother Mahā­māyā. See “Suprabuddha.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­139-140
  • g.­127
  • g.­284
  • g.­332
  • g.­359
  • g.­568
g.­493

Śākyamuni

Wylie:
  • shAkya thub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ་ཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śākyamuni

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An epithet for the historical Buddha, Siddhārtha Gautama: he was a muni (“sage”) from the Śākya clan. He is counted as the fourth of the first four buddhas of the present Good Eon, the other three being Krakucchanda, Kanakamuni, and Kāśyapa. He will be followed by Maitreya, the next buddha in this eon.

Located in 79 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­7
  • 2.­149-150
  • 2.­330
  • 3.­13-14
  • 3.­151-152
  • 5.­208-209
  • 7.­248
  • n.­51
  • n.­131
  • g.­17
  • g.­51
  • g.­53
  • g.­56
  • g.­77
  • g.­78
  • g.­80
  • g.­81
  • g.­90
  • g.­91
  • g.­128
  • g.­137
  • g.­138
  • g.­140
  • g.­141
  • g.­170
  • g.­172
  • g.­182
  • g.­194
  • g.­196
  • g.­201
  • g.­206
  • g.­223
  • g.­258
  • g.­259
  • g.­263
  • g.­266
  • g.­269
  • g.­271
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­278
  • g.­325
  • g.­327
  • g.­330
  • g.­332
  • g.­335
  • g.­336
  • g.­353
  • g.­356
  • g.­359
  • g.­365
  • g.­381
  • g.­393
  • g.­395
  • g.­438
  • g.­447
  • g.­452
  • g.­460
  • g.­484
  • g.­491
  • g.­492
  • g.­495
  • g.­499
  • g.­505
  • g.­514
  • g.­554
  • g.­563
  • g.­606
  • g.­608
  • g.­610
  • g.­615
  • g.­627
  • g.­652
  • g.­655
g.­494

Sāma Veda

Wylie:
  • snyan tshig gi rig byed
Tibetan:
  • སྙན་ཚིག་གི་རིག་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • sāmaveda

Along with the Ṛg Veda, Yajur Veda, and Atharva Veda, one of the four Vedas, the most ancient Sanskrit religious literature of India.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­240
  • 1.­378
  • 3.­310
  • 3.­326
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­212
  • 5.­265
  • 6.­35
  • 7.­167
  • 8.­18
  • 9.­4
  • 10.­96
  • 10.­296
  • g.­46
  • g.­464
  • g.­671
g.­495

Saṃjayin Vairaṭīputra

Wylie:
  • smra ’dod kyi bu mo’i bu
  • smra ’dod kyi bu mo’i bu yang dag rgyal ba can
Tibetan:
  • སྨྲ་འདོད་ཀྱི་བུ་མོའི་བུ།
  • སྨྲ་འདོད་ཀྱི་བུ་མོའི་བུ་ཡང་དག་རྒྱལ་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • vairaṭīputra
  • vairūṭīputra
  • saṃjayin vairaṭīputra

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­56-57
  • 6.­344
  • g.­430
g.­498

Saraṇa

Wylie:
  • sa ra Na
Tibetan:
  • ས་ར་ཎ།
Sanskrit:
  • saraṇa

Son of King Udayana of Vatsa, he went forth by Venerable Kātyāyanaputra.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­195
  • 7.­197-202
  • 7.­207
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­218
g.­499

Śāriputra

Wylie:
  • shA ri’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱ་རིའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāriputra

Along with Maudgalyāyana, one of Buddha Śākyamuni’s two foremost disciples, known for his erudition. His full given name is Śāriputra Upatiṣya; also rendered here as Upatiṣya.

Located in 142 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8-18
  • 1.­20-26
  • 1.­40
  • 1.­46-57
  • 1.­60-64
  • 1.­68
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­84
  • 2.­536-539
  • 2.­541
  • 2.­543-545
  • 3.­87-88
  • 3.­90-92
  • 3.­95
  • 3.­97
  • 3.­333-335
  • 3.­339-340
  • 3.­342-348
  • 3.­350-351
  • 3.­353-355
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­366
  • 3.­373
  • 3.­375-376
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­384-385
  • 3.­396
  • 3.­398
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­244
  • 5.­304-305
  • 5.­307
  • 5.­309
  • 5.­311
  • 6.­26-28
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­260-264
  • 6.­267-290
  • 6.­293-294
  • 6.­296-299
  • 6.­322
  • 6.­434-436
  • 6.­444-445
  • 10.­10
  • g.­320
  • g.­331
  • g.­411
  • g.­500
  • g.­529
  • g.­570
  • g.­621
g.­500

Śāriputra Upatiṣya

Wylie:
  • shA ri’i bu nye rgyal
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱ་རིའི་བུ་ཉེ་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāriputra upatiṣya

See “Śāriputra.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­255
  • 6.­257
  • g.­383
  • g.­499
  • g.­593
g.­502

scriptural exegete

Wylie:
  • gzhung smras pa
Tibetan:
  • གཞུང་སྨྲས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An individual who is well versed in a particular textual lineage or lineages.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­364-367
  • 1.­369
  • 1.­371-376
  • 1.­379
  • 1.­391
  • 1.­398
  • 1.­401
  • 1.­403
  • g.­477
  • g.­511
g.­506

sensation

Wylie:
  • tshor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vedanā

One of the five aggregates, and seventh of the twelve links of dependent origination, comprising the gamut of mental and physical sensations.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­421
  • 2.­424
  • 2.­427
  • 3.­38
  • 7.­92-93
  • 7.­95-96
  • 10.­269-272
  • 10.­277-278
  • 10.­281
  • 10.­283-284
  • g.­11
  • g.­585
g.­507

sense bases

Wylie:
  • skye mched
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • āyatana

See “six sense bases.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­71
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­309
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­286
  • 2.­546
  • 2.­550
  • 3.­386
  • 4.­181
  • 10.­194
g.­508

Serika village

Wylie:
  • se ri ka
Tibetan:
  • སེ་རི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • serika

A certain village during the Buddha’s time, home to Nandā and Nandabalā.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­100
  • g.­385
  • g.­388
g.­509

seven jewels of the noble ones

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa’i nor bdun
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པའི་ནོར་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saptadhanāni

(1) Faith (sŕaddhā, dad pa), (2) moral discipline (śīla, tshul khrims), (3) hearing (śruta, thos pa), (4) generosity (tyāga, gtong ba), (5) a sense of shame (hrī, ngo tsha shes pa), (6) dread of blame (āpatrāpya, khrel yod pa), (7) wisdom (prajñā, shes rab) (Rigzin 271).

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­6
  • 1.­44
  • 1.­96
  • 1.­324
  • 1.­418
  • 2.­80
  • 2.­574
  • 3.­24
  • 3.­289-290
  • 4.­25
  • 4.­191
  • 4.­209
  • 5.­9
  • 5.­51
  • 5.­156
  • 5.­175
  • 6.­22
  • 7.­27
  • 7.­47
  • 7.­79
  • 7.­222
  • 8.­81
  • 8.­98
  • 9.­7
  • 9.­69
  • 9.­141
  • 10.­12
  • 10.­244
  • 10.­344
g.­510

seven limbs of enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi yan lag bdun
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saptabodhyaṅga

(1) Mindfulness (smṛiti, dran pa), (2) wisdom (dharmapravicaya, chos rab tu rnam ’byed/shes rab), (3) diligence (vīrya, brtson ’grus), (4) joy (prīti, dga’ ba), (5) mental and physical pliancy (praśrabdhi, shin sbyangs), (6) meditative stabilization (samādhi, ting nge ’dzin), and (7) equanimity (upekṣā, btang snyoms).

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
  • g.­135
  • g.­317
  • g.­364
  • g.­585
g.­511

She Who Gathers

Wylie:
  • ’dus mo
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Princess of Takṣaśīla, child of Padmagarbha, mother of Kātyāyana, and spouse of Riu. During the Buddha’s time she defeated all the scriptural exegetes from neighboring lands in debate.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­367-368
  • 1.­377
  • 1.­390
  • g.­278
  • g.­409
  • g.­477
g.­512

should it happen that

Wylie:
  • brgya la las
Tibetan:
  • བརྒྱ་ལ་ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Literally “one in a hundred.” Also rendered here as “should it be the case that,” “rare,” and “rarely.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­438
  • 4.­163-164
  • g.­455
g.­514

Śibi

Wylie:
  • shi bi
Tibetan:
  • ཤི་བི།
Sanskrit:
  • śibi
  • śivi

A king who ruled in the palace of Catuṣka before the time of Śākyamuni Buddha. He was a previous incarnation of the Buddha who as a bodhisattva bargained his own flesh and blood away to Śakra (appearing in the guise of a cannibal demon) in return for hearing the verse that appears as the first in the Udānavarga collection.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­1
  • 10.­396
  • 10.­399
  • 10.­401-402
  • 10.­416
  • g.­96
g.­515

Siddhārtha

Wylie:
  • don grub
Tibetan:
  • དོན་གྲུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • siddhārtha

See “Gautama.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­116
  • 10.­153
  • g.­196
  • g.­335
  • g.­486
  • g.­556
  • g.­568
g.­516

Siṃha

Wylie:
  • seng ge
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ
Sanskrit:
  • siṃha

In The Hundred Deeds, a certain army chief in Vaiśālī by this name appears twice (in part 4: “The Story of Siṃha” and in part 5: “The Story of Good Compassion”). It is not clear whether this army chief refers the same person or not.

In the first story, he is the father of a ugly and stinking son who heard the Dharma from the Blessed One, went forth, and was healed of his afflictions. In the second story, he is the father of Good Compassion who was sentenced to death but was released and went forth under the Buddha.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­1
  • 4.­146-147
  • 4.­149-151
  • 4.­164
  • 4.­167
  • 5.­170
  • 5.­173
  • g.­208
g.­517

Siṃhahanu

Wylie:
  • senge ge’i ’gram
Tibetan:
  • སེངེ་གེའི་འགྲམ།
Sanskrit:
  • siṃhahanu

King of Kapilavastu. His children were Amṛtā, Droṇā, Śuklā, Śuddhā, Amṛtodana, Droṇodana, Śuklodana, and Śuddhodana.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 2.­140
  • 5.­127-128
  • 5.­130
  • g.­21
  • g.­22
  • g.­149
  • g.­150
  • g.­555
  • g.­556
  • g.­560
  • g.­561
  • g.­568
g.­520

Śiṣyaka

Wylie:
  • slob ma can
Tibetan:
  • སློབ་མ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • śiṣyaka RS

Son of the brahmin Agnidatta in the country of Pāṭaliputra, a monk and Tripiṭaka master whose murder at the hands of Sūrata’s disciples hastens the Dharma’s disappearance from this world.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­157
  • 6.­162
  • 6.­185-187
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­194-195
  • 6.­198
  • 6.­211
  • 6.­231
  • g.­12
  • g.­13
  • g.­14
  • g.­26
g.­521

six sense bases

Wylie:
  • skye mched drug
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་མཆེད་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍāyatana

The five senses and their objects, plus the mind and phenomena known to the mind. Together they comprise the fifth of the twelve links of dependent origination.

Located in 34 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­95-96
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­277-278
  • 10.­343
  • g.­507
g.­522

six types of brahminical activities

Wylie:
  • las rnam pa drug
Tibetan:
  • ལས་རྣམ་པ་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍbrahmiñcarya

Read as a variant of the Tib. bram ze’i las drug, they are (1) reading (klog pa), (2) encouraging others to read (klog tu ’jug pa), (3) making sacrificial offerings (mchod sbyin), (4) encouraging others to perform sacrificial offerings (mchod sbyin byed du ’jug pa), (5) practicing giving/giving alms (sbyin pa), and (6) accepting alms/offerings (len pa) (Rigzin 285).

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­240
  • 1.­379
  • 3.­310
  • 3.­326
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­212
  • 5.­265
  • 6.­35
  • 7.­167
  • 8.­18
  • 9.­4
  • 10.­96
  • 10.­296
g.­523

skillful means

Wylie:
  • thabs
Tibetan:
  • ཐབས།
Sanskrit:
  • upāya

Also called “method.”

Located in 65 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 1.­86
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­277
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­314
  • 1.­352
  • 1.­402
  • 1.­441
  • 2.­116
  • 2.­151
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­211
  • 2.­232
  • 2.­259
  • 2.­264
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­571
  • 3.­15
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­104
  • 3.­123
  • 3.­153
  • 3.­282
  • 3.­307
  • 4.­40
  • 4.­111
  • 4.­168
  • 4.­203
  • 4.­232
  • 5.­31
  • 5.­69
  • 5.­93
  • 5.­96
  • 5.­124
  • 5.­153
  • 5.­169
  • 5.­185
  • 5.­210
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­332
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­53
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­246
  • 6.­309
  • 6.­383
  • 6.­392
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­510
  • 7.­43
  • 7.­116
  • 7.­234
  • 7.­250
  • 9.­21
  • 9.­26
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­88
  • 9.­137
  • 10.­93
  • 10.­218
  • 10.­241
  • g.­366
g.­524

Small Person with a Curving Spine

Wylie:
  • sgur chung
Tibetan:
  • སྒུར་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A certain monk of the Buddha’s order whose vile deeds committed against his mother in a previous life ripened into a series of hell births. Finally attaining a human birth, he had a curved spine and went hungry, then drank ash-gruel and passed into parinirvāṇa.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­510
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­523
  • 2.­526
  • 2.­529-539
  • 2.­541
  • 2.­543-545
  • 2.­548
  • 2.­558
  • 2.­569
g.­525

Śobha

Wylie:
  • mdzes pa
  • mdzes ldan, bde ba
  • mdzes ldan
Tibetan:
  • མཛེས་པ།
  • མཛེས་ལྡན,་བདེ་བ།
  • མཛེས་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • śobha

The name of the king of Śobhāvatī during the time of Buddha Krakucchanda or, alternately in the Pāli tradition, Buddha Kanakamuni (Edgerton 533.1). The Hundred Deeds contains stories about King Śobha that reflect both of these traditions.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­126
  • 5.­119
  • 5.­121
  • 6.­454-456
  • 7.­130-131
  • 9.­132-133
  • 10.­89-90
  • 10.­92
  • g.­526
g.­526

Śobhāvatī

Wylie:
  • bde ldan
  • mdzes ldan
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་ལྡན།
  • མཛེས་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • śobhāvatī

A royal palace ruled by King Śobha during the time of Buddha Kanakamuni or, alternately, during the time of Buddha Krakucchanda.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­126-127
  • 6.­453
  • 9.­131
  • 10.­88
  • g.­12
  • g.­13
  • g.­14
  • g.­525
g.­527

solitary buddha

Wylie:
  • rang sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • རང་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • pratyekabuddha

These are beings who in their final existence achieve a lower enlightenment than that of the complete and perfect buddhas, and do so without relying on a teacher.

Located in 98 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­200
  • 1.­362
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­111
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­196-197
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­206
  • 2.­208
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­284
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­363
  • 2.­589
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­211-212
  • 3.­228-229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­415-416
  • 4.­136
  • 4.­145
  • 4.­160-162
  • 4.­164-165
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­25-26
  • 5.­28-29
  • 6.­15-19
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­304
  • 6.­306-307
  • 7.­59-62
  • 7.­64
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­157-164
  • 7.­211-216
  • 7.­218
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­197
  • 10.­199-200
  • 10.­202-203
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • g.­1
  • g.­99
  • g.­151
  • g.­171
  • g.­190
  • g.­227
  • g.­260
  • g.­425
  • g.­596
  • g.­611
  • g.­669
g.­528

Son of Fire

Wylie:
  • me’i bu
Tibetan:
  • མེའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Son of Agnidatta (of Vārāṇasī), the magistrate of King Brahmadatta (past). He and his brother Tongue of Fire went forth and became sages, attaining the four meditations and the five superknowledges.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­166-167
  • 7.­175
  • 7.­179
  • 7.­185
  • g.­14
  • g.­595
g.­529

Son of Grasping

Wylie:
  • ’dzin byed kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • འཛིན་བྱེད་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Son of the high brahmin Grasping of Rājagṛha. As he was lying ill, Venerable Śāriputra gave him a teaching on the four immeasurables. Admonishing Venerable Śāriputra for a lack of foresight, the Buddha then gave him an additional teaching on the four noble truths, leading him to manifest the resultant state of a non-returner and take rebirth as a god.

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­256
  • 6.­259-264
  • 6.­266-269
  • 6.­271-275
  • 6.­279
  • 6.­289-291
  • 6.­293-299
  • 6.­306
  • 6.­308
  • g.­213
g.­530

soothsayer

Wylie:
  • ltas mkhan
Tibetan:
  • ལྟས་མཁན།
Sanskrit:
  • naimittika
  • nimittaka
  • naimitta
  • naimittaka

In Buddhist literature this term refers to a clairvoyant, typically a brahminical sage, who is versed in reading signs around the birth of a child.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­364-365
  • 1.­380
  • 2.­366
  • 3.­64
  • 4.­79
  • 4.­147-148
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­292
  • 6.­151
  • 6.­156
  • 6.­160
  • 6.­369
  • 10.­358
g.­536

sphere of peace

Wylie:
  • zhi ba’i dbyings
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བའི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­116
  • 1.­134
  • 10.­200
g.­537

spiritual friend

Wylie:
  • bsen
Tibetan:
  • བསེན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Short form of the Tib. bshes gnyen.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­327
  • 4.­76
  • 7.­190
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­232
g.­541

śrāvakā

Wylie:
  • nyan thos
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvakā

See “disciple.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­173
g.­542

Śrāvastī

Wylie:
  • mnyan du yod pa
Tibetan:
  • མཉན་དུ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvastī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

During the life of the Buddha, Śrāvastī was the capital city of the powerful kingdom of Kośala, ruled by King Prasenajit, who became a follower and patron of the Buddha. It was also the hometown of Anāthapiṇḍada, the wealthy patron who first invited the Buddha there, and then offered him a park known as Jetavana, Prince Jeta’s Grove, which became one of the first Buddhist monasteries. The Buddha is said to have spent about twenty-five rainy seasons with his disciples in Śrāvastī, thus it is named as the setting of numerous events and teachings. It is located in present-day Uttar Pradesh in northern India.

Located in 201 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­8
  • 1.­41
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­60
  • 1.­87
  • 1.­106
  • 1.­138
  • 1.­172
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­278
  • 1.­288
  • 1.­303
  • 1.­315
  • 1.­354
  • 1.­404
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­20
  • 2.­38
  • 2.­57
  • 2.­75
  • 2.­82
  • 2.­86
  • 2.­152
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­200
  • 2.­212
  • 2.­219
  • 2.­221
  • 2.­223
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­265-266
  • 2.­342
  • 2.­364
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­509
  • 2.­525
  • 2.­531
  • 2.­534-535
  • 2.­537-538
  • 2.­572
  • 2.­576-578
  • 3.­105
  • 3.­126
  • 3.­187
  • 3.­189
  • 3.­194
  • 3.­197
  • 3.­213
  • 3.­215
  • 3.­219
  • 3.­230
  • 3.­232
  • 3.­234
  • 3.­237
  • 3.­241
  • 3.­243
  • 3.­245
  • 3.­248
  • 3.­257
  • 3.­259
  • 3.­261
  • 3.­264
  • 3.­269
  • 3.­283-284
  • 3.­286
  • 3.­292
  • 3.­399
  • 3.­401
  • 3.­403
  • 3.­406
  • 3.­417
  • 4.­2
  • 4.­21
  • 4.­27-28
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­59-61
  • 4.­76
  • 4.­92
  • 4.­112
  • 4.­122-124
  • 4.­189
  • 4.­193
  • 4.­204
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­44
  • 5.­48
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­104
  • 5.­154
  • 5.­159
  • 5.­162
  • 5.­186
  • 5.­189
  • 5.­264
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­299
  • 5.­309
  • 6.­20
  • 6.­24
  • 6.­34
  • 6.­37-38
  • 6.­54
  • 6.­323
  • 6.­430
  • 6.­442-444
  • 6.­458-460
  • 6.­462
  • 7.­2
  • 7.­5
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­117
  • 7.­235
  • 7.­237
  • 7.­251
  • 7.­253
  • 8.­17
  • 8.­24
  • 8.­30
  • 8.­38
  • 8.­42
  • 8.­45
  • 8.­51
  • 8.­57
  • 8.­60
  • 8.­71-72
  • 8.­79
  • 8.­83
  • 8.­87
  • 8.­95-96
  • 8.­100
  • 8.­106
  • 8.­119
  • 9.­2
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­28
  • 9.­35
  • 9.­46
  • 9.­67
  • 9.­90
  • 9.­139
  • 9.­150
  • 10.­95
  • 10.­99
  • 10.­101
  • 10.­171
  • 10.­179-181
  • 10.­185-188
  • 10.­205
  • 10.­219
  • 10.­242
  • 10.­246
  • 10.­343
  • 10.­346
  • 10.­357
  • 10.­362
  • g.­25
  • g.­33
  • g.­92
  • g.­94
  • g.­117
  • g.­120
  • g.­136
  • g.­192
  • g.­257
  • g.­289
  • g.­291
  • g.­320
  • g.­349
  • g.­377
  • g.­415
  • g.­441
  • g.­444
  • g.­445
  • g.­446
  • g.­559
  • g.­629
g.­543

Śreṇiya Bimbisāra

Wylie:
  • bzo sbyangs gzugs can snying po
Tibetan:
  • བཟོ་སྦྱངས་གཟུགས་ཅན་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śreṇiya bimbisāra

See “Bimbisāra.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­321
  • g.­65
g.­544

Sthūlanandā

Wylie:
  • tshon mo dga’ mo
Tibetan:
  • ཚོན་མོ་དགའ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sthūlanandā

A certain nun who is tricked in The Hundred Deeds by the Band of Six. She resided at the nunnery Royal Garden.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­172
  • 1.­178
  • 1.­182
  • 1.­185-186
  • 1.­193
  • g.­54
  • g.­480
g.­545

stream entry

Wylie:
  • rgyun du zhugs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་དུ་ཞུགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • srotāpanna
  • śrotāpanna

The state of one who has attained the … path of seeing (Rigzin 74), and will be carried to enlightenment as surely as a leaf floats downstream.

Located in 76 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • 1.­22
  • 1.­50
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­153
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­304
  • 1.­307
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­387
  • 1.­422
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­237
  • 2.­250
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­88
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­96
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­301
  • 3.­316
  • 3.­321
  • 3.­342
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­97
  • 4.­154
  • 4.­215
  • 5.­81
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­140
  • 5.­250
  • 5.­255
  • 5.­273
  • 6.­39
  • 6.­61
  • 6.­334
  • 6.­432
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­201
  • 7.­226
  • 7.­239
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­109
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­36
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­52
  • 9.­92
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­126
  • 9.­167
  • 9.­171
  • 10.­78
  • 10.­103
  • 10.­182
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­231-232
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­350
  • g.­60
  • g.­346
  • g.­349
  • g.­372
g.­547

study of seals

Wylie:
  • lag rtsis
Tibetan:
  • ལག་རྩིས།
Sanskrit:
  • mudrā

The study of seals and insignia.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­59
  • 1.­105
  • 1.­140
  • 1.­332
  • 2.­164
  • 2.­372
  • 2.­435
  • 2.­553
  • 3.­156
  • 3.­177
  • 4.­205
  • 5.­108
  • 6.­5
  • 6.­55
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­252
  • 8.­107
  • 9.­29
  • 10.­172
g.­548

Subhadra (the charioteer)

Wylie:
  • rab bzang
Tibetan:
  • རབ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • subhadra RS

A charioteer of King Śuddhodana.

Not to be confused with the mendicant Subhadra.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­99
  • 5.­105-107
  • 5.­109-110
  • 5.­123
  • n.­133
  • g.­60
  • g.­549
g.­549

Subhadra (the mendicant)

Wylie:
  • rab bzang
Tibetan:
  • རབ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • subhadra

A certain mendicant.

Not to be confused with Subhadra the charioteer of King Śuddhodana. After his death, a series of miracles confirmed that he had been a practitioner of the Buddha’s monastic code.

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­312
  • 6.­314
  • 6.­317
  • 6.­325-327
  • 6.­335-336
  • 6.­338-346
  • 6.­349-350
  • 6.­353
  • 6.­356
  • 6.­359
  • 6.­361-362
  • 6.­367
  • 6.­382
  • 6.­392-393
  • 6.­400
  • 6.­406
  • 6.­408
  • n.­165
  • g.­306
  • g.­548
g.­552

subsidiary afflictive emotions

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i nyon mongs
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་ཉོན་མོངས།
Sanskrit:
  • upakleśa

The secondary afflictive emotions that arise in dependence upon the six root afflictive emotions (attachment, hatred, pride, ignorance, doubt, and wrong view); they are (1) anger (krodha, khro ba), (2) enmity/malice (upanāha, ’khon ’dzin), (3) concealment (mrakśa, ’chab pa), (4) outrage (pradāsa, ’tshig pa), (5) jealousy (īrśya, phrag dog), (6) miserliness (matsarya, ser sna), (7) deceit (māyā, sgyu), (8) dishonesty (śāṭhya, g.yo), (9) haughtiness (mada, rgyags pa), (10) harmfulness (vihiṃsa, rnam par ’tshe ba), (11) shamelessness (āhrīkya, ngo tsha med pa), (12) non-consideration (anapatrāpya, khril med pa), (13) lack of faith (aśraddhya, ma dad pa), (14) laziness (kausīdya, le lo), (15) non-conscientiousness (pramāda, bag med pa), (16) forgetfulness (muśitasmṛtitā, brjed nges), (17) non-introspection (asaṃprajanya, shes bzhin ma yin pa), (18) dullness (nigmagṇa, bying ba), (19) agitation (auddhatya, rgod pa), and (20) distraction (vikṣepa, rnam g.yeng) (Rigzin 329, 129).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­291
  • g.­242
g.­553

Sudarśana (a future buddha)

Wylie:
  • legs mthong
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana

A future buddha. Also the name of the son of a householder, see “Sudarśana.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­1
  • 8.­94
  • g.­554
g.­554

Sudarśana (son of Dhanika)

Wylie:
  • blta na sdug
Tibetan:
  • བལྟ་ན་སྡུག
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana RS

Son of the householder Dhanika in Rājagṛha during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. After he and his parents heard the Dharma from the Buddha, he went forth and manifested arhatship. Also the name of a future buddha, see “Sudarśana.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­1
  • 9.­117-118
  • n.­189
  • n.­197
  • g.­129
  • g.­553
g.­555

Śuddhā

Wylie:
  • gtsang ma
Tibetan:
  • གཙང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śuddhā

One of eight children, a daughter, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­556

Śuddhodana

Wylie:
  • zas gtsang
Tibetan:
  • ཟས་གཙང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śuddhodana

One of eight children, a son, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu. He became king of the Śākya clan, father of Siddhārtha Gautama.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 2.­140
  • 3.­277-278
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­106
  • 5.­127
  • 5.­130
  • 5.­132
  • 7.­265
  • g.­332
  • g.­359
  • g.­517
  • g.­548
  • g.­549
g.­557

Sudhana

Wylie:
  • nor bzangs
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བཟངས།
Sanskrit:
  • sudhana

A certain trader from the country of Pāṭaliputra.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­159-160
  • g.­572
g.­558

sugata

Wylie:
  • bde bar gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sugata

“One gone to bliss.”An epithet of the buddhas. Also rendered here as “Gone to Bliss.”

Located in 102 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­151
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­432
  • 2.­91
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­408
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­583-584
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­371
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­418
  • 3.­434
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­108
  • 4.­200
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­66
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­333
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­73
  • 6.­83
  • 6.­192
  • 6.­195
  • 6.­244
  • 6.­384
  • 6.­425
  • 6.­439
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­502
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­52
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­131
  • 10.­77
  • 10.­88
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­235
  • 10.­267
  • 10.­379
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­419
  • g.­207
g.­559

Sujātā

Wylie:
  • legs skyes ma
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་སྐྱེས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sujātā

A certain lay vow holder in Śrāvastī. Though in the Lalitavistara Sūtra and elsewhere a young woman named Sujātā is among those said to have given food to Gautama prior to his enlightenment, in this text and in the Divyāvadāna that deed is credited to Nandā and Nandabalā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­121
g.­560

Śuklā

Wylie:
  • dkar mo
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śuklā

One of eight children, a daughter, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­561

Śuklodana

Wylie:
  • zas dkar
Tibetan:
  • ཟས་དཀར།
Sanskrit:
  • śuklodana

One of eight children, a son, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­564

Sumeru

Wylie:
  • ri rab
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumeru

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

According to ancient Buddhist cosmology, this is the great mountain forming the axis of the universe. At its summit is Sudarśana, home of Śakra and his thirty-two gods, and on its flanks live the asuras. The mount has four sides facing the cardinal directions, each of which is made of a different precious stone. Surrounding it are several mountain ranges and the great ocean where the four principal island continents lie: in the south, Jambudvīpa (our world); in the west, Godānīya; in the north, Uttarakuru; and in the east, Pūrvavideha. Above it are the abodes of the desire realm gods. It is variously referred to as Meru, Mount Meru, Sumeru, and Mount Sumeru.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­45
  • 3.­47
  • 7.­38
  • g.­2
  • g.­57
  • g.­231
g.­565

superknowledge

Wylie:
  • mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhijñā

See “five superknowledges.”

Located in 47 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­116-117
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
g.­568

Suprabuddha

Wylie:
  • legs rtogs
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་རྟོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • suprabuddha

Monarch of Videha during Siṃhahanu’s reign in Kapilavastu, at the time of the Buddha’s birth as Siddhārtha Gautama. His daughters were Mahā­māyā (the Buddha’s mother) and Māyā. See “Śākya Suprabuddha.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­127-128
  • 5.­130
  • 5.­132
  • g.­486
  • g.­492
g.­572

Sūrata

Wylie:
  • des pa
Tibetan:
  • དེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūrata

Son of the trader Sudhana of Pāṭaliputra, he had gone forth as a monk.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­160
  • 6.­185
  • 6.­191-192
  • 6.­194-195
  • 6.­198
  • 6.­200
  • 6.­209
  • 6.­211
  • 6.­231
  • g.­26
  • g.­118
  • g.­520
g.­573

Śūrpāraka

Wylie:
  • shur pa ra ka
Tibetan:
  • ཤུར་པ་ར་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • śūrpāraka

A certain town (or sometimes two different towns) during the time of the Buddha.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­189
  • 5.­191
  • 10.­171
  • 10.­180-181
  • 10.­186
  • 10.­188
  • g.­123
g.­574

sūtra

Wylie:
  • mdo sde
Tibetan:
  • མདོ་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūtrapiṭaka

Literally meaning “a thread,” this was an ancient term for teachings that were memorized and orally transmitted in an essential form. Therefore it can mean “pithy statements,” “rules,” and “aphorisms.” In Buddhism it refers to the Buddha’s teachings, whatever their length, and in terms of the three divisions of the Buddha’s teachings, it is the category of teachings other than those on the vinaya and abhidharma. It is also used as a category to contrast with the tantra teachings, though a number of important tantras have sūtra in their title. Another very specific meaning is when it is classed as one of the nine or twelve aspects of the Dharma. In that context sūtra means “a teaching given in prose,” and therefore is one aspect of what is generally called a sūtra.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • p.­2
  • 3.­7
  • 3.­11-15
  • 4.­179
  • 6.­79
  • 10.­388
  • 10.­423-424
  • 10.­436
  • 10.­439
  • n.­9
  • n.­74
  • n.­109
  • n.­135
  • g.­261
  • g.­453
  • g.­600
  • g.­630
  • g.­662
g.­577

Takṣaśīla

Wylie:
  • tak+Sha shI la
Tibetan:
  • ཏཀྵ་ཤཱི་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • takṣaśīla

Identified with modern-day Taxila, an ancient city and capital of Gandhāra.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­363
  • 1.­369
  • 1.­372-373
  • g.­409
  • g.­477
  • g.­511
g.­578

tathāgata

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgata

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A frequently used synonym for buddha. According to different explanations, it can be read as tathā-gata, literally meaning “one who has thus gone,” or as tathā-āgata, “one who has thus come.” Gata, though literally meaning “gone,” is a past passive participle used to describe a state or condition of existence. Tatha­(tā), often rendered as “suchness” or “thusness,” is the quality or condition of things as they really are, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms. Therefore, this epithet is interpreted in different ways, but in general it implies one who has departed in the wake of the buddhas of the past, or one who has manifested the supreme awakening dependent on the reality that does not abide in the two extremes of existence and quiescence. It is also often used as a specific epithet of the Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 127 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­381
  • 1.­392
  • 2.­17-18
  • 2.­35-36
  • 2.­54-55
  • 2.­72-73
  • 2.­87
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­173
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­216
  • 2.­282-283
  • 2.­286
  • 2.­344
  • 2.­361-362
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­391
  • 2.­560
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­64-65
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­431
  • 3.­438
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­105
  • 4.­122
  • 4.­143-144
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­277
  • 6.­145
  • 6.­147
  • 6.­177
  • 6.­186
  • 6.­198-199
  • 6.­227
  • 6.­314
  • 6.­327
  • 6.­336-337
  • 6.­340-341
  • 6.­369
  • 6.­384
  • 6.­408
  • 6.­421
  • 6.­453
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­94
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­71
  • 10.­37-38
  • 10.­40-45
  • 10.­47-50
  • 10.­57-59
  • 10.­61
  • 10.­86
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­274
  • 10.­371
  • 10.­395
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­416
  • 10.­419
  • g.­55
g.­579

temperament

Wylie:
  • khams
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhātu

Also rendered here as “element” and “constituent element.”

Located in 55 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­13
  • 1.­22
  • 1.­50
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­153
  • 1.­198
  • 1.­304
  • 1.­387
  • 1.­422
  • 2.­237
  • 2.­250
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­54
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­301
  • 3.­316
  • 3.­321
  • 3.­342
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­97
  • 4.­154
  • 4.­196
  • 4.­214
  • 5.­18
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­205
  • 5.­223
  • 5.­273
  • 5.­317
  • 6.­61
  • 6.­333
  • 6.­387
  • 6.­432
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­33
  • 7.­119
  • 7.­226
  • 7.­239
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­109
  • 9.­36
  • 9.­52
  • 9.­92
  • 9.­126
  • 9.­167
  • 9.­171
  • 10.­52-54
  • 10.­103
  • 10.­231
  • g.­109
  • g.­158
g.­580

ten powers

Wylie:
  • stobs bcu
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśabala

May refer to either i.) the ten powers of a buddha (daśatathāgatabala, de bzhin gshegs pa’i stobs bcu): (1) the power of knowing right from wrong (gnas dang gnas min mkhyen pa’i stobs), (2) the power of knowing the fruition of actions (las kyi rnam par smin pa mkhyen pa’i stobs), (3) the power of knowing various mental inclinations (mos pa sna tshogs mkhyen pa’i stobs), (4) the power of knowing various mental faculties (khams sna tshogs mkhyen pa’i stobs), (5) the power of knowing various degrees of intelligence (dbang po sna tshogs mkhyen pa’i stobs), (6) the power of knowing the paths to all rebirths (sarvatragāminpratipādajñānabala, thams cad du ’gro ba’i lam mkhyen pa’i stobs), (7) the power of knowing the ever-afflicted and purified phenomena (kun nas nyon mongs pa dang rnam par byang ba mkhyen pa’i stobs), (8) the power of knowing past lives (sngon gyi gnas rjes su dran pa mkhyen pa’i stobs), (9) the power of knowing deaths and births (’chi ’pho ba dang skye va mkhyen pa’i stobs), and (10) the power of knowing the exhaustion of the contaminations (zag pa zad pa mkhyen pa’i stobs); or ii.) the ten powers of a bodhisattva (daśabodhisattvabala, byang chub sems pa’i stobs bcu): (1) the power of intention (āśayabala, bsam pa’i stobs), (2) the power of resolute intention (adhyāsabala, lhag pa’i bsa pa’i stobs), (3) the power of application (pratipattibala, sbyor ba’i stobs), (4) the power of wisdom (prajñābala, shes rab kyi stobs), (5) the power of prayers (praṇidhānabala, smon lam gyi stobs), (6) the power of vehicle (yānabala, thig pa’i stobs), (7) the power of conduct (cāryabala, spyod pa’i stobs), (8) the power of emancipation (vikurbānbala, sprul pa’i stobs), (9) the power of enlightenment (bodhisattvabala, byang chub kyi stobs), and (10) the power of turning the wheel of the doctrine (dharmacakrapravartanabala, chos kyi ’khor lo bskor ba’i stobs) (Rigzin 163, 194–5, 280).

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
  • 10.­387
g.­582

Terrifying Forest

Wylie:
  • ’jigs byed ma’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་བྱེད་མའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhairavāvana RS
  • bhairavīvana RS
  • bhayākarāvana RS

The location of a deer park, alternately indentified in the Karmaśātaka as located on Mount Sabkang and on Mount Śiśumāri.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­332-333
  • 5.­2
  • g.­373
g.­583

The Son of Enveloped in the Darkness of Logic

Wylie:
  • rigs pa’i mun ’dzin gyi bu
Tibetan:
  • རིགས་པའི་མུན་འཛིན་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of King Udayin of Vatsa’s royal ministers.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­222-224
g.­585

thirty-seven wings of enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi phyogs dang ’thun pa’i chos sum cu rtsa bdun
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཕྱོགས་དང་འཐུན་པའི་ཆོས་སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saptatriṃśadbodhipakśyadharma
  • saptatriṃśadbodhipākṣikadharma

These are comprised, first of all, of the following: the four mindfulnesses, which are (1) mindfulness of the body, (2) mindfulness of sensations, (3) mindfulness of mind, and (4) mindfulness of phenomena; the four thorough efforts (also known as the four abandonments), which are (5) not undertaking new non-virtuous actions, (6) abandoning one’s old non-virtuous actions, (7) undertaking new virtuous actions, and (8) increasing the virtuous actions one has already undertaken; and the four miraculous legs, which are (9) the miraculous leg of interest, (10) the miraculous leg of effort, (11) the miraculous leg of mind, and (12) the miraculous leg of discernment (or “analysis”). These first twelve belong to the first path, the path of accumulation. Then come the five faculties (on the five paths, these correspond to heat and peak on the second path, the path of application/application), which are (13) the faculty of faith, (14) the faculty of effort, (15) the faculty of mindfulness, (16) the faculty of meditation, and (17) the faculty of wisdom, and then the five strengths (on the five paths, these correspond to patience in accord with the truth and highest worldly dharma on the second path, the path of application/application), which are (18) the strength of faith, (19) the strength of effort, (20) the strength of mindfulness, (21) the strength of meditation, and (22) the strength of wisdom. Upon completion of the five strengths, you enter the third path, the path of seeing. The seven limbs of enlightenment belonging to this path are (23) the limb of right mindfulness, (24) the limb of right analysis, (25) the limb of right effort, (26) the limb of right joy, (27) the limb of right purification, (28) the limb of right meditation, and (29) the limb of right equanimity. Here begins the fourth path, the path of meditation, consisting of the noble eightfold path: (30) right view, (31) right understanding, (32) right speech, (33) right action, (34) right livelihood, (35) right effort, (36) right mindfulness, and (37) right meditation. Upon mastery of these thirty-seven comes the fifth path, the path of no more learning (Gampopa 169, 260, 439; Jamspal 2012).

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­126
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­284
  • 2.­363
  • 4.­145
  • 10.­197
  • 10.­373-374
  • 10.­380
  • g.­317
  • g.­397
  • g.­465
  • g.­467
  • g.­468
  • g.­469
  • g.­471
  • g.­472
  • g.­473
  • g.­474
g.­588

three kinds of sterling equanimity

Wylie:
  • ma ’dres pa’i dran pa nye bar gzhag pa gsum
Tibetan:
  • མ་འདྲེས་པའི་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • trīṇyāvenikāni smṛtyupasthāni

The Mahā­vyupatti enumerates these as (1) equanimity toward those who listen respectfully (śuśrūṣamāṇeṣu samacittatā, gus par nyan pa rnams la sems snyoms pa); (2) equanimity toward those who do not listen respectfully (aśuśrūṣamāṇeṣu samacittatā, gus par mi nyan pa rnams la sems syoms pa); and (3) equanimity toward both those who listen respectfully and those who do not listen respectfully (śuśrūṣamāṇāśuśrūṣamāṇeṣu samacittatā, gus par nyan pa dang gus par mi nyan pa rnams la sems snyoms pa) (Mahā­vyupatti 16).

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
  • g.­367
g.­589

three realms

Wylie:
  • khams gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tridhātu

(1) The desire realm (kāmadhātu, ’dod khams), (2) the form realm (rūpadhātu, gzugs khams), and (3) the formless realm (arūpyadhātu, gzugs med khams).

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • g.­399
g.­594

to ford the floodwaters

Wylie:
  • chu bo rnams las brgal bar bya ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བོ་རྣམས་ལས་བརྒལ་བར་བྱ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A Buddhist idiom meaning “to overcome the afflictive emotions.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­427
  • 2.­238
  • 2.­374
  • 3.­301
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­155
  • 5.­19
  • 7.­12
  • 7.­197
  • 10.­182
g.­595

Tongue of Fire

Wylie:
  • me lce
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ལྕེ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Son of Agnidatta (of Vārāṇasī), the magistrate of King Brahmadatta (past). He and his brother Son of Fire went forth and became sages, attaining the four meditations and the five superknowledges.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­166-167
  • 7.­175-177
  • 7.­179
  • 7.­182-183
  • g.­14
  • g.­528
g.­596

totally and completely awakened buddha

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃyaksaṃbuddha

An epithet of the buddhas, used both as an honorific and to distinguish them from beings of lesser realization such as arhats, solitary buddhas, and the like.

Located in 414 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30-31
  • 1.­37-39
  • 1.­73-74
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85-86
  • 1.­126-127
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­132-133
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­162-163
  • 1.­169-171
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­274-277
  • 1.­296-300
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­311-314
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­351-352
  • 1.­362
  • 1.­381
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­394-395
  • 1.­399
  • 1.­401-402
  • 1.­432-433
  • 1.­436-441
  • 2.­17-18
  • 2.­35
  • 2.­54-55
  • 2.­72-73
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­109
  • 2.­112
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­146
  • 2.­148-151
  • 2.­184-185
  • 2.­189
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­209-211
  • 2.­226-232
  • 2.­257-259
  • 2.­262-264
  • 2.­282-283
  • 2.­288-290
  • 2.­304-305
  • 2.­318-319
  • 2.­325
  • 2.­329
  • 2.­331
  • 2.­336
  • 2.­339-340
  • 2.­344
  • 2.­361-362
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­380
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­560-561
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570-571
  • 2.­589-590
  • 2.­604
  • 2.­607
  • 3.­12-15
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­48-49
  • 3.­51-53
  • 3.­64-65
  • 3.­99-101
  • 3.­103-104
  • 3.­119-124
  • 3.­147-148
  • 3.­150-153
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­211
  • 3.­217
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­233
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­244
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­260
  • 3.­266
  • 3.­278
  • 3.­280-282
  • 3.­304-307
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­329-330
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­414-415
  • 3.­434
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­38-40
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­108-111
  • 4.­143-144
  • 4.­166-168
  • 4.­200-203
  • 4.­222
  • 4.­232
  • 5.­30-31
  • 5.­66-69
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­92-96
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­124
  • 5.­151-153
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­167-169
  • 5.­183-185
  • 5.­203-204
  • 5.­207-210
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­261-262
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­283
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­330
  • 5.­332-334
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­32-33
  • 6.­49-53
  • 6.­73-75
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­244-252
  • 6.­307-309
  • 6.­314
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­369
  • 6.­371-376
  • 6.­378-379
  • 6.­381-388
  • 6.­390
  • 6.­392
  • 6.­410-411
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­425
  • 6.­439-440
  • 6.­449
  • 6.­451
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­456
  • 6.­502-503
  • 6.­505-506
  • 6.­508-510
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­16-17
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­39-43
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­111-116
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­135
  • 7.­188
  • 7.­219
  • 7.­229-231
  • 7.­233-234
  • 7.­247-250
  • 7.­264
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­45
  • 9.­54-55
  • 9.­57-60
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­86
  • 9.­88
  • 9.­100
  • 9.­114
  • 9.­131-133
  • 9.­136-138
  • 9.­149
  • 9.­182
  • 10.­57-59
  • 10.­86
  • 10.­88-90
  • 10.­92-94
  • 10.­204
  • 10.­215-218
  • 10.­235
  • 10.­238-241
  • 10.­249
  • 10.­356
  • 10.­370
  • 10.­375-376
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­419
  • n.­49
g.­598

treatise

Wylie:
  • bstan bcos
Tibetan:
  • བསྟན་བཅོས།
Sanskrit:
  • śāstra

May refer to a specific genre or style of scholastic Sanskritic literature, or simply to scholastic literature in general; in Buddhist traditions the term śāstra usually signifies a text that was composed by a human author, as opposed to texts first spoken, composed, or revealed by an enlightened being. Also translated here as “philosophical texts.”

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­365
  • 1.­369
  • 1.­374
  • 1.­379
  • 1.­391
  • 1.­398
  • 1.­401
  • 6.­156-157
  • 8.­3
  • 8.­88
  • g.­431
g.­600

Tripiṭaka

Wylie:
  • sde snod gsum
Tibetan:
  • སྡེ་སྣོད་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • tripiṭaka

The “three (scriptural) baskets” of Dharma teachings: (1) the basket of teachings on moral discipline (Vinaya) (vinayapiṭaka, ’dul ba’i sde snod), (2) the basket of teachings in discourses (Sūtra) (sūtrapiṭaka, mdo sde’i sde snod), and (3) the basket of teachings on knowledge (Abhidharma) (abhidharmapiṭaka, mngon pa’i sde snod).

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­31
  • 1.­75
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­396
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­340
  • 2.­561
  • 2.­582
  • 2.­591
  • 3.­100
  • 3.­252
  • 6.­80
  • 6.­139
  • 6.­158
  • 7.­122
  • 7.­139
  • 7.­245
  • 9.­60
  • g.­601
  • g.­650
g.­601

Tripiṭaka master

Wylie:
  • sde snod gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • སྡེ་སྣོད་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tripiṭa

A scholar steeped in study of the Tripiṭaka.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­583
  • 2.­592-594
  • 2.­596
  • 2.­601
  • 2.­603-604
  • 3.­408-409
  • 3.­411-414
  • 6.­185
  • 6.­198
  • 6.­211
  • 6.­231
  • 9.­64
  • g.­520
g.­604

twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection

Wylie:
  • ’jig tshogs la lta ba’i ri’i rtse mo mthon po nyi shu
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་ཚོགས་ལ་ལྟ་བའི་རིའི་རྩེ་མོ་མཐོན་པོ་ཉི་ཤུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

“The body is not the self nor does the self have a body; / The self is not based on the body [n]or body on self. / Know that these four relations apply to all skandhas; / So these are considered the twenty views of self.” (Goldfield 387).

Located in 56 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • 1.­22
  • 1.­50
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­153
  • 1.­304
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­387
  • 1.­422
  • 2.­237
  • 2.­250
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­301
  • 3.­316
  • 3.­321
  • 3.­342
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­97
  • 4.­154
  • 4.­196
  • 4.­215
  • 5.­18
  • 5.­81
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­140
  • 5.­193
  • 5.­205
  • 5.­224
  • 5.­250
  • 5.­273
  • 5.­317
  • 6.­39
  • 6.­61
  • 6.­334
  • 6.­432
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­33
  • 7.­226
  • 7.­239
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­109
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­36
  • 9.­52
  • 9.­126
  • 9.­167
  • 9.­171
  • 10.­103
  • 10.­182
  • 10.­231-232
  • 10.­350
g.­605

two types of knowable objects

Wylie:
  • rnam pa gnyis kyi shes bya
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པ་གཉིས་ཀྱི་ཤེས་བྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
g.­607

Udayana

Wylie:
  • ’char ka
Tibetan:
  • འཆར་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • udayin
  • udayana
  • udāyin

See “Udayin.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­189
  • 7.­194-195
  • 7.­208
  • g.­498
  • g.­608
  • g.­640
g.­608

Udayin

Wylie:
  • ’char ka
Tibetan:
  • འཆར་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • udayin
  • udayana
  • udāyin

King of Vatsa during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. Also rendered here as “Udayana.”

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­203-204
  • 1.­211
  • 1.­218
  • 1.­223
  • 1.­227-228
  • 1.­231-234
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­250
  • g.­583
  • g.­607
  • g.­640
g.­610

Undefeated Victory

Wylie:
  • thub med rgyal
Tibetan:
  • ཐུབ་མེད་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city ruled by King Jaya before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­415
  • g.­258
g.­611

unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment

Wylie:
  • bla na med pa yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub
Tibetan:
  • བླ་ན་མེད་པ་ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • anuttarasaṃyaksaṃbodhi

The enlightenment of the buddhas, so-named to distinguish it from the realizations of lesser beings such as arhats, solitary buddhas, and the like.

Located in 77 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­126
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­382
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­337-338
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­64
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 3.­432
  • 3.­434
  • 3.­436-437
  • 4.­15
  • 4.­17
  • 4.­19
  • 4.­47
  • 4.­56-57
  • 4.­136
  • 6.­371-372
  • 6.­422
  • 6.­425-426
  • 6.­453
  • 7.­69
  • 8.­6
  • 8.­14
  • 8.­16
  • 8.­21
  • 8.­28
  • 8.­37
  • 8.­40
  • 8.­45
  • 8.­51
  • 8.­53
  • 8.­55
  • 8.­69
  • 8.­77
  • 8.­83
  • 8.­85
  • 8.­92-93
  • 8.­100
  • 8.­104
  • 8.­112
  • 8.­117
  • 8.­122-123
  • 8.­127
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­178
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­379
  • 10.­399
  • 10.­401
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­411
  • 10.­419
  • g.­563
g.­612

universal monarch

Wylie:
  • ’khor los sgyur ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • cakravartirājā

A ruler of one of the continents, possessing the mark of a wheel on the soles of his feet as a sign of his authority (Rigzin 38). Alternatively defined as someone who has the power to overcome, conquer, and rule all the inhabitants of one, two, three, or all four continents of a four-continent world system. In the Buddhist teachings this is considered an example of the most powerful rebirth possible within saṃsāra (rigpawiki, 2012).

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­89
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­317
  • 1.­381
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­139
  • 2.­157
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­64
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 3.­431
  • 4.­136
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­127
  • 5.­130
  • 5.­235
  • 6.­314
  • 6.­336
  • 6.­369
  • 6.­421
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­69
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • g.­157
  • g.­219
  • g.­586
g.­614

unsurpassed, supreme welfare

Wylie:
  • g.yung drung gi mthar thug pa grub pa dang bde ba
Tibetan:
  • གཡུང་དྲུང་གི་མཐར་ཐུག་པ་གྲུབ་པ་དང་བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

In this text, being “established … in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa” appears as a synonym for the attainment of arhatship.

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­67
  • 2.­430
  • 2.­458
  • 4.­3
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­33
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­47-48
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­57-58
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­64
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­150
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­182
  • 5.­227
  • 5.­230
  • 5.­257
  • 6.­320
  • 6.­393
  • 6.­400
  • 6.­406
  • 7.­36
  • 7.­187
  • 7.­257
  • 7.­263
  • 9.­21
  • 9.­26
  • 9.­39
  • 9.­44
  • 9.­106
  • 9.­113
  • 9.­145
  • 9.­148
  • 9.­181
  • 10.­55-56
  • 10.­105
  • 10.­123
  • 10.­288
  • 10.­342
  • 10.­346
  • 10.­353
  • 10.­355
  • n.­32
  • g.­35
g.­617

Upananda (the minister)

Wylie:
  • nye dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upananda RS

Along with Nanda, one of King Mahā­deva’s two chief ministers in the city of Mithilā.

Not to be confused with “Upananda,” the nāga; or with Upananda, the monk.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­239
  • g.­328
  • g.­386
  • g.­618
  • g.­619
g.­618

Upananda (the monk)

Wylie:
  • nye dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upananda

A member of the Śākya clan and monk of the Buddha’s order, he often appears in the vinaya texts, as here, to exemplify certain wrong behaviors.

Not to be confused with Upananda, one of King Mahā­deva’s ministers; or with Upananda, the nāga.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­61-63
  • 4.­65-66
  • 4.­75
  • g.­617
  • g.­619
g.­619

Upananda (the nāga)

Wylie:
  • nye dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upananda RS

The name of a certain nāga.

Not to be confused with “Upananda,” one of King Mahā­deva’s ministers; or with Upananda, the monk.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­218
  • 9.­152
  • 10.­360
  • g.­617
  • g.­618
g.­620

Upasena

Wylie:
  • nye sde
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • upasena

A certain monk who had gone forth under the Buddha. With his support Lotus Color found faith in the Buddha’s doctrine and also went forth.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­152
  • 2.­165
  • g.­49
  • g.­322
g.­621

Upatiṣya

Wylie:
  • nye rgyal
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • upatiṣya

One of the given names of Venerable Śāriputra. See “Śāriputra.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­387
  • g.­499
g.­622

Upendra

Wylie:
  • nye dbang
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་དབང་།
Sanskrit:
  • upendra

Considered the “younger brother” of Indra, the name Upendra appears as an epithet of Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa in Sanskrit epic and purāṇic literature.

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
g.­624

Uruvilvā Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • lteng rgyas ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • ལྟེང་རྒྱས་འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • uruvilvā kāśyapa

Ordained by the Buddha in Vārāṇasī shortly after the Buddha’s enlightenment; brother of Nadī Kāśyapa.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­102
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­258-259
  • 10.­261
  • 10.­265-268
  • g.­148
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­330
  • g.­379
  • g.­623
g.­626

Uttama

Wylie:
  • bla ma
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • uttama

A future buddha.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­86
  • n.­178
  • n.­184
  • n.­186
g.­627

Uttara

Wylie:
  • bla ma
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • uttara

A previous incarnation of Buddha Śākyamuni, prophesied by Buddha Kāśyapa to achieve total and complete enlightenment.

Located in 97 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­37-38
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­169-170
  • 1.­274
  • 1.­276
  • 1.­300
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­399
  • 1.­438
  • 1.­440
  • 2.­149-150
  • 2.­189
  • 2.­209-210
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­231
  • 2.­257-258
  • 2.­262-263
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570
  • 3.­13-14
  • 3.­51-52
  • 3.­101
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­120-122
  • 3.­124
  • 3.­150
  • 3.­152
  • 3.­280-281
  • 3.­305-306
  • 3.­330
  • 4.­38-39
  • 4.­109-110
  • 4.­166
  • 4.­201-202
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­67-68
  • 5.­94-95
  • 5.­151-152
  • 5.­167-168
  • 5.­183-184
  • 5.­208-209
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­330
  • 6.­50
  • 6.­52
  • 6.­74-75
  • 6.­245
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­307-308
  • 6.­381-382
  • 6.­411
  • 6.­440
  • 6.­449
  • 6.­451
  • 6.­508
  • 7.­41-42
  • 7.­114-115
  • 7.­231
  • 7.­233
  • 7.­248
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­86
  • 10.­216-217
  • 10.­239-240
g.­629

Vaiśākhā

Wylie:
  • sa ga
Tibetan:
  • ས་ག
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśākhā

During the Buddha’s time, a certain lay vow holder in Śrāvastī. Elsewhere there is also the Viśākha who was the son of King Prasenajit’s minister.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­121
  • g.­658
g.­630

Vaiśālī

Wylie:
  • yangs pa can
Tibetan:
  • ཡངས་པ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśālī

An ancient city founded by Viśāla, Vaiśālī was an important location where a number of Buddhist sūtras are said to have been taught, particularly in the Mahāyāna literature.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­146
  • 5.­134
  • 5.­136
  • 5.­170
  • 5.­173
  • 5.­178-179
  • 9.­162-163
  • 9.­166
  • 9.­170
  • 10.­424
  • 10.­427-429
  • 10.­431-433
  • g.­208
  • g.­228
  • g.­313
  • g.­352
  • g.­516
g.­631

Vaiśravaṇa

Wylie:
  • rnam thos kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་ཐོས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśravaṇa

A god of wealth. One of the four great kings, protector of the cardinal direction to the north of Mount Meru. Also called “Kubera.”

Not to be confused with King Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 43 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­41
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­87
  • 1.­138
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­315
  • 1.­342
  • 2.­153
  • 2.­364
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­433
  • 2.­552
  • 3.­36
  • 3.­41
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­250
  • 4.­76
  • 4.­204
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­232
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­321
  • 6.­34
  • 6.­144
  • 6.­234
  • 6.­301
  • 7.­44
  • 7.­136
  • 7.­156
  • 7.­251
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­30
  • 8.­87
  • 9.­46
  • 9.­115
  • 9.­154-155
  • g.­218
  • g.­298
  • g.­632
g.­632

Vaiśravaṇa

Wylie:
  • rnam thos kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་ཐོས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśravaṇa

King of an unspecified land during the reign of King Maitrībala in Vārāṇasī.

Not to be confused with great king Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­7
  • g.­631
g.­633

Vārāṇasī

Wylie:
  • bA rA Na sI
Tibetan:
  • བཱ་རཱ་ཎ་སཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • vārāṇasī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Also known as Benares, one of the oldest cities of northeast India on the banks of the Ganges, in modern-day Uttar Pradesh. It was once the capital of the ancient kingdom of Kāśi, and in the Buddha’s time it had been absorbed into the kingdom of Kośala. It was an important religious center, as well as a major city, even during the time of the Buddha. The name may derive from being where the Varuna and Assi rivers flow into the Ganges. It was on the outskirts of Vārāṇasī that the Buddha first taught the Dharma, in the location known as Deer Park (Mṛgadāva). For numerous episodes set in Vārāṇasī, including its kings, see The Hundred Deeds, Toh 340.

Located in 103 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­187
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­257
  • 1.­259
  • 1.­264
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­278
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­432
  • 2.­124
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­385
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­411
  • 2.­413
  • 2.­432-433
  • 2.­447-448
  • 2.­560
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­155
  • 3.­165
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­423
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­7
  • 4.­183
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­60-61
  • 5.­102
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­278
  • 5.­321
  • 6.­11
  • 6.­69
  • 6.­73
  • 6.­121
  • 6.­130
  • 6.­249
  • 6.­368
  • 6.­371-372
  • 6.­393
  • 6.­395
  • 6.­397
  • 6.­410-411
  • 6.­502
  • 7.­16-17
  • 7.­112
  • 7.­166
  • 7.­210
  • 7.­258
  • 7.­260
  • 7.­267
  • 9.­41
  • 9.­54
  • 9.­57
  • 10.­106
  • 10.­115
  • 10.­119
  • 10.­196
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­235
  • 10.­364-365
  • n.­151
  • g.­12
  • g.­13
  • g.­14
  • g.­80
  • g.­81
  • g.­93
  • g.­272
  • g.­273
  • g.­296
  • g.­297
  • g.­339
  • g.­340
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
  • g.­345
  • g.­379
  • g.­481
  • g.­528
  • g.­595
  • g.­624
  • g.­632
  • g.­637
g.­635

Varuṇa

Wylie:
  • chu lha
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • varuṇa

One of the oldest deities of the Vedic pantheon and one of the first to be considered a supreme deity or “king of the gods.” Varuṇa eventually came to occupy a lesser status in the Vedic pantheon as a god of the waters.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­88
  • 1.­316
  • 2.­156
  • 5.­97
g.­640

Vatsa

Wylie:
  • bad sa
  • dpa’ rab
Tibetan:
  • བད་ས།
  • དཔའ་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • vatsa

The name of a kingdom south of Kośala that was ruled by Udayin/Udayana during the Buddha’s time. Its capital was Kauśāmbī.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­203-204
  • 1.­211
  • 1.­218
  • 1.­223
  • 1.­227-228
  • 1.­231-234
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­250
  • 7.­189
  • 7.­191
  • 7.­194-195
  • n.­41
  • g.­282
  • g.­498
  • g.­583
  • g.­608
g.­641

Venerable

Wylie:
  • tshe dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚེ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āyuṣmān

Honorific term for an ordained person.

Located in 327 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 1.­10-18
  • 1.­20-26
  • 1.­46-50
  • 1.­52-57
  • 1.­60-64
  • 1.­68
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­99
  • 1.­101-102
  • 1.­106-109
  • 1.­111-112
  • 1.­118
  • 1.­166
  • 1.­194
  • 1.­198
  • 1.­201-203
  • 1.­211
  • 1.­214
  • 1.­226-229
  • 1.­235-237
  • 1.­250
  • 1.­327-329
  • 1.­333-336
  • 1.­338
  • 1.­341
  • 2.­11
  • 2.­29
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­66
  • 2.­87
  • 2.­94-97
  • 2.­152
  • 2.­165-170
  • 2.­172-174
  • 2.­176-179
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­214-217
  • 2.­221
  • 2.­276
  • 2.­343
  • 2.­355
  • 2.­406-408
  • 2.­419
  • 2.­465
  • 2.­523
  • 2.­526
  • 2.­529-539
  • 2.­541
  • 2.­543-545
  • 2.­548
  • 2.­585-588
  • 3.­87-88
  • 3.­90-92
  • 3.­187
  • 3.­189
  • 3.­193-195
  • 3.­210
  • 3.­213
  • 3.­215
  • 3.­218-220
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­230
  • 3.­232-235
  • 3.­241
  • 3.­243-246
  • 3.­257
  • 3.­259-262
  • 3.­332-337
  • 3.­339-340
  • 3.­342-347
  • 3.­399
  • 3.­401-404
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­76-78
  • 4.­82-84
  • 4.­122
  • 4.­137
  • 5.­79-83
  • 5.­196
  • 5.­242-244
  • 5.­304-305
  • 5.­328
  • 6.­26-28
  • 6.­78
  • 6.­81-85
  • 6.­118-119
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­139-140
  • 6.­142-144
  • 6.­235
  • 6.­260
  • 6.­269-274
  • 6.­293-294
  • 6.­297
  • 6.­299
  • 6.­339-342
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­356
  • 6.­359
  • 6.­367
  • 6.­393
  • 6.­407
  • 6.­434-436
  • 6.­444-445
  • 6.­458
  • 6.­465
  • 6.­467-470
  • 6.­472
  • 6.­475-476
  • 6.­478-483
  • 6.­485
  • 6.­487-489
  • 6.­491-493
  • 6.­496-497
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­55-57
  • 7.­190
  • 7.­194
  • 7.­197-207
  • 7.­209
  • 8.­47-48
  • 8.­50
  • 9.­47
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­71
  • 10.­125
  • 10.­152
  • 10.­185
  • 10.­189-190
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­258-259
  • 10.­266-268
  • 10.­371
  • 10.­373-378
  • 10.­394
  • n.­216
  • g.­18
  • g.­49
  • g.­148
  • g.­206
  • g.­252
  • g.­320
  • g.­322
  • g.­446
  • g.­498
  • g.­529
  • g.­621
g.­642

very costly

Wylie:
  • ’bum ri ba’i
Tibetan:
  • འབུམ་རི་བའི།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Literally “worth a hundred thousand.”

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­234
  • 2.­233
  • 4.­129
  • 5.­88
  • 5.­272
  • 8.­13
  • 8.­27
  • 8.­39
  • 8.­54
  • 8.­92
  • 8.­103
  • 8.­116
  • 8.­126
  • 9.­18
g.­646

Videha

Wylie:
  • lus ’phags
  • bi de ha
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་འཕགས།
  • བི་དེ་ཧ།
Sanskrit:
  • videha

An ancient kingdom whose seat was the city of Mithilā. One of its borders was the Ganges River, and it abutted the kingdoms of Kośala and Kāśi. The name Videha, in ancient Buddhist cosmology, refers to the eastern of the four continents in the cardinal directions.

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­173-174
  • 2.­124
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­128
  • 2.­132
  • 2.­137
  • 6.­11-13
  • 6.­216
  • 6.­458
  • 6.­460
  • 6.­464
  • 7.­220
  • 9.­82
  • 9.­84
  • 9.­146
  • 10.­157
  • g.­152
  • g.­339
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
  • g.­343
  • g.­486
  • g.­568
  • g.­644
  • g.­654
g.­647

vigilant introspection

Wylie:
  • shes bzhin
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃprajāna
  • samprajanya
  • samprajñāna

Also called “mental alertness,” the faculty of mind that maintains a conscious watch for any inclination of the mind toward mental dullness or agitation, especially during meditation (Rigzin 423). Closely related to mindfulness.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­367
g.­648

Vijaya

Wylie:
  • rnam par rgyal ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྒྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vijaya RS

Son of King Jaya.

Not to be confused with the future buddha Vijaya.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­415-416
  • 6.­422-423
  • n.­180
g.­649

Vijaya

Wylie:
  • rnam par rgyal ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྒྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vijaya

A future buddha.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­1
  • 8.­128
  • n.­188
  • g.­648
g.­650

vinaya

Wylie:
  • chos ’dul ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་འདུལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmavinaya

The name for the canon of monastic discipline recorded in the Tripiṭaka, of the vows and commitments enshrined therein, and of the practice of that discipline. Also rendered here as “monastic discipline.”

Located in 89 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • 1.­23
  • 1.­156
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­292
  • 1.­388
  • 1.­423
  • 1.­428
  • 2.­8
  • 2.­26
  • 2.­45
  • 2.­63
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­239
  • 2.­273
  • 2.­353
  • 2.­374
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­519
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­71
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­80
  • 3.­84
  • 3.­272
  • 3.­322
  • 3.­337
  • 3.­343
  • 4.­30
  • 4.­134
  • 4.­156
  • 4.­179
  • 4.­196
  • 4.­215
  • 4.­218
  • 5.­20
  • 5.­82
  • 5.­141
  • 5.­194
  • 5.­206
  • 5.­225
  • 5.­274
  • 5.­318
  • 6.­46
  • 6.­63
  • 6.­79
  • 6.­203
  • 6.­298
  • 6.­349
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­374
  • 6.­388
  • 7.­12-13
  • 7.­34
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­120
  • 7.­227
  • 7.­240
  • 8.­123
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­37
  • 9.­92
  • 9.­127
  • 9.­168
  • 9.­172
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­183
  • 10.­210
  • 10.­233
  • 10.­351
  • 10.­388
  • 10.­423-424
  • 10.­436
  • 10.­439
  • 10.­455
  • n.­44
  • n.­121
  • n.­241-242
  • g.­20
  • g.­54
  • g.­370
  • g.­442
  • g.­574
  • g.­600
  • g.­618
g.­655

Virūpa (the king)

Wylie:
  • mi sdug pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་སྡུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • virūpa RS

A certain jealous king of Mithilā who lived before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Not to be confused with Virūpa (the ugly one), the householders’ son.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 7.­58
  • 7.­64
  • g.­656
g.­656

Virūpa (the ugly one)

Wylie:
  • mi sdug
Tibetan:
  • མི་སྡུག
Sanskrit:
  • virūpa RS

Son of householders on Mount Śiśumāri who cast him out of their home because of his extreme ugliness. When later he felt joy toward an emanation of the Buddha, the Buddha made his ugliness disappear. Then, hearing the Dharma from the Buddha, he manifested the resultant state of a non-returner, went forth, and went on to manifest arhatship.

Not to be confused with King Virūpa.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­5
  • 5.­11-17
  • 5.­22-23
  • 5.­28
  • g.­655
g.­658

Viśākha

Wylie:
  • sa ga
Tibetan:
  • ས་ག
Sanskrit:
  • viśākha

Son of King Prasenajit’s minister Mṛgāra, betrothed to the non-returner Dharmadinnā. His fiancée fled their imminent marriage by a display of miracles at what was to be their wedding, receiving his assent for her to go forth instead. The text also tells of a certain female lay vow holder with a similar name Vaiśākhā on vol. 73, F.15.b.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­130
  • 3.­138-139
  • g.­132
  • g.­629
g.­659

Viṣṇu

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • viṣṇu

One of the primary gods of Hinduism, associated with the preservation and continuance of the universe, held by many as a supreme being.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­225
  • 10.­305
  • g.­390
  • g.­622
g.­661

Vṛji

Wylie:
  • spong byed
Tibetan:
  • སྤོང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vṛji

The name of the country in which Māyā and Mahā­māya are said to have been born in “The Story of Keśinī” from The Hundred Deeds.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­139
  • g.­492
g.­662

Vulture Peak Mountain

Wylie:
  • bya rgod kyi phung po’i ri
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་རྒོད་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོའི་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • gṛdhakūṭaparvata

Name of a peak just outside of the city of Rājagṛha and the site where a great number of sūtras are said to have been taught, particularly in the Mahāyāna textual tradition of the Prajñāpāramitā-sūtras.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­312
  • 6.­2
  • 10.­152
  • n.­151
  • g.­58
g.­665

Wealth (the sea captain)

Wylie:
  • dbyig
Tibetan:
  • དབྱིག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A certain sea captain during the reign of King Brahmadatta (past), father of Wealth’s Delight.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­433-434
  • g.­666
g.­666

Wealth’s Delight

Wylie:
  • dbyig dga’
Tibetan:
  • དབྱིག་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Previous incarnation of the Buddha, a sea captain during the reign of King Brahmadatta, and son of Wealth the sea captain. He saved the lives of a number of sailors by drowning himself so that they could use his floating corpse as a buoy to safely reach shore.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­434
  • 2.­437
  • 2.­439
  • 2.­448-449
  • 2.­452-454
  • 2.­458
  • 4.­2
  • 4.­49
  • g.­665
g.­668

wisdom

Wylie:
  • ye shes
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna

Also known as “pristine awareness,” “primordial wisdom,” “primordial awareness,” “gnosis,” or the like. Typically refers to nonconceptual states of knowledge.

Located in 166 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5-6
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­22
  • 1.­31
  • 1.­43-44
  • 1.­50
  • 1.­75
  • 1.­95-96
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­153
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­304
  • 1.­323-324
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­382
  • 1.­387
  • 1.­396
  • 1.­417-418
  • 1.­422
  • 2.­79-80
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­237
  • 2.­250
  • 2.­331
  • 2.­390
  • 2.­392
  • 2.­426-427
  • 2.­561
  • 2.­573-574
  • 2.­591
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­23-24
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­100
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­193
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­288-290
  • 3.­301
  • 3.­316
  • 3.­321
  • 3.­342
  • 3.­402
  • 3.­408-409
  • 4.­24-25
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­97
  • 4.­154
  • 4.­190-191
  • 4.­196
  • 4.­208-209
  • 4.­215
  • 5.­8-9
  • 5.­18
  • 5.­50-51
  • 5.­81
  • 5.­101
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­140
  • 5.­155-156
  • 5.­174-175
  • 5.­193
  • 5.­205
  • 5.­224
  • 5.­236
  • 5.­250
  • 5.­267
  • 5.­270
  • 5.­273
  • 5.­317
  • 6.­21-22
  • 6.­28
  • 6.­39
  • 6.­61
  • 6.­116-117
  • 6.­158
  • 6.­174
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­316
  • 6.­334
  • 6.­336
  • 6.­347
  • 6.­432
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­19
  • 7.­26-27
  • 7.­33
  • 7.­46-47
  • 7.­73
  • 7.­78-79
  • 7.­122
  • 7.­139
  • 7.­221-222
  • 7.­226
  • 7.­239
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­80-81
  • 8.­97-98
  • 8.­109
  • 9.­6-7
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­36
  • 9.­52
  • 9.­60
  • 9.­68-69
  • 9.­118
  • 9.­126
  • 9.­131
  • 9.­140-141
  • 9.­167
  • 9.­171
  • 10.­10-12
  • 10.­88
  • 10.­103
  • 10.­182
  • 10.­231-232
  • 10.­243-244
  • 10.­283-284
  • 10.­343-344
  • 10.­350
  • g.­249
  • g.­509
  • g.­510
  • g.­580
  • g.­585
g.­670

Worthy of Offerings litany

Wylie:
  • yon rabs
  • yon gyi rabs gdon par gsol
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་རབས།
  • ཡོན་གྱི་རབས་གདོན་པར་གསོལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dakṣiṇādeśanā

A litany chanted by the monastic saṅgha as a way of giving thanks and recognizing the merit generated by a donation or alms. cf. ’dul ba’i mdo, D 261, F.80.b.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­434-436
g.­671

Yajur Veda

Wylie:
  • mchod sbyin gyi rig byed
Tibetan:
  • མཆོད་སྦྱིན་གྱི་རིག་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • yajurveda

Along with the Ṛg Veda, Sāma Veda, and Atharva Veda, one of the four Vedas, the most ancient Sanskrit religious literature of India.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­240
  • 1.­378
  • 3.­310
  • 3.­326
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­212
  • 5.­265
  • 6.­35
  • 7.­167
  • 8.­18
  • 9.­4
  • 10.­96
  • 10.­296
  • g.­46
  • g.­464
  • g.­494
g.­672

yakṣa

Wylie:
  • gnod sbyin
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • yakṣa

Harmful spirits, classified among the gods of the desire realm (Rigzin 232).

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­415-416
  • 1.­444-445
  • 2.­409-410
  • 3.­36
  • 3.­192
  • 3.­198
  • 4.­7
  • 4.­9
  • 4.­11-13
  • 4.­15
  • 4.­17
  • 4.­19-21
  • 4.­35
  • 5.­216
  • 5.­218-221
  • 6.­166
  • 6.­177
  • 6.­196-197
  • 6.­202
  • 9.­152
  • 9.­154-155
  • 10.­358
  • 10.­360-363
  • 10.­369
  • g.­45
  • g.­67
  • g.­68
  • g.­118
  • g.­264
  • g.­299
  • g.­344
g.­673

Yaśodharā

Wylie:
  • grags ’dzin ma
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་འཛིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • yaśodharā

Daughter of Śākya Daṇḍadhara (more commonly Daṇḍapāṇi), sister of Iṣudhara and Aniruddha, she was a spouse of Gautama who, along with Gopā, spurned the advances of Devadatta and subjected him to brutal humiliation.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­116-118
  • 5.­234-235
  • 7.­265-266
  • 7.­271
  • g.­119
  • g.­209
  • g.­252
g.­676

young god

Wylie:
  • lha’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • devaputra

Generic term for a class of long-lived celestial beings.

Located in 39 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­303-304
  • 1.­307
  • 1.­313
  • 2.­247
  • 3.­313-314
  • 3.­316-320
  • 3.­328-330
  • 4.­94-97
  • 4.­103
  • 4.­106
  • 5.­282
  • 5.­284
  • 5.­286
  • 5.­306-308
  • 6.­491
  • 6.­493-494
  • 9.­75
  • 9.­77-79
  • 9.­94-97
  • g.­349
0
    You are downloading:

    The Hundred Deeds

    Click here to make a dāna donation

    This is a free publication from 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, a non-profit organization sharing the gift of Buddhist wisdom with the world.

    The cultivation of generosity, or dāna—giving voluntarily with a view that something wholesome will come of it—is considered to be a fundamental Buddhist practice by all schools. The nature and quantity of the gift itself is often considered less important.

    Table of Contents


    Search this text


    Other ways to read

    Download PDF
    Download EPUB
    Open in the 84000 App

    Spotted a mistake?

    Please use the contact form provided to suggest a correction.


    How to cite this text

    The following are examples of how to correctly cite this publication. Links to specific passages can be derived by right-clicking on the milestones markers in the left-hand margin (e.g. s.1). The copied link address can replace the url below.

    • Chicago
    • MLA
    • APA
    84000. The Hundred Deeds (Karmaśataka, las brgya pa, Toh 340). Translated by Tibetan Classics Translators Guild of New York. Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025. https://84000.co/translation/toh340/UT22084-073-001-chapter-1.Copy
    84000. The Hundred Deeds (Karmaśataka, las brgya pa, Toh 340). Translated by Tibetan Classics Translators Guild of New York, online publication, 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025, 84000.co/translation/toh340/UT22084-073-001-chapter-1.Copy
    84000. (2025) The Hundred Deeds (Karmaśataka, las brgya pa, Toh 340). (Tibetan Classics Translators Guild of New York, Trans.). Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha. https://84000.co/translation/toh340/UT22084-073-001-chapter-1.Copy

    Related links

    • Other texts from General Sūtra Section
    • Published Translations
    • Browse the Collection
    • 84000 Homepage
    Sponsor Translation

    Bookmarks

    Copyright © 2011-2024 84000 - All Rights Reserved
    • Website: https://84000.co
    • Contact
    • Privacy Policy